0001140361-21-011821.txt : 20210406 0001140361-21-011821.hdr.sgml : 20210406 20210406163156 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001140361-21-011821 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: T-3/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 29 FILED AS OF DATE: 20210406 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20210406 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000020520 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIO TELEPHONE) [4813] IRS NUMBER: 060619596 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: T-3/A SEC ACT: 1939 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 022-29091 FILM NUMBER: 21809509 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 401 MERRITT 7 CITY: NORWALK STATE: CT ZIP: 06851 BUSINESS PHONE: 2036145600 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 401 MERRITT 7 CITY: NORWALK STATE: CT ZIP: 06851 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: CITIZENS COMMUNICATIONS CO DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20000619 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: CITIZENS UTILITIES CO DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 T-3/A 1 brhc10021819_t3a.htm T-3/A

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1 to
FORM T-3
 
FOR APPLICATIONS FOR QUALIFICATION OF INDENTURES
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(Name of Applicant)*

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, Connecticut 06851
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Securities to be Issued under the Indenture to be Qualified
 
Title of Class
 
Amount(1)
Senior Secured Notes
 
$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount
 
Approximate date of proposed public offering: On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date under the Plan of Reorganization (each as defined herein).
 
Name and registered address of agent for service:
Sheldon Bruha
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, Connecticut 06851

With a copy to:
 
Tim Cruickshank
Jennifer Lee
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York New York 10022
(212) 446-4800

(1)
As described in Item 2 herein, subject to certain conditions, the notes described herein will be issued, along with certain other consideration, in consideration for the cancellation of all amounts payable in respect of the issuer’s existing notes described in Annex A hereto. The $750 million aggregate principal amount listed as the aggregate principal amount above represents the amount authorized pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization described herein, along with certain other consideration, to be distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of the notes listed on Annex A hereto.
 
The Applicants hereby amend this Application for Qualification on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effectiveness until (i) the 20th day after the filing of an amendment which specifically states that it shall supersede this Application for Qualification, or (ii) such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”), may determine upon the written request of the Applicants.
 
* The Guarantors listed on the following page are also included in this Application as Applicants.
 


GENERAL
 
1.
General Information.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation is a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”). The guarantors identified below (the “Guarantors” and, together with the Company, the “Applicants”) have the following forms of organization and jurisdictions of formation or incorporation.
 
Guarantor
 
Form
 
Jurisdiction
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Limited liability company
 
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
Limited liability company
 
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
 
Corporation
 
Delaware
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Limited liability company
 
Iowa
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
 
Corporation
 
Minnesota
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Limited liability company
 
Wisconsin
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Limited liability company
 
Florida
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
Corporation
 
Delaware
 
2.
Securities Act Exemption Applicable.
 
Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement relating to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and its Debtor Affiliates pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code  (as may be amended or supplemented, the “Disclosure Statement”) and the Fifth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and its Debtor Affiliates pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as amended or supplemented, the “Plan of Reorganization”), copies of which are included herein as Exhibits T3E.1 and T3E.2, respectively. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan of Reorganization.
 
References to the Company refer to Frontier Communications Corporation prior to the Effective Date (as defined below) and to the indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Frontier Communications Corporation, or any successor, by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, to the Company in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, or a new corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that may be formed pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (“Reorganized Frontier”) that will assume the Frontier Communications Corporation obligations under the Takeback Notes and the Indenture (each as defined below) and its subsidiaries after the Effective Date (“New Frontier Issuer”).
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, the Applicants intend to distribute, subject to the conditions set forth in the Disclosure Statement and the Plan of Reorganization, under an indenture to be qualified hereby (the “Indenture”), a copy of which is filed as Exhibit T3C to this application, the new debt comprised of an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million new senior secured notes (the “Takeback Notes”) solely for distribution to certain of their creditors (the “Allowed Senior Notes Claims”), which Takeback Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors. See “Article IV. Provisions for Implementation of the Plan—D. Takeback Debt” in the Plan of Reorganization. The Plan of Reorganization will become effective as soon as practicable after all conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan of Reorganization have been satisfied or waived (the “Effective Date”).
 
If certain terms and conditions are met, the Takeback Notes will be issued, along with other certain consideration, in consideration for the cancellation of the then outstanding notes listed on Annex A (the “Old Notes”) totaling approximately $10.95 billion. Subject to the terms of and pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization described herein and certain other conditions, the Takeback Notes will be issued in consideration for the cancellation of all amounts payable in respect of the Old Notes. The $750 million aggregate principal amount listed above represents the aggregate principal amount authorized pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization described therein, along with certain other consideration, to be paid on a pro rata basis to holders of the Old Notes.
 
1

The Applicants hereby acknowledge that under Section 306(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”), it shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, to make use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer or sell through the use or medium of any prospectus or otherwise any security which is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to which Section 306(c) is applicable notwithstanding the provisions of Section 304 of the Trust Indenture Act, unless such security has been or is to be issued under an indenture and an application for qualification has been filed as to such indenture, or while the application is the subject of a refusal order or stop order or (prior to qualification) any public proceeding or examination under Section 307(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. The failure to file an application for qualification of an indenture on a timely basis could result in an enforcement or other action by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

An application for qualification with respect to the Indenture was not filed until after the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan of Reorganization had commenced. Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, it was not certain whether the Take Back Debt (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) would be issued and whether it would have taken the form of notes or loans. Therefore, the Company believes it would have been premature to file the Form T-3 prior to those details being determined accordance with the Plan of Reorganization. The Applicants believe that the purposes behind the requirement to file a Form T-3 (namely the provision of adequate disclosure to the persons being asked to make an investment decision in respect of the securities in question through the qualification of the indentures) was served prior to the filing of this Form T-3 with respect to the Takeback Notes. The holders of the substantial majority of the Old Notes were at all times adequately represented by counsel during the offering of the Takeback Notes. Moreover, these holders actively negotiated for the terms of the Takeback Notes contained in the Disclosure Statement and Plan of Reorganization. Furthermore, the holders of Old Notes had and continue to have access to a significant amount of information regarding the Applicants by virtue of both (i) having been creditors of the Company for an extensive period of time and (ii) having had access to the voluminous reports and other information that had been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company, which is required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is current in its reporting obligations. The Applicants also believe that the Indenture governing the Takeback Notes contain terms and conditions that are in line with market standard terms and conditions to which investors have become accustomed for transactions of this type. The Indenture will be filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.
 
The Applicants represent that none of the Takeback Notes under the Indenture to be qualified by this application have been issued and covenants that none of such Takeback Notes will be issued prior to this application being declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The issuance of the Takeback Notes is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 1145(a)(1) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts an offer and sale of securities under a plan of reorganization from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws if three principal requirements are satisfied: (i) the securities must be offered and sold under a plan of reorganization and must be securities of the debtor, an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor or a successor to the debtor under the plan of reorganization; (ii) the recipients of the securities must hold a prepetition or administrative expense claim against the debtor or an interest in the debtor; and (iii) the securities must be issued entirely in exchange for the recipient’s claim against or interest in the debtor, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash or property. The Company believes that the offer of the Takeback Notes under the solicitation of acceptances for the Plan of Reorganization and the exchange of Allowed Senior Notes Claims for Takeback Notes, together with certain other consideration, under the Plan of Reorganization satisfies the requirements of Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, such offer and exchange is exempt from the registration requirements referred to above.
 
AFFILIATIONS
 
3.
Affiliates.
 
The following describes the Company’s current, wholly-owned direct, or wholly-owned indirect, subsidiaries:
 
Name of Entity
 
Record Owner
 
Ownership
         
Citizens Capital Ventures Corp.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
100%
Citizens Louisiana Accounting Company
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens NEWCOM Company
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Pennsylvania Company LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens SERP Administration Company Delaware
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecom Services Company L.L.C.
 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of California, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Idaho
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Illinois
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Montana
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nevada
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of New York, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%

2

Citizens Telecommunications Company of Oregon
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of West Virginia
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Utilities Capital L.P.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Citizens Utilities Rural Company, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Commonwealth Communications, LLC
 
CTE Holdings, Inc.
 
100%
Commonwealth Telephone Company LLC
 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
100%
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
100%
Commonwealth Telephone Management Services, Inc.
 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
100%
CTE Holdings, Inc.
 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
100%
CTE Services, Inc.
 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC
 
100%
CTE Telecom, LLC
 
Commonwealth Telephone Company LLC
 
100%
CTSI, LLC
 
Commonwealth Telephone Company LLC
 
100%
CU Capital LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
CU Wireless Company, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1); Frontier Communications of America, Inc.
 
99%; 1%
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Evans Telephone Holdings, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%

3

Fairmont Cellular LLC
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
100%
Frontier ABC LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier California, Inc.
 
Newco West Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications Corporate Services Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of America, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of AuSable Valley, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Delaware
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of DePue, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Illinois, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Indiana LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Lakeside, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%

4

Frontier Communications of Michigan, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications - Midland, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Mississippi LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Mt. Pulaski, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of New York, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications Northwest Inc.
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications Online and Long Distance Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Orion, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications - Prairie, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Rochester, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications Schuyler, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Seneca-Gorham, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of the South, LLC
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of the Southwest Inc.
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Sylvan Lake, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%

5

Frontier Communications of Thorntown LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Virginia, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Communications Services Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Frontier Communications of Rochester, Inc.
 
100%
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Froniter InfoServices Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
100%
Frontier Midstates Inc.
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier North, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
Frontier Security Company
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Services Corp
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier TechServ, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier Video Services Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Frontier West Virginia Inc.
 
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
 
100%
GVN Services
 
Evans Telephone Holdings, Inc.
 
100%
Navajo Communications Company, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
NCC Systems, Inc.
 
Citizens Capital Ventures Corp
 
100%
Newco West Holdings LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%

6

Ogden Telephone Company
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Phone Trends, Inc.
 
Ogden Telephone Company
 
100%
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
Rib Lake Cellular for Wisconsin RSA#3, Inc.
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
100%
Rib Lake Telecom, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin, LLC
 
100%
SNET America, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
The Southern New England Telephone Company
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
TCI Technology & Equipment LLC
 
Total Communications, Inc.
 
100%
Total Communications, Inc.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation(1)
 
100%
(1)
Entities held by Frontier Communications Corporation will be held by the New Frontier Issuer following the Effective Date.

Certain directors and officers of the Applicants may be deemed to be “affiliates” of the Applicants by virtue of their positions with the Applicants. See Item 4, “Directors and Executive Officers.”
 
Certain persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” of the Applicants by virtue of their holdings of voting securities of the Applicants. See Item 5, “Principal Owners of Voting Securities.”
 
MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL
 
4.
Directors and Executive Officers.
 
The following tables list the names and offices held by all directors and executive officers of each Applicant and all persons chosen to become directors or executive officers as of the date of this Application. The mailing address for each of the individuals listed in each of the tables for each of the entities set forth below is: c/o Frontier Communications Corporation, 401 Merritt 7, Norwalk, Connecticut 06851.
 
The Company
 
As of the date of this Application, the directors and executive officers of the Company are the following individuals.
 
Name
 
Office
Bernard L. Han
 
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin L. Beebe
 
Director
Peter C.B. Bynoe
 
Director
Diana S. Ferguson
 
Director
Edward Fraioli
 
Director
Paul M. Keglevic
 
Director
Moshin Y. Meghji
 
Director
Pamela D.A. Reeve
 
Director, Chairman
Robert A. Schrisheim
 
Director
Kenneth W. Arndt
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer
Sheldon Bruha
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Donald Daniels
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
Steve Gable
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Mark D. Nielsen
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief (Restructuring) Transaction Officer
 
The Guarantors
 
As of the date of this Application, the directors and executive officers of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC, Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C., Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah, Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC, Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc., Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC, Frontier Florida LLC and Frontier Southwest Incorporated are the following individuals.
 
Name
 
Office
Bernard Han
 
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Sheldon Bruha
 
Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Steve Gable
 
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
Mark Nielsen
 
Vice President, Chief Transaction Officer and Chief Legal Officer
Kevin Saville
 
Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Donald Daniels
 
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

7

5.
Principal Owners of Voting Securities.
 
The following tables set forth certain information regarding each person known to the Company to own 10 percent or more of the voting securities of the Applicants as of the date of this Application. The mailing address of each holder listed in each of the tables set forth below is: c/o Frontier Communications Corporation, 401 Merritt 7, Norwalk, Connecticut 06851.
 
The Company
 
Name and Complete Mailing
Address of Equityholder
Title of
Class Owned
Amount Owned
Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned
None.
     
 
Upon the Effective Date, Reorganized Frontier will own all of the voting securities of New Frontier Issuer.
 
The Guarantors
 
 
Guarantor Name
 
 
Name and Complete Mailing
Address
of Equityholder
 
 
Title of Class
Owned
 
 
Amount
Owned
 
Percentage of
Voting
Securities
Owned
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Common Stock, par value $10.00 per share
 
100
 
100
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
 
1,000
 
100
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
 
1
 
100
 
Upon the Effective Date, the equityholders listed below will own all of the voting securities of the Guarantors.
 
Guarantor Name
 
Name and Complete Mailing
Address
of Equityholder
 
Title of Class
Owned
 
Amount
Owned
 
Percentage of
Voting
Securities
Owned
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100%
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Common Stock, par value $10.00 per share
 
100
 
100
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
 
1,000
 
100
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Florida LLC
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Membership Interest
 
100
 
100
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
New Frontier Issuer
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
 
1
 
100
 
8

UNDERWRITERS
 
6.
Underwriters.
 
(a)          The following table sets forth information regarding all persons who have acted as an underwriter of any securities of the Applicants outstanding on the date of the filing of this Application within three years prior to the date of the filing of this Application.
 
Name
 
Mailing Address
 
Offering
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
 
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
277 Park Avenue New York, NY 10172 United States
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
 
60 Wall Street New York, NY 10005 United States
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
Barclays Capital Inc.
 
745 7th Avenue New York, NY 10019 United States
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
1585 Broadway Avenue New York, NY 10036 United States
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
11 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10010 United States
 
October 2020 Offering of 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027
November 2020 Offering of 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028 and 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
 
(b)          There is no proposed principal underwriter for the Takeback Notes that are to be issued under the Indenture that is to be qualified under this Application.
 
9

CAPITAL SECURITIES
 
7.
Capitalization.
 
(a)          The following tables set forth certain information with respect to each authorized class of securities of the Applicants as of the date of this Application.
 
The Company
 
 
Title of Class
 
Amount
Authorized
   
Amount
Outstanding
 
Common Stock, par value $0.25 per share
   
175,000,000
     
104,793,000
 
5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due 2027(1)
   
N/A
   
$
1,150,000,000
 
5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due 2028(1)
   
N/A
   
$
1,550,000,000
 
6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (1)
   
N/A
   
$
1,000,000,000
 
Legacy Notes:(2)
               
8.500% Senior Notes due 2020
   
N/A
   
$
172,000,000
 
8.875% Senior Notes due 2020
   
N/A
   
$
55,000,000
 
9.250% Senior Notes due 2021
   
N/A
   
$
89,000,000
 
6.250% Senior Notes due 2021
   
N/A
   
$
220,000,000
 
8.750% Senior Notes due 2022
   
N/A
   
$
500,000,000
 
10.500% Senior Notes due 2022
   
N/A
   
$
2,188,000,000
 
7.125% Senior Notes due 2023
   
N/A
   
$
850,000,000
 
7.625% Senior Notes due 2024
   
N/A
   
$
750,000,000
 
6.875% Senior Notes due 2025
   
N/A
   
$
775,000,000
 
11.000% Senior Notes due 2025
   
N/A
   
$
3,600,000,000
 
7.000% Debentures due 2025
   
N/A
   
$
138,000,000
 
6.800% Debentures due 2026
   
N/A
   
$
2,000,000
 
7.875% Senior Notes due 2027
   
N/A
   
$
346,000,000
 
9.000% Senior Notes due 2031
   
N/A
   
$
945,000,000
 
7.680% Debentures due 2034
   
N/A
   
$
1,000,000
 
7.450% Debentures due 2035
   
N/A
   
$
125,000,000
 
7.050% Debentures due 2046
   
N/A
   
$
193,000,000
 


(1)
These securities are guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Guarantors.
 
(2)
These securities are not guaranteed by the Guarantors.
 
The Guarantors
 
 
Company Name
 
 
Title of Class
 
Amount
Authorized
   
Amount
Outstanding
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Membership Interest
   
N/A
     
N/A
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
Membership Interest
   
N/A
     
N/A
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
 
Common Stock, par value $10.00 per share
   
100
     
100

Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Membership Interest
   
N/A
     
N/A
 
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
   
1,000
     
1,000

Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Membership Interest
   
N/A
     
N/A
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Membership Interest
   
N/A
     
N/A
 
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
Common Stock, par value $0.00 per share
   
1
     
1
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
6.860% Series E Unsecured Debentures due 2028
   
N/A
   
$
300,000,000
 
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
 
8.500% Secured Debentures due 2031
   
N/A
   
$
100,000,000
 
 
10

(b)          Each holder of common stock of the Company and the Guarantors that are corporations has one vote on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders with no cumulative voting rights. The Guarantors that are limited liability companies have a sole member and are controlled by a board of managers.
 
Holders of the series of notes of the Company listed above have the voting rights with respect to the respective series of notes set forth under the respective indenture.
 
INDENTURE SECURITIES
 
8.
Analysis of Indenture Provisions.
 
The Takeback Notes will be subject to the Indenture to be entered into among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and collateral agent. The following is a general description of certain provisions included in the Indenture, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Indenture filed as Exhibit T3C herewith. The Applicants have not entered into the Indenture as of the date of this filing, and the terms of the Indenture are subject to change before it is executed. Capitalized terms used below and not defined in this section have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.
 
(a)          Events of Default; Withholding of Notice.
 
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
 
(1)          default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;
 
(2)          default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
 
(3)          failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture; provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 3.10 of the Indenture, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause has been given;
 
(4)          the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:
 
(i)          commences a voluntary case;
 
(ii)         consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
 
(iii)        consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
 
(iv)        makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
 
(v)         admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts;

11

(5)          a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:
 
(i)          is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
 
(ii)         appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
 
(iii)        orders the liquidation of the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
 
and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days;
 
(6)          default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary)) other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:
 
(i)          is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods provided in such Indebtedness); or
 
(ii)         results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;
 
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates to $250.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; or
 
(7)          there is entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $250.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
 
(8)          any Guarantee of the Notes by a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms, in each case in writing, its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than (A), in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or (B) in connection with the bankruptcy of a Guarantor, so long as the aggregate assets of such Guarantor and any other Guarantor whose Note Guarantee ceased or ceases to be in full force as a result of a bankruptcy are less than $250.0 million;
 
12

(9)          (i) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral intended to be covered thereby (unless perfection is not required by the Indenture or the Security Documents) other than (A) in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document and the Indenture, (B) the satisfaction in full of all Obligations under the Indenture or (C) any loss of perfection that results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents and (ii) such default continues for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided, that such default relates to Liens in excess of $50.0 million; and
 
(10)        the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Security Document is invalid or unenforceable.
 
If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (5)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.
 
In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (6), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose:
 
(1)          (i) the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full; (ii) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or (iii) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; and
 
(2)          the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
If an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (5) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
 
(b)          Authentication and Delivery of Notes; Application of Proceeds.
 
One Officer of the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic signature. If any Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
 
A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee authenticates manually the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under the Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
 
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery:  (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000, and (2) subject to the terms of the Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the Holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes.
 
13

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. An instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer, shall evidence any such appointment. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in the Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.
 
(c)          Release of Collateral.
 
Pursuant to Section 12.2 of the Indenture, Collateral may be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Junior Intercreditor Agreement.
 
With respect to any release of Collateral, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture and the Security Documents, as applicable, to such release have been met, the Trustee (if applicable) and the Collateral Agent shall, execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuer’s expense) any instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to the Indenture or the Security Documents and shall do or cause to be done (at the Issuer’s expense) all acts reasonably requested of them to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Security Document to the contrary, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate, upon which it shall be entitled to conclusively rely.
 
(d)          Satisfaction and Discharge.
 
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
 
(a)          either:
 
(1)          all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2)          all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, in the name, and at the expense of the Issuer;
 
(b)          the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption, and any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
 
14

(c)          no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(d)          the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer under the Indenture; and
 
(e)          the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money in Dollars toward the payment of such Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
 
(e)          Evidence of Compliance with Conditions and Covenants.
 
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate, the signer of which shall be an Officer of the Company, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Company he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Defaults or Events of Default unless written notice of an events, which is in fact a Default or Event of Default, as the case may be, has been delivered to the Trustee.
 
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send electronically or by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 60 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest, if any, on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.
 
9.
Other Obligors.
 
Other than the Applicants, no other person is an obligor with respect to the Takeback Notes.
 
CONTENTS OF APPLICATION FOR QUALIFICATION
 
This Application for Qualification comprises:
 
(a)          Pages numbered 1 to 15, consecutively (and Exhibit Index).
 
(b)          The Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, under the Indenture to be qualified.
 
(c)          The following exhibits in addition to those filed as part of the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of the Trustee:
 
15

Exhibit T3A.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Frontier Communications Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.200.1 to Frontier Communication Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2000).
Exhibit T3A.2
Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Frontier Communications Corporation, effective July 31, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Frontier’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2008).
Exhibit T3A.3
Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Frontier Communications Corporation, effective June 28, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Frontier’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 1, 2010).
Exhibit T3A.4
Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Frontier Communications Corporation, effective July 5, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to Frontier’s Current Report on Form 8-K field on July 10, 2017).
Certificate of Formation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC.
Certificate of Formation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, LLC.
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, LLC, effective January 23, 2001.
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, LLC, effective December 30, 2002.
Certificate of Incorporation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah.
Articles of Organization of Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC.
Articles of Incorporation of Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
Amendment Articles of Incorporation of Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc., effective December 2, 1994.
Certificate of Conversion of Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC.
Articles of Organization of Frontier Florida LLC, as amended.
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Frontier Southwest Incorporated.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee LLC.
Amendment No. 1 to Limited Liability Company Agreement of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee LLC.
Bylaws of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC.
Amendment No. 1 to Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC.
Bylaws of Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC.
Amendment No. 1 to Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Florida LLC.
Amendment No. 1 to Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Florida LLC.
Bylaws of Frontier Southwest Incorporated.
Exhibit T3B.13
By-laws of Frontier Communications Corporation, as amended May 7, 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Frontier’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2019)
Form of new Indenture Governing the Takeback Notes.
Exhibit T3D
Not applicable.
Exhibit T3E.1
Disclosure Statement relating to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and its Debtor Affiliates pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Frontier Communication Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2020).
Fifth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and its Debtor Affiliates pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Cross-reference sheet (included in Exhibit T3C).
Statement of eligibility and qualification of the Trustee.

*Filed herewith.

16

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Application to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and its seal to be hereunto affixed and attested, all in the city of Norwalk, Connecticut on April 6, 2021.
 
 
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
     
 
By:
/s/ Mark Nielsen
 
Name:
Mark Nielsen
 
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Transaction Officer and Chief Legal Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned Guarantors have duly caused this Application to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, and its seal to be hereunto affixed and attested, all in the city of Norwalk, Connecticut on April 6, 2021.
 
   
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF MINNESOTA, LLC
   
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.
   
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF UTAH
   
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF IOWA, LLC
   
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF MINNESOTA, INC.
   
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF WISCONSIN LLC
   
FRONTIER FLORIDA LLC
   
FRONTIER SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED
     
 
By:
/s/ Mark Nielsen
 
Name:
Mark Nielsen
 
Title:
Vice President, Chief Transaction
Officer and Chief Legal Officer
 
17

Annex A
 
8.500% Senior Notes due 2020
8.875% Senior Notes due 2020
9.250% Senior Notes due 2021
6.250% Senior Notes due 2021
8.750% Senior Notes due 2022
10.500% Senior Notes due 2022
7.125% Senior Notes due 2023
7.625% Senior Notes due 2024
6.875% Senior Notes due 2025
11.000% Senior Notes due 2025
7.000% Debentures due 2025
6.800% Debentures due 2026
7.875% Senior Notes due 2027
9.000% Senior Notes due 2031
7.680% Debentures due 2034
7.450% Debentures due 2035
7.050% Debentures due 2046


18

EX-99.T3A5 2 brhc10021819_ex-t3a5.htm EXHIBIT T3A.5

Exhibit T3A.5
 
STATE of DELAWARE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
CERTIFICATE of FORMATION

First: The name of the limited liability company is Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC.

Second: The address or its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange St. in the City of Wilmington.

The name of its Registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

Third: _______________.

Fourth: (Insert any other matters the members determine to include herein.)

 
 
 
 
 
 

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC this 22 day of September, 2003.

 
BY:
/s/ Virginia L. Coogle  
 
Authorized Person(s)
 
   
  NAME:
Virginia L. Coogle  
 
Type or Print
 


 
State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 10:42 AM 09/22/2003
FILED 10:42 AM 09/22/2003
SRV 030605683 3056413 FILE


EX-99.T3A6 3 brhc10021819_ex-t3a6.htm EXHIBIT T3A.6

Exhibit T3A.6

STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 07/14/1995
950158165 - 2524756
 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF
 
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.
A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is:

CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.
 
SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901, and its registered agent at such address THE PRENTICE-HALL CORPORATION SYSTEM, INC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the individual forming the Company, has executed, signed and acknowledged this Certificate of Formation this fourteenth day of July, A.D. 1995.

/s/ Sharon J. Branscome
 
Authorized Person
 
 


EX-99.T3A7 4 brhc10021819_ex-t3a7.htm EXHIBIT T3A.7

Exhibit T3A.7

 
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 01/23/2001
010036999 2524756

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

of

CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.
 
It is hereby certified that:

 
1.
The name of the limited liability company
(hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.

 
2.
The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article Second thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:
 
The name and address of the registered agent in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Wilmington, DE 19808, in the county of New Castle.

The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be upon filing.

Executed on 1/12, 2001.
 
 
Signature:
/s/ Virginia L. Coogle
  Name:
Virginia L. Coogle
 
On Behalf of:
Authorized Person



DE LL D-:CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION 01/98 (#3048)

EX-99.T3A8 5 brhc10021819_ex-t3a8.htm EXHIBIT T3A.8

Exhibit T3A.8

 
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 08:30 AM 12/30/2002
020806911 - 2524756

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF
 
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.

 
1.
The name of the limited liability company is Citizens Telecommunications of Tennessee L.L.C.

 
2.
The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

2.   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment this 21st day of November 2002.

 
/s/ Robin LaPeters
 
  Citizens Communications Company, Member
 
  By
 
 
Robin LaPeters
 
 
Assistant Secretary
 



EX-99.T3A9 6 brhc10021819_ex-t3a9.htm EXHIBIT T3A.9

Exhibit T3A.9

 
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 06/07/1993
931585315 - 2339416

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF
 
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF UTAH


FIRST:        The name of the corporation is Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah.
 
SECOND:   The address of its registered office is in Kent County, Delaware at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware 19901.

The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
 
THIRD:       The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH:   The total number of shares of capital stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred (100) shares of common stock, $10.00 par value per share.

FIFTH:        The name and address of the incorporator is:
 
Charles J. Weiss
High Ridge Park Stamford
Stamford, CT 06905

SIXTH:       The powers of the incorporator terminate upon the filing of this certificate of incorporation. The names and addresses of the directors who are to serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify are:


Name
Address
   
Leonard Tow
High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905
   
Daryl A. Ferguson
High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905
   
Donald K. Roberton
High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT  06905

SEVENTH: In addition to the powers conferred under the General Corporation Law, the board of directors shall have power to adopt, amend, or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.
 
EIGHTH:   Subject to any contrary provision of the General Corporation Law, the books of the corporation may be kept at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation.
 
NINTH:       The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by- laws of the corporation shall so provide.
 
TENTH:      To the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, or in analogous provisions of successor law, there shall be no liability on any part of any director of the corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

2

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to or at the time of such repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred herein upon stockholders and directors are granted subject to this reservation.

TWELFTH: The corporation may indemnify officers, directors, employees/and agents to the fullest extent allowed by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, do make this Certificate for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; and intending that this be an acknowledgement within the meaning of Section 103 of the General Corporation Law, have executed this document on June 4, 1993.

 
/s/ Charles J. Weiss
 
Charles J. Weiss


3

EX-99.T3A10 7 brhc10021819_ex-t3a10.htm EXHIBIT T3A.10
Exhibit T3A.10


ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
 
of

FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF IOWA, LLC
 
TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF IOWA:

Pursuant to Sections 301 and 303 of the Iowa Limited Liability Company Act and Chapter 490A of the 2007 Code of Iowa, the undersigned adopts the following articles of organization for the company.
 
Article I
The name of the limited liability company is Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC.

Article II
The term of existence of the limited liability company shall be perpetual.

Article Ill
The initial registered agent of the limited liability company in Iowa is as follows:
 
CT Corporation System
2222 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, IA 50312-0000

Article IV
The mailing address for the place of business is as follows:
 
3 High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905

Article V
These Articles of Organization shall become effective on December 31, 2008.


 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Organization this 8th day of December, 2008.

By:   /s/ David G. Schwartz  
 
  David G. Schwartz,
 
 
 
Assistant Secretary


 
FILED
IOWA
SECRETARY OF STATE
12/23/08
11:29am
W609268

2

EX-99.T3A11 8 brhc10021819_ex-t3a11.htm EXHIBIT T3A.11
Exhibit T3A.11
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
of
 
VISTA TELEPHONE COMPANY OF MINNESOTA
 
The undersigned incorporator, being a natural person of full age, in order to form a corporation under Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 302A, hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:
 
ARTICLE I

Name

The name of  this corporation is Vista Telephone Company of Minnesota.
 
ARTICLE II
 
The registered of office of this corporation in Minnesota is located at 2200 Washington Square, l00 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.

ARTICLE III
 
The name and address of the incorporator is John A. Taft, 2200 Washington Square, 100 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
4.l  The Aggregate number of shares of all classes which this corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1000) with a par value of one-cent ($.01) per share.

4.2  There shall be no cumulative voting of shares.

1

4.3  Shareholders of the corporation shall have no preemptive rights.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Board of Directors
 
5 .1        The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors. The board of directors is empowered to set, by resolution, the number of directors which shall constitute the board. The initial board of directors shall consist of the following individuals:
 
David L. Mitchell
John K. Purcell
Frederick R. Pestorius

5. 2        In furtherance, and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute and the bylaws of this corporation, the board of directors is expressly authorized to take any action required or permitted to be taken at a board meeting by written action signed by all directors unless the action need not be approved by the shareholders, in which case the action may be taken by written action signed by the number of directors which would, be required to take the same action at a board meeting at which all directors were present.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
An action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting by written  action signed by all of the shareholders to entitled to vote on that action. Shares of the corporation registered in the name of another domestic or foreign corporation may be voted by the chief executive officer or another legal representative of that corporation.

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-named incorporator signed these ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, this 14th day of March, 1991.
 
 
lNCORPORATOR
 
 
  /s/ John A. Taft
 
John A. Taft
 
2200 Washington Square
  100 Washington Avenue South
  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401

STATE OF MINNESOTA )
 
 
)
ss.
COUNT OP HENNEPIN )
 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the 14th day of March, 1991, by John A. Taft.

 
/s/ COLLEEN D. BRANDT
 
Notary public
 

STATE OF MINNESOTA
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
FILED
MAR 14 1991
 

3

EX-99.T3A12 9 brhc10021819_ex-t3a12.htm EXHIBIT T3A.12
Exhibit T3A.12
 
State of Minnesota
Office of the Secretary of State
 
AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

Corporate Name:
 
VISTA TELEPHONE COMPANY OF MINNESOTA

This amendment is effective on the day it is filed with the Secretary of State, unless you indicate another date, not later than 30 days after filing with the Secretary of State.

The following amendments of articles regulating the above corporation were adopted: (Inset full text of newly amended or article(s), indicating which article(s) is (are) being amended or added. If the full text of the amendment will not fit in the space provided, attach additional numbered pages. (Total number of pages including form 1 ).
 
ARTICLE 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended to change the corporate name. Article 1 is hereby amended to read as follows:

ARTICLE 1: The name or the corporation is:

FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF MINNESOTA, INC.

This amendment has been approved pursuant to Minnesota Statutes chapter 302A or 317A.
 
I certify that I am authorized to execute this amendment and I further certify that I understand that by signing this amendment, I am subject to the penalties of perjury as set forth in section 609.48 as if I had signed this amendment under oath.

 
/s/ Jeremiah T. Carr
 
Jeremiah T. Carr, President & CEO

STATE OF MINNESOTA
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
FILED
DEC 02 1994
 


EX-99.T3A13 10 brhc10021819_ex-t3a13.htm EXHIBIT T3A.13
Exhibit T3A.13

RECEIVED

JUN 20 2003
WISCONSIN
DFI
 

State of Wisconsin
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

 CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

1. Before conversion:

Company Name:
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin, Inc.

Indicate ☒
Entity Type
☐ Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)
☒ Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)
 
Organized under the
laws of
Wisconsin
 
 
(state or country *)
 
 
* If a foreign (out-of-state) business entity is converting to a Wisconsin business entity, attach a certificate of status or document of similar import authenticated by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official in the jurisdiction where the foreign business entity is organized, to include the name of the business entity and its date of incorporation or formation.
 
2. After conversion:
 
Company Name:
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Indicate ☒
Entity Type
☐ Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)
☒ Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)
 
Organized under the
laws of
Wisconsin
 
 
(state or country *)
 

FILING FEE - $150.00
DFI/CORP/1000(R02/10/03) Use of this form is mandatory.
Page 1 of 8

3. A Plan of Conversion containing all the following parts is attached as Exhibit A. (NOTE: A template for Plan of Conversion is included in this form. Use of the template is optional.)
 
 
A.
The name, form of business entity, and identity of the jurisdiction governing the business entity that is to be converted.
 
B.
The name, form of business entity, and identity of the jurisdiction that will govern the business entity after conversion.
 
C.
The terms and conditions of the conversion.
 
D.
The manner and basis of converting the shares or other ownership interests of the business entity that is being converted into shares or other ownership interests of the new form of business entity.
 
E.
The effective date and time of conversion, if the conversion is to be effective other than at the time of filing the certificate of conversion as provided under sec. 179.11(2), 180.0123, 181.0123 or 183.0111, whichever governs the business entity prior to conversion.
 
F.
A copy of the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of limited partnership, or other similar governing document of the business entity after conversion as Exhibit B. (NOTE: Templates for certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, and articles of organization are included in this form. Use of the templates is optional)
 
G.
Other provisions relating to the conversion, as determined by the business entity.

4. The Plan of Conversion was approved in accordance with the applicable law of the jurisdiction that governs the organization of the business entity.
 
5. Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process) and Registered Office (Agent’s bushiness office) of the business entity PRIOR TO CONVERSION:
 
Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process):
Registered Office:
CT Corporation System
44 East Mifflin Street
Madison, WI 53703
Additional Entry for a Limited Partnership only
Record Office:
   
 
6. Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process) and Registered Office (Agent’s business office) of the business entity AFTER CONVERSION:
 
Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process):
Registered Office in WI (Street & Number, City, State (WI) and ZIP code):
CT Corporation System
44 East Mifflin Street
Madison, WI 53703
Additional Entry for a Limited Partnership only
Record Office:
   
 DFI/CORP/1000(R02/10/03)
Page 2 of 8

7. Executed on June 20, 2003 (date) by the business entity PRIOR TO ITS CONVERSION.
/s/ Virginia L. Coogle
 
(Signature)
Mark ☒ below the title of the person executing the document.
 
 
Virginia L. Coogle, Asst Secretary
For a limited partnership
Title:General Partner

For a limited liability company
Tit1e: ☐ Member ORManager
(Printed Name)

For a corporation
Title: President OR ☒ Secretary or other office title

INSTRUCTIONS (Ref. Ss. 179.76(3) & (5), 180.1161(3) & (5), 181.1161(3) & (5) and 183.1207(3) & (5), Wis. Stats. for document content)

Submit one original and one exact copy to Department of Financial Institutions, P O Box 7846, Madison WI, 53707-7846, together with a filing fee of $150.00, payable to the department. Filing fee is non-refundable. (If sent by Express or Priority U.S. mail, address to 345 W. Washington Ave. 3rd Floor, Madison WI, 53703.) Sign the document manually or otherwise as allowed under sec. 179.14 (lg)(c), 180.0103 (16), 181.0103 (23) or 183.0l07 (1g) (c). NOTICE: This form may be used to accomplish a filing required or permitted by statute to be made with the department. Information requested may be used for secondary purposes. If you have any questions. please contact the Division of Corporate & Consumer Services at 608-261-7577. Hearing impaired may call 608-266-8818 for TDY. This document can be made available in alternate formats upon request to qualifying individuals with disabilities.
 
1. Enter the company name, type of business entity, and state of organization of business entity prior to conversion. Definitions of foreign entity types are set forth in ss. 179.01(4), 180.0103(9), 181.0103(13) and 183.0102(8), Wis. Stats.
 
If a foreign (out-of-state) business entity is converting to a Wisconsin business entity, attach a certificate of status or document of similar import authenticated by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official in the jurisdiction where the foreign business entity is organized, to include the name of the business entity and its date of incorporation or formation.
 
2. Enter the company name, type of business entity, and state of organization of business entity after conversion.

3. Attach the Plan of Conversion as Exhibit A. If the Plan of Conversion declares a specific effective time or delayed effective time and date, such date may not be prior to the date the document is delivered to the department for filing, nor more than 90 days after delivery. The drafter may use the template Plan of Conversion provided in this form or may prepare the Plan by other means. Use of the template is optional.

 DFI/CORP/1000I(R02/10/03)
Page 3 of 8

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

Virginia L. Coogle
Citizens Communications
3 High Ridge Park
Stamford, CT 06905
STATE OF WISCONSIN
FILED

JUN 26 2003

Your return address and phone number during the day: (203) 614-5135

INSTRUCTIONS (Cont’d)

4. This article states that the Plan of Conversion was approved in accordance with the applicable law of the jurisdiction that governs the organization of the business entity prior to conversion.
 
5. Provide the name of the business entity’s registered agent and the address of its registered office prior to conversion. If the business entity is a domestic limited partnership, also provide the address of its record office.
 
6. Provide the name of the business entity’s registered agent and the address of its registered office after conversion. If the business entity after conversion will be a domestic limited partnership, also provide the address of its record office. NOTE: The address of the registered office must describe its physical location, i.e., street name and number, city (in Wisconsin) and ZIP code. P O Box addresses may be included as part of the address (if located in the same community), but are not sufficient alone. Compare the information supplied in Article 6 to see that it agrees with the information set forth in the articles of incorporation or similar governing document attached as Exhibit B.
 
7.  Enter the date of execution and the name and title of the person signing the document. The person executing the document will do so in their capacity as an officer, member, etc., of the business entity prior to its conversion. For example, an officer of the Corporation would sign a Certificate of Conversion converting a corporation to a limited liability company.
 
The converting entity is alerted to record a conveyance of title ownership of all real estate located in Wisconsin, pursuant to sec. 179.76(4)(c). 180.1161(4)(c), 181.1161(4)(c) or 183.1207(4)(c), whichever is applicable.

 DFI/CORP/1000I(R02/10/03)
Page 4 of 8

(TEMPLATE)
 
State of Wisconsin
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Division of Corporate & Consumer Services
 
EXHIBIT A
 
PLAN OF CONVERSION
 
1. Before conversion:
 
Company Name:
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin, Inc.

Indicate ☒
Entity Type
☐ Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)
☒ Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)
 
Organized under the
laws of
Wisconsin
 
 
(state or country *)
 

2. After conversion:
 
Company Name:
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC

Indicate ☒
Entity Type
☐ Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)
☐ Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)
☒ Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)
 
Organized under the
laws of
Wisconsin
 
 
(state or country *)
 

3. The terms and conditions of the conversion.

None

 DFI/CORP/1000(R02/10/03) Use of this template is optional.
Page 5 of 8

4. The manner and basis of converting the shares or other ownership interests of the business entity that it to be converted into shares or other ownership interests of the new form of business entity.
 
All issued and outstanding shares will be canceled without consideration.
 
5. Other provisions relating to the conversion, as determined by the business entity.

None.

6. (OPTIONAL) Effective Date and Time of Conversion
 
The effective date and time of conversion shall be June 30, (date) at 11:59 PM (time).
 
(An effective date declared under this article may not be earlier than the date the document is delivered to the department for filing, nor more than 90 days after its delivery. If no effective date and time is declared, the effective date and time will be determined by sec. 179.1l(2), 180.0123, 181.0123 or 183.0111, whichever section governs the business entity prior to conversion.)

7. The articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of limited partnership, or other similar governing document of the business entity after conversion is attached as Exhibit B.
 
(NOTE: Templates for certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, and articles of organization are included in this form. Use of the templates is optional)
 
(Attach the appropriate governing document after convention as Exhibit B)

 DFI/CORP/1000(R02/10/03) Use of this template is optional.
Page 6 of 8

(TEMPLATES, Cont’d)
Certificate of Limited Partnership, Articles of Incorporation, and Articles of Organization
 
For a Wisconsin Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181)
EXHIBIT B
 
Article 1. Name of the corporation:                                                                                 
(Must contain “Inc.” or other appropriate words or abbreviations. See sec. 181.0401, Wis Stats)
 
Article 2. The corporation. is organized under Ch. 181 of the Wisconsin Statutes.
 
Article 3. The corporation
will have members
☐ will not have members
 
Article 4. Name of the registered agent:
Article 5. Street address (in Wisconsin) of the registered office:
 
Article 6. Mailing address of the principal office:
(Optional) Article 7. The purpose or purposes for
which the corporation is organized:
 
For a Wisconsin Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183)
EXHIBIT B
 
Article 1. Name of the limited liability company: Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC 
(Must end with “LLC”’ or contain other appropriate words or abbreviations. See sec. 183.0103, Wis Stats)
 
Article 2. The limited liability company is organized under Ch. 183 of the Wisconsin Statutes.
 
Article 3. The management of the limited liability company shall be vested in:
 
☐ a manager or managers
 
☒ its members
 
Article 4. Name of the registered agent:
Article S. Street address (in Wisconsin) of the registered office:
CT Corporation system
44 East Mifflin Street
 
Madison, WI 53703
 
(NOTICE: Articles of Organization may contain only the above information.)

 DFI/CORP/1000(R02/10/03) Use of this template is optional.

Page 8 of 8

EX-99.T3A14 11 brhc10021819_ex-t3a14.htm EXHIBIT T3A.14
Exhibit T3A.14


 
FILED
06 NOV 15 PM 3:27
SECRETARY OF STATE
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
 
FOR
 
VERIZON FLORIDA LLC
 
The Articles of Organization of Verizon Florida LLC (the Company”), dated as of November 14, 2006, is being duly executed and filed by Marianne Drost as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Florida Limited Liability Company Act.

Article I. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Verizon Florida LLC.
 
Article II. The mailing address and the street address of the principal office of the Company is 201 North Franklin Street, One Tampa City Center, Tampa, FL 33602.
 
Article III. The name of the registered agent Is C T Corporation System. The address of the registered office is 1200 South Pine Island Road, Plantation, FL 33324.
 
Having been named as registered agent and to accept service of process for the above stated limited liability company at the place designated in these Articles of Organization, I hereby accept the appointment as registered agent and agree to act in this capacity. I further agree to comply with the provisions of all statutes relating to the proper and complete performance of my duties, and I am familiar with and accept the obligations of my position as registered agent as provided for in Chapter 608, F.S..

 
/s/ Jeffrey D. Butterfield
 
Jeffrey D. Butterfield
Assistant Secretary
  CT Corporation System

Article IV. The name and address of each Manager is as follows:
 
Name
Address
Babbio, Jr., Lawrence T.
140 West Street, 29th Floor
New York, NY 10007
Ciamporcero, Alan F.
201 N Franklin St, 37th Floor
Tampa, FL 33602
Ferrell, John A.
201 N Franklin St
Tampa, FL 33602
O’Roark III, Dulaney L.
6 Concourse Pkwy
Atlanta, GA 30328


Article V. These Articles of Organization shall become effective on November 15, 2006.

{Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Organization as of the date first above written.
 
 
GTE Corporation
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Marianne Drost
   
In accordance with section 608.408(3), Florida Statutes, the execution of this document constitutes an affirmation under the penalties of perjury that the facts stated herein are true.
 
Name: Marianne Drost
Title: Secretary and Vice President

3

 
FILED
14 DEC -2 PM 2:25
SECRETARY OF STATE
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO
ARTICLES OF ORGANJZATION
OF

Verizon Florida LLC
(Name of the Limited Liability company as it now appears in our records)
(A Florida Limited Liability Company)

The Articles of Organization for this Limited Liability Company were filed on November 15, 2006 and assigned Florida document number L06000110564.

This amendment is submitted to amend the following:

A. If amending name, enter the new name of the limited liability company here:

The new name must be distinguishable and contain the works “Limited Liability Company,” the designation “LLC” or the abbreviation “LLC”.

Enter new principal offices address, if applicable:

(principal office address MUST BE A STREET ADDRESS)

 


Enter new mailing address, if applicable:

(Mailing address MAY BE A POST OFFICE BOX)

 


B. If amending the registered agent and/or registered office address on our records, enter the name of the new registered and/or the new registered office address here:

Name of New Registered Agent:
 
 
 
New Registered Office Address:
 
 
Enter Florida street address
 
 
 
 
, Florida 
 
 
City
 
Zip Code

New Registered agent’s Signature, if changing Registered Agent:

I hereby accept the appointment as registered and agree to act in this capacity, I further agree to comply with the provisions of all statutes relative to the proper and complete performance of my duties, and I am familiar with and accept the obligations of my position as registered agent as provided for in chapter 605, F.S. Or, if this document is being filed to merely reflect a change in the registered office address, I hereby confirm that the limited liability company has been notified in writing of this change.

 
 
If Changing Registered Agent, Signature of new Registered Agent

Page 1 of 3

If amending Authorized Person(s) authorized to manage, enter the title, name, and address of each person being added or removed from our records.

MGR= Manager
AMBR=Authorized Member

Title

Name

Address

Type of Action
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
Jeanmarie Milla
 
610 Zack St, 04 Floor
 
☒ Add
 
 
 
 
Tampa, FL 33602
 
☐ Remove
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
W. Robert Mudge
 
One Verizon Way
 
☒ Add
 
 
 
 
Basking Ridge, NJ 07920
 
☐ Remove
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
Michelle A. Robinson
 
One Verizon Place
 
☒ Add
 
 
 
 
Alpharetta, GA 30004
 
☐ Remove
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR   Dulaney L. O’Roark III
  One Verizon Place
  ☒ Add
   
  Alpharetta, GA 30004   ☐ Remove
           
             
MGR   Paul Mattiola
  201 N Franklin St/One Tampa City Center
  ☐ Add
        Tampa, FL 33602
  ☒  Remove
           
             
            ☐ Add
            ☐ Remove
           

Page 2 of 3

D. If amending any other information, enter change(s) here: (Attach additional sheets, if necessary)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

E. Effective date, if other than the date of filing:                                   (optional)
(The effective date must be specific, cannot be prior to date of receipt or filed date and cannot be more than 90 days after the date this document is filed by the Florida Department of State)

Dated December 02, 2014.

/s/ Rosalynn Young
Signature of a member or authorized representative of a member

Rosalynn Young, Authorized Representative
Typed or printed name of signee

Filing Fee: $25.00

Page 3 of 3

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
OF

Verizon Florida LLC
(Name of the Limited Liability company as it now appears in our records)
(A Florida Limited Liability Company)

The Articles of Organization for this Limited Liability Company were filed on 11/15/2006 and assigned Florida document number L06000110564.

This amendment is submitted to amend the following:

A. If amending name, enter the new name of the limited liability company here:

Frontier Florida LLC
The new name must be distinguishable and contain the works “Limited Liability Company,” the designation “LLC” or the abbreviation “LLC”.

Enter new principal offices address, if applicable:
401 Merritt 7
(Principal office address MUST BE A STREET ADDRESS)
Norwalk, CT
 
06851

Enter new mailing address, if applicable:
401 Merritt 7
(Mailing address MAY BE A POST OFFICE BOX)
Norwalk, CT
 
06851

B. If amending the registered agent and/or registered office address on our records, enter the name of the new registered and/or the new registered office address here:

Name of New Registered Agent:
Corporation Service Company
 
 
New Registered Office Address:
1201 Hays Street
 
Enter Florida street address
 
 
 
Tallahassee
, Florida 
 32301
 
City
 
Zip Code

 
FILED
16 APR -5 AM 7:26
SECRETARY OF STATE
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

New Registered Agent’s Signature, if changing Registered Agent:

I hereby accept the appointment as registered and agree to act in this capacity, I further agree to comply with the provisions of all statutes relative to the proper and complete performance of my duties, and I am familiar with and accept the obligations of my position as registered agent as provided for in Chapter 605, F.S. Or, if this document is being filed to merely reflect a change in the registered office address, I hereby confirm that the limited liability company has been notified in writing of this change.

  /s/ Courtney William
 
Courtney Williams, Asst. V. P.
 
If Changing Registered Agent, Signature of New Registered Agent

Page 1 of 3

If amending Authorized Person(s) authorized to manage, enter the title, name, and address of each person being added or removed from our records.

MGR= Manager
AMBR=Authorized Member

Title

Name

Address

Type of Action
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
Dan McCarthy
 
401 Merritt 7
 
☒ Add
 
 
 
 
Norwalk, CT 06851
 
☐ Remove
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐ Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
Mark Nielsen
 
401 Merritt 7
 
☒ Add
 
 
 
 
Norwalk, CT 06851
 
☐ Remove
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐ Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MGR
 
Paul Mattiola
 
610 Zack Street
 
☐ Add
 
 
 
 
Tampa, FL 33602
 
☒ Remove
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐ Change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            ☐ Add
            ☐ Remove
            ☐ Change
             
            ☐ Add
            ☐ Remove
            ☐ Change
             
            ☐ Add
            ☐ Remove
            ☐ Change

Page 2 of 3

D. If amending any other information, enter change(s) here: (Attach additional sheets, if necessary)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
FILED
16 APR -5 AM 7:26
SECRETARY OF STATE
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

E. Effective date, if other than the date of filing:                                   (optional)
(if an effective date is listed, the date must be specific and cannot be prior to date of filing more than 90 days after filing.) Pursuant to 605.0207 (3)(b)
Note: if the date inserted in this block does not meet the applicable statutory filing requirements, this date will not be listed as the document’s effective date on the Department of State’s records.

If the record specifies a delayed effective date, but not an effective time, at 12:01 a.m. on the earlier of: (b) The 90th day after the record is filed.

Dated April 1, 2016.


/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
Signature of a member or authorized representative of a member

Mark Nielsen
Typed or printed name of signee

Filing Fee: $25.00

Page 3 of 3

EX-99.T3A15 12 brhc10021819_ex-t3a15.htm EXHIBIT T3A.15
Exhibit T3A.15

State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 05:39 PM 04/04/2016
FILED 05:39 PM 04/04/2016
SR 2016206469- File Number 202921
 

          RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
OF
 
GTE SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED

GTE Southwest Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
 
l.            The name of the corporation is GTE Southwest Incorporated. It was originally incorporated under the name State Telephone Company of Texas and was previously known as Southwestern Associated Telephone Company and General Telephone Company of the Southwest. Thc date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was June 28, 1926.
 
2.           This Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation to read as herein set forth in full in Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
3,           This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly proposed by the Board of Directors and adopted by the sole Stockholder in accordance with Sections 242 & 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
4.           The Restated Certificate of Incorporation.shall be effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said GTE Southwest Incorporated has caused this certificate to be signed Mark D. Nielsen, its Secretary, this 1st day of April, 2016.

By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
  Mark D. Nielsen, Secretary


EXHIBIT A
 
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF
 
FRONTIER SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED

l.            The name of the corporation is Frontier Southwest Incorporated.
 
2.           The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
 
3.        The nature of the business to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor law.
 
4.           The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one share of Common Stock without par value.
 
5.           The Board of Directors is expressly authorized from time to time to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.
 
6.           To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of  liability of directors, no director of this corporation shall be liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of this corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

7.           The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.



EX-99.T3B1 13 brhc10021819_ex-t3b1.htm EXHIBIT T3B.1
Exhibit T3B.1

Action by Unanimous Written Consent
of the
Sole Member

Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of  the limited  liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016

/s/ Jane Manning
 
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Frontier Communications Corporation
 


Exhibit A

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).

ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.

Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.

Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.

Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER

Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule I hereto.

Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.

Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.

2

Exhibit A

Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.

Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.

Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.

3

Exhibit A

Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.

Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.

Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.

Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

4

Exhibit A

Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.

Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.

Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.

Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.

5

Exhibit A

Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Reserved.

Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.

Section 4.5 Reserved.

Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.

Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurer with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.

Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:

(a)         the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;

(b)         the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;

(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(d)         any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.

Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

7

Exhibit A

Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.

ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER

Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.

Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.

Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.

Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.

ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.

(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

(b)         Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

Exhibit A

Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.

(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.

(b)         A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.

Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

9

Exhibit A

Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:

(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or

(b)         If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(c)         By the Member.

Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.

10

Exhibit A

Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.

Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise  provided  by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.

Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors  may adopt a single symbol  to be affixed  to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

Exhibit A

Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.

Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.

Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.7 Certificates.

(a)          General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.

(b)          Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A

Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:

“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that                                 (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”

The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A

SCHEDULE I

Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%

14

Exhibit A

Annex A

Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A

Annex B


Name
 
Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy
 
Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable
 
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass
 
Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
 
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock
 
Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
 
Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson
 
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis
 
Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
 
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt
 
Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn
 
Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero
 
Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts
 
Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens
 
Vice President, Area President
Melinda White
 
Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor
 
Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu
 
Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning
 
Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo
 
Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville
 
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
  Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
 
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
 
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
 
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
 
Director, Regulatory Filings

16

Exhibit A

Annex C

[Name of the Limited Liability Company)

CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that                                                           (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of             % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF                                        , AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED  AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.

This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

The undersigned certifies that [                   ] is the holder of [            ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”).

The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this             day of                                                 .

 
[Name of Limited Liability Company]
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
  Title: 

17

Exhibit B

 
Entity Name
 
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Newtel, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Delaware
 
CU Capital LLC
 
Delaware
 
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Fairmount Cellular LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Iowa
 
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
 
Indiana
 
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Florida
 
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Delaware
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
 
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B2 14 brhc10021819_ex-t3b2.htm EXHIBIT T3B.2

Exhibit T3B.2

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE, L.L.C.

This Limited Liability Company Agreement of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, L.L.C. (the “Company”) is made as of July 14, 1995 (this “Agreement”), by and between Citizens Utilities Company, a Delaware corporation (“Citizens Utilities Company”), and Citizens Telecommunications Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Citizens Telecommunications Company”), as members of the Company.

WHEREAS, Citizens Utilities Company and Citizens Telecommunications Company wish to form a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. Code §18-101, et seg., as amended from time to time (the “Delaware Act”), by filing a Certificate of Formation of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and entering into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS
 
Section 1.1   Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Article I shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings herein specified.

“Affiliate” means with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.


“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the account maintained for such Member in provisions of Section 4.4 hereof.

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the aggregate amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof with respect to such Member’s Interest.
 
“Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Act.
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any corresponding federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement. A reference to a specific section (§) of the Code refers not only to such specific section but also to any corresponding provision of any federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement, as such specific section or corresponding provision is in effect on the date of application of the provisions of this Agreement containing such reference.

“Company” means Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, L.L.C, the limited liability company formed under and pursuant to the Delaware Act and this Agreement.
 
“Covered Person” means any Member, any Affiliate of a Member or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of a Member or their respective Affiliates, or any employee or agent of the Company or its Affiliates.

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. Code §18-101, et seg., as amended from time to time.

2

“Depreciation” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or other period; providedhowever, that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such Fiscal year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; and provided further, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year or other period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

“Fiscal Year” means (i) the period commencing upon the formation of the Company and ending on December 31, 1995, (ii) any subsequent twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or (iii) any portion of the period described in clause (ii) of this sentence for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Article VIII hereof.

“Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
(i)      the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as agreed to by the contributing Member and the Managing Member, or in the case of any asset contributed by the Managing Member, as determined by the Managing Member;

(ii)     the Gross Asset Value of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Managing Member, as of the following times: (a) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets other than cash as consideration for such Member’s Interest; and (b) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.704 -l(b)(2)(ii)(g); providedhowever, that adjustments pursuant to clause (a) of this sentence shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; and

3

(iii)    the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the Managing Member.
 
If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

“Interest” means a Member’s share of the profits and losses of the Company and a Member’s rights to receive distributions of the Company’s assets in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Delaware Act.
 
“Managing Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.
 
“Member” means Citizens Utilities Company and Citizens Telecommunications Company, individually, when acting in the capacity of each as a member of the Company, and “Members” means Citizens Utilities Company and Citizens Telecommunications Company, collectively, when acting in their capacities as Members of the Company. For all purposes of the Delaware Act, all Members shall constitute a single class or group of members.
 
“Net Cash Flow” means, for each Fiscal year or other period of the Company, the gross cash receipts of the Company from all sources, but excluding any amounts, such as gross receipts taxes or sales taxes, that are held by the Company as a collection agent or in trust or on deposit for others or that are otherwise not unconditionally available to the Company, less all amounts paid by or for the account of the Company during the same Fiscal Year or other period (including, without limitation, payments of principal and interest on any Company indebtedness and expenses reimbursed to the Members under Section 5.2 hereof), and less any amounts determined by the Managing Member to be necessary to provide a reasonable reserve for working-capital needs or any other contingencies of the company. Net Cash Flow shall be determined in accordance with the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting and otherwise in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. Net Cash Flow shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, depletion, similar allowances or other non-cash items, but shall be increased by any reduction of reserves previously established.

4

“Person” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization.

“Profits” and “Losses” means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the Companys taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with §703(a) of the Code (but including in taxable income or loss, for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to §703(a)(1) of the Code), with the following adjustments:
 
(i)       any income of the Company exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
 
(ii)     any expenditures of the Company described in §705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or treated as expenditures described in §705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(i)) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(iii)    in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted in accordance with paragraph (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” above, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses;

5

(iv)    gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any asset of the Company with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value; and
 
(v)    in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal year or other period, computed in accordance with definition of “Depreciation” above.
 
“Tax Matters Member” shall be the Managing Member.

“Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Section 1.2   Headings. The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION AND TERM

Section 2.1   Formation.
 
(i)      The members hereby agree to form the Company as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and agree that the rights, duties and liabilities of the Members shall be as provided in the Delaware Act, except as otherwise provided herein.

(ii)     Upon the execution of this Agreement, Citizens Utilities Company and Citizens Telecommunications Company shall be members of the Company.

6

(iii)    The name and mailing address of each Member and the amount contributed to the capital of the Company shall be listed on Schedule A attached hereto. The Managing Member shall be required to update Schedule A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein. Any amendment or revision to Schedule A made in accordance with this Agreement shall not be deemed an amendment to this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to Schedule A shall be deemed to be a reference to Schedule A as amended and in effect from time to time.

(iv)    The Managing Member, as an authorized person within the meaning of the Delaware Act, shall execute, deliver and file the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof.
 
Section 2.2   Name. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby and by the filing of the Certificate is Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee, L.L.C. The business of the Company may be conducted upon compliance with all applicable laws under any other name designated by the Managing Member.
 
Section 2.3   Term. The term of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall be perpetual unless dissolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
Section 2.4   Registered Agent and Office. The Company’s registered agent and office in Delaware shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware 19904. At any time, the Managing Member may designate another registered agent and/or registered office.
 
Section 2.5   Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Company shall be at High Ridge Park, Stamford, CT 06905. At any time, the Managing Member may change the location of the Company’s principal place of business.

Section 2.Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. The Managing Member shall cause the Company to be qualified, formed or registered under assumed or fictitious name statutes or similar laws in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business in which such qualification, formation or registration is required or desirable. The Managing Member, as an authorized person within the meaning of the Delaware Act, shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

7

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1   Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the foregoing, including, without limitation, activities relating to the telecommunications industry.

Section 3.2   Powers of the Company.

(i)       The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 3.1.

(ii)     The Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, may enter into any and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated thereby, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Delaware Act or other applicable law. The Managing Member is hereby authorized to enter into and perform on behalf of the Company any and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated thereby, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Managing Member to enter into other documents on behalf of the Company. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including, without limitation, any other Member) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

8

(iii)    The Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another limited liability company or other business entity (as defined in §18-209(a) of the Delaware Act) formed or organized under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States or any foreign jurisdiction, upon the approval of the Managing Member in its sole discretion.

Section 3.3   Limitations on Company Powers. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of Section 3.2, the Company shall not do business in any jurisdiction that would jeopardize the limitation on liability afforded to the Members under the Delaware Act or this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS, SECURITIES AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
 

Section 4.1   Capital Contributions.

(i)       Each Member has contributed or is deemed to have contributed the amount set forth on Schedule A attached hereto to the capital of the Company. The agreed value of the Capital Contributions made or deemed to have been made by each Member shall be set forth on Schedule A.

(ii)      No Member shall be required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, a Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company with the written consent of the Managing Member.

Section 4.2   Member’s Interest. A Members Interest shall for all purposes be personal property. A Member has no interest in specific Company property.

Section 4.3   Status of Capital Contributions.

9

(i)      Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of a Member’s Capital Contributions may be returned to it, in whole or in part, at any time, but only with the consent of the Managing Member. Any such returns of Capital Contributions shall be made to all Members in the same proportions as distributions and allocations are made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no return of a Member’s Capital Contributions shall be made hereunder if such distribution would violate applicable state law. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contribution, no Member shall have the right to demand or receive property other than cash, except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement

(ii)     No Member shall receive any interest, salary or drawing with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account or for services rendered on behalf of the Company or otherwise in its capacity as a Member (including as a Managing Member), except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.
 
(iii)    Except as otherwise provided herein and by applicable state law, the Members shall be liable only to make their Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof, and no Member shall be required to lend any funds to the Company or, after a Member’s Capital Contributions have been fully paid pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof, to make any additional capital contributions to the Company. No Member shall have any personal liability for the repayment of any Capital Contribution of any other Member.

Section 4.4   Capital Accounts.

(i)       An individual Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each Member.
 
(ii)     The Capital Account of each Member shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(a)    to such Member’s Capital Account there shall be added such Member’s Capital Contributions, such member’s distributive share of Profits and the amount of any Company liabilities that are assumed by such Member or that are secured by any Company assets distributed to such Member;

10

(b)    to such Member’s Capital Account there shall be subtracted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Company assets distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Losses and the amount of any liabilities of such Member that are assumed by the Company or that are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company; and
 
(c)    in determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this subsection (ii), there shall be taken into account §752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.
 
Section 4.5   Advances. If any member shall advance any funds to the Company in excess of its Capital Contributions, the amount of such advance shall neither increase its Capital Account nor entitle it to any increase in its share of the distributions of the Company. The amount of any such advance shall be a debt obligation of the Company to such Member and shall be repaid to it by the Company with interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) 12% and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, and upon such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Managing Member. Any such advance shall be payable and collectible only out of Company assets, and the other Members shall not be personally obligated to repay any part thereof. No Person who makes any nonrecourse loan to the Company shall have or acquire, as a result of making such loan, any direct or indirect interest in the profits, capital or property of the Company, other than as a creditor.

11

ARTICLE V

MEMBERS
 
Section 5.1   Powers of Members. The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this Agreement or required by the Delaware Act, no Member other than the Managing Member shall have the power to act for or on behalf of, or to bind, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, all Members shall constitute one class or group of members of the Company for all purposes of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse the Members, including the Managing Member, for all ordinary or necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Members on behalf of the Company. The Managing Member’s determination of which expenses may be reimbursed to a Member, including the Managing Member, and the amount of such expenses shall be conclusive. Such reimbursement shall be treated as an expense of the Company that shall be deducted in computing the Net Cash Flow and shall not be deemed to constitute a distributive share of Profits or a distribution or return of capital to any Member.

Section 5.3   Partition. Each Member waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of the Company’s property.

Section 5.4   Transfer and Resignation.  A Member may not assign or transfer all or any part of its Interest to any Person. A Member may not resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company. A resigning Member shall not be entitled to receive any distribution and shall not otherwise be entitled to receive the fair value of its Interest except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

12

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT

Section 6.1   Management of the Company.

(i)      Citizens Utilities Company shall be the managing member of the Company (the “Managing Member”) and, in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance with this Agreement. The Managing Member is an agent of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.

(ii)     The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purpose of the Company as set forth herein. The Managing Member shall be the sole Person with the power to bind the Company, except and to the extent that such power is expressly delegated to any other Person by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the Managing Member to cease to be a Member or the Managing Member of the Company. There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company.
 
(iii)    The Managing Member may appoint individuals with such titles as it may elect, including the titles of President, Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary, to act on behalf of the Company with such power and authority as the Managing Member may delegate in writing to any such Person.

Section 6.2   Powers of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have the right, power and authority, in the management of the business affairs of the Company, to do or cause to be done any and all acts, at the expense of the Company, deemed by the Managing Member to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the business, purposes and objectives of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to:

13

(i)      establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including with respect to allocations and distributions;

(ii)      bring and defend on behalf of the Company actions and proceedings at law or in equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise; and

(iii)    execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties and powers and do all things for and on behalf of the Company in all matters necessary, desirable, convenient or incidental to the purpose of the Company.

The expression of any power or authority of the Managing Member in this Agreement shall not in any way limit or exclude any other power or authority which is not specifically or expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Section 6.3   No Management by Other Members. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Member other than the Managing Member shall take part in the day-to-day management or the operation or control of the business and affairs of the Company. Except and only to the extent expressly delegated by the Managing Member, no Member or other Person other than the Managing Member shall be an agent of the Company or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Company or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Company.

Section 6.4   Reliance by Third Parties. Any Person dealing with the Company or the Managing Member may rely upon a certificate signed by the Managing Member as to:

(i)       the identity of the Managing Member or any other Member hereof;

(ii)      the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing Member or in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;

14

(iii)    the Persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(iv)     any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

Section 7.1   Amendments. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if approved by the Managing Member, providedhowever, that no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, to the extent the result thereof would be to cause the Company to be treated as anything other than a partnership for purposes of United States income taxation.
 
Section 7.2   Meetings of the Members.

(i)      Meeting of the Members may be called at any time by the Managing Member. Notice of any meeting shall be given to all Members not less than two (2) days nor more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of such meeting. Each Member may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Member is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the Member or its attorney-in-fact.

(ii)     Each meeting of Members shall be conducted by the Managing Member or by such other Person that the Managing Member may designate. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Members, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Members, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote.

15

ARTICLE VIII

ALLOCATIONS
 
Section 8.1   Profits and Losses. Subject to the allocation rules of Section 8.2 hereof, Profits and Losses for any Fiscal year shall be allocated __% to Citizens Utilities Company and __% to Citizens Telecommunications Company.

Section 8.2   Allocation Rules.

(i)      For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member using any method that is permissible under §706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(ii)     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be divided among the Members in the same proportions as they share Profits and Losses for the Fiscal Year in question.

(iii)    The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article VIII and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article VIII in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.

Section 8.3   Tax Allocations; §704 (c) of the Code.
 
(i)      In accordance with §704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with Section 1.1 hereof).

16

(ii)     In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” contained in Section 1.1 hereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under §704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
 
(iii)    Any elections or other decisions relating to allocations under this Section 8.3, including the selection of any allocation method permitted under Treasury Regulation §1.704-3, shall be made by the Managing Member in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 8.3 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 9.1   Net Cash Flow. Except as otherwise provided in Article XIII hereof (relating to the dissolution of the Company), any distribution of the Net Cash Flow during any Fiscal Year shall be distributed 99% to Citizens Utilities Company and 1% to Citizens Telecommunications Company.
 
Section 9.2   Distribution Rules.

(i)      All distributions pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof shall be at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the Managing Member; provided, however, that the Managing Member shall use its best efforts to cause the Company to distribute to the Members an amount of Net Cash Flow as shall be sufficient to enable the Members to fund their federal and state income tax liabilities attributable to their respective distributive shares of the taxable income of the Company.

17

(ii)     All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to the Company or the Members shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Members pursuant to this Article IX for all purposes of this Agreement. The Managing Member is authorized to withhold from distributions and to pay over to any federal, state or local government any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any other federal, state or local law and shall allocate such amounts to those Members with respect to which such amounts were withheld.

Section 9.3   Limitations on Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any member with respect to such Member’s Interest if such distribution would violate §18-607 of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

ARTICLE X

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 10.1 Books, Records and Financial Statements.
 
(i)      At all times during the continuance of the Company, the Company shall maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for the Company that shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of the Company business in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Agreement. Such books of account, together with a copy of this Agreement and of the Certificate, shall at all times be maintained at the principal place of business of the Company and shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by each Member and its duly authorized representative for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a member of the Company.

18

(ii)      The Managing Member shall prepare and maintain, or cause to be prepared and maintained, the books of account of the Company.
 
Section 10.2 Accounting Method. For both financial and tax reporting purposes and for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, the books and records of the Company shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall reflect all Company transactions and be appropriate for the Company’s business.

Section 10.3 Audit. At any time at the Managing Member’s sole discretion, the financial statements of the Company may be audited by an independent certified public accountant, selected by the Managing Member, with such audit to be accompanied by a report of such accountant containing its opinion. The cost of such audits will be an expense of the Company. A copy of any such audited financial statements and accountant’s report will be made available for inspection by the Members.

ARTICLE XI

TAX MATTERS

Section 11.1  Tax Matters Member.
 
(i)      The Managing Member is hereby designated as “Tax Matters Member” of the Company for purposes of §6231(a)(7) of the Code and shall have the power to manage and control, on behalf of the Company, any administrative proceeding at the Company level with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the determination of any item of Company income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for federal income tax purposes.

19

(ii)      The Tax Matters Member shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt of any notice from the Internal Revenue Service in any administrative proceeding at the Company level relating to the determination of any Company item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, notify the other Member.

Section 11.2 Right to Make §754 Election. The Tax Matters Member may, in its sole discretion, make or revoke, on behalf of the Company, an election in accordance with §754 of the Code, so as to adjust the basis of Company property in the case of a distribution of property within the meaning of §734 of the Code, and, in the case of a transfer of a Company interest, within the meaning of §743 of the Code. Each Member shall, upon request of the Tax Matters Member, supply the information necessary to give effect to such an election.

Section 11.3 Taxation as Partnership. The Company shall be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
ARTICLE XII

LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 12.1 Liability.

(i)      Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Covered Person shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered Person.
 
(ii)     Except as otherwise expressly required by law, a Member, including the Managing Member, in its capacity as Member or Managing Member, shall have no liability in excess of (a} the amount of its Capital Contributions, (b) its share of any assets and undistributed profits of the Company, (c) its obligation to make other payments expressly provided for in this Agreement, and (d) the amount of any distributions wrongfully distributed to it.

20

Section 12.2 Exculpation.
 
(i)      No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(ii)     A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.
 
Section 12.3 Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons.
 
(i)      To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under the Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

21

(ii)     Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (b) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that a Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Company or any member, the Covered Person shall resolve such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Covered Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Covered Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Covered Person at law or in equity or otherwise.
 
(iii)    Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision (a) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Covered person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or other applicable law.
 
Section 12.4 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions, provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 12.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

22

Section 12.5 Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 12.4 hereof.

Section 12.6 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such Person in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member and the Company may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 12.5 hereof and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

Section 12.7 Outside Businesses. Any Member or Affiliate thereof may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company, and the Company and the Members shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. No Member or Affiliate thereof shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Company even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company, could be taken by the Company, and any Member or Affiliate thereof shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner, shareholder, fiduciary or otherwise) or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

23

ARTICLE XIII

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 13.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:
 
(i)       The bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member, as provided for in §18-304 of the Delaware Act, or the occurrence of any other event under the Delaware Act that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company;
 
(ii)      The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under §18-802 of the Delaware Act; or
 
(iii)     The written consent of all Members.

Section 13.2 Notice of Dissolution. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall promptly notify the Members of such dissolution.
 
Section 13.3 Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member, as liquidating trustee, shall immediately commence to wind up the Company’s affairs; provided, however, that a reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Company and the satisfaction of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Members to minimize the normal losses attendant upon a liquidation.  The Members shall continue to share profits and losses during liquidation in the same proportions, as specified in Article VIII hereof, as before liquidation. The proceeds of liquidation shall be distributed, as realized, in the manner provided in §18-804 of the Delaware Act, subject to the applicable provisions of Article IX. In the event that the Managing Member is unable to perform in its capacity as liquidating trustee due to its bankruptcy, dissolution, death, adjudicated incompetency or any other termination of the Managing Member as an entity, the liquidating trustee shall be a Person approved by a majority of the Interests of the remaining Members.

24

Section 13.4 Termination. The Company shall terminate when all of the assets of the Company have been distributed in the manner provided for in this Article XIII, and the Certificate shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Delaware Act.
 
Section 13.5 Claims of the Members. Members and former Members shall look solely to the Company’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Members and former Members shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Notices. All notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows:

(i)       If given to the Company, in care of the Managing Member at the Company’s mailing address set forth below:
 
Citizens Utilities Company

High Ridge Park

Stamford, CT 06905

(ii)      If given to any Member, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Company.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received.

25

Section 14.2 Failure to Pursue Remedies. The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.

Section 14.3 Cumulative Remedies. The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not precluded or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise.

Section 14.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 14.5 Interpretation. Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. All references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

Section 14.6 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

Section 14.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

Section 14.8 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 14.9 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above stated.


MEMBERS:



Citizens Utilities Company



By:
/s/ L. Russell Mitten
    Name: L. Russell Mitten  
    Title: Vice President  
         

Citizens Telecommunications Company



By:
/s/ L. Russell Mitten
    Name: L. Russell Mitten  
    Title: Vice President  

27

SCHEDULE A
 
MEMBERS

NAME
Mailing
Address
Capital
Contribution
Agreed
Value


28

EX-99.T3B3 15 brhc10021819_ex-t3b3.htm EXHIBIT T3B.3

Exhibit T3B.3

UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE SOLE MEMBER OF
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE L.L.C.
 
June 21, 2018

Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.
 
Executed as of the date first written above.

 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC, as its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
 
Title:
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

Acknowledged and agreed to by:
 
Frontier Communications Corporation, as a former member of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

Frontier Communications of America, Inc, as a former member of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
Title:
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary


Exhibit A

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) of Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into by Citizens NEWTEL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole member (the “Member”).
 
ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
 
Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.2.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.
 
Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.
 
ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER
 
Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.
 

Exhibit A

Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.
 
Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer and may be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.
 

Exhibit A

Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
 

Exhibit A

Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee, a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.
 

Exhibit A

Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.
 

Exhibit A

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:
 
(a)       the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;

(b)       the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)       the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or
 
(d)       any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.
 
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.
 

Exhibit A

Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 
(a)         Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)         Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.


Exhibit A

Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)         To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.
 
(b)        A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
 

Exhibit A

Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:
 
(a)       By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)       If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)       By the Member.
 
Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 

Exhibit A

Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.
 
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.


Exhibit A

Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a)         General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in the form of Annex C or as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b)         Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.


Exhibit A

SCHEDULE I
 
 
Name and Address
Interests
Percentage
Interests
 
Citizens NEWTEL, LLC
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%


Exhibit A

Annex A

Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
R. Perley McBride


Exhibit A

Annex B

Name of Officer
Position
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Steve Gable
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
R. Perley McBride
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark Nielsen
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
John Maduri
Vice President, Consumer Sales, Marketing & Product
Kevin Saville
Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Sheldon Bruha
Vice President, Treasurer
Pehr Olsson
Vice President, Assistant Treasurer
Allison Ellis
Vice President, Regulatory
Kenneth Mason
Vice President, Regulatory
Kenneth Arndt
Vice President, Commercial Sales Operations
Melanie Williams
Vice President, Operations
Gregory Stephens
Vice President, Operations
Joseph Gamble
Vice President, Operations
John Greifzu
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Charles Carrathers
Assistant Secretary
Anne Meyer
Assistant Secretary
Paul Garcia
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
Director, Regulatory Filings


Exhibit A

Annex C
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _________________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of ____________ % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF___________________ , ____________ , AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.

This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this_______________ day of___________________,______________.
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C. By:
 
  By:
   
 
Name:

 
 
Title:




EX-99.T3B4 16 brhc10021819_ex-t3b4.htm EXHIBIT T3B.4

Exhibit T3B.4

Action by Unanimous Written Consent

of the
 
Board of Directors
 
Effective immediately, the form of By-laws set forth on Annex A hereto shall constitute the By-laws of each of the corporations set forth on Annex B hereto. The undersigned directors constitute the entire Board of Directors of each entity set forth on Annex B.
 
Executed this 21st day of May, 2015.

/s/ Daniel J. McCarthy
 
Daniel J. McCarthy, Director
 
 
 
/s/ John M. Jureller
 
John M. Jureller, Director
 


Annex A

B Y  L A W S
 
[NAME OF CORPORATION]

ARTICLE I SHAREHOLDERS
 
1.1     Shareholder Meetings.
 
1.1.1       Place. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place as may be designated by the board of directors (the “Board”).
 
1.1.2       Annual Meeting. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board, an annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors and for other business shall be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on the second Tuesday of April in each year or, if that day is a legal holiday, on the next following business day.
 
1.1.3       Special Meetings. Special shareholder meetings may be called at any time by the president, the Board or holders of at least one-fifth of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.1.4       Quorum.  The presence in person or by proxy of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of considering such matter. If a quorum is not present, no business shall be transacted except to adjourn to a future time.
 
1.1.5       Participation. One or more shareholders may participate in a shareholder meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
1.1.7       Voting Rights. .Except as otherwise provided herein, in the corporation’s charter or by law, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholder meeting to one vote for every share standing in his or her name on the books of the corporation that is entitled to vote at such meeting. Every shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy.
 
1.2     Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all of the shareholders consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of shareholder meetings. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the shareholders for all purposes.
 
ARTICLE II DIRECTORS
 
2.1     Number and Term. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Board shall have authority to (a) determine the number of directors to constitute the Board, and (b) fix the terms of office of the directors. Except as otherwise fixed by the Board, each director elected to the Board shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until the director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless the director sooner resigns or is removed or disqualified.
 
2.2     Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board.
 
2.3     Meetings.
 
2.3.1       Place. Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place as may be designated by the Board or in the notice of the meeting, if any.
 
-1-

Annex A

2.3.2       Regular Meetings. Regular Board meetings shall be held at such times as the Board may designate.
 
2.3.3       Special Meetings. Special Board meetings may be called at any time by the president and shall be called by the president on the written request of one-third of the directors.

2.3.4       Quorum. A majority of all the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting and except as otherwise provided herein the acts of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board.
 
2.3.5       Participation. One or more directors may participate in a Board meeting or a Board committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
2.4     Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board shall be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors.

2.5     Committees. The Board may by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors and such alternate members (also directors) as may be designated by the Board. To the extent provided in such resolution, any such committee shall have and exercise the powers of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
 
2.6     Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the Board or committee for all purposes.
 
ARTICLE III OFFICERS

3.1     Election. The Board shall elect a president, vice president, treasurer, secretary and such other officers as it deems advisable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

3.2     Authority, Duties and Compensation. The officers shall have such authority, perform such duties and serve for such compensation as may be determined by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the Board (a) the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the corporation, may perform any act and execute any instrument for the conduct of such business and operations and shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shareholders, (b) the other officers shall have the duties usually related to their offices, and (c) the vice president (or vice presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall in the absence of the president have the authority and perform the duties of the president.
 
-2-

Annex A

ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION
 
4.1     Right of Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, indemnify any person (the “indemnitee”) who was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or was or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, service with respect to any employee benefit plan), whether the basis of any such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV shall include the right to receive payment of any expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding, consistent with applicable law as then in effect. All rights to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, including rights to the advancement of expenses and the evidentiary, procedural and other provisions of this Article IV, shall be contract rights. The corporation may, by action of its Board, provide indemnification for employees, agents, attorneys and representatives of the corporation with the same, or with more or less, scope and extent as herein provided for officers and directors. No amendment to the corporation’s charter or amendment or repeal of tl1ese By-laws purporting to have the effect of modifying or repealing any of the provisions of this Article IV in a manner adverse to the indemnitee shall abridge or adversely affect any right to indemnification or other similar rights and benefits with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. This Article IV shall be applicable to all Proceedings, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article IV.

4.2     By-laws Not Exclusive.  The right of indemnification, including the right to receive payment in advance of expenses, conferred in these By-laws shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled under any provision of the corporation’s charter, any agreement, applicable corporate law and statute, vote of disinterested directors or stockholders or otherwise. The indemnitee is free to proceed under any of the rights or procedures available to him or her.

4.3     Burden of Proof. In any determination, review of a determination, action, arbitration, or other proceeding relating to the right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, the corporation shall have the burden of proof that the indemnitee has not met any standard of conduct or belief which may be required by applicable law to be applied in connection with a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnity and also the burden of proof on any of the issues which may be material to a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Neither a failure to make such a determination of entitlement nor an adverse determination of entitlement to indemnity shall be a defense of the corporation in an action or proceeding brought by the indemnitee or by or on behalf of the corporation relating to indemnification or create any presumption that the indemnitee has not met any such standard of conduct or belief or is otherwise not entitled to indemnity. If successful in whole or in part in such an action or proceeding, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be further indemnified by the corporation for the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action or proceeding.
 
4.4     Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced from time to time to the indemnitee by the corporation promptly after the receipt by the corporation of a statement from the indemnitee requesting such advance, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.

-3-

Annex A

4.5     Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any person who is, or may become an officer, director, employee, agent, attorney, trustee or representative (any of the foregoing being herein referred to as a “Representative”) of the corporation or, at the request of the corporation, a Representative of another corporation or entity, against any expenses, liability or loss asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in connection with any Proceeding in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of these By-laws or otherwise. The corporation may enter into contracts with any Representative of the corporation, or any person serving as such at the request of the corporation for another corporation or entity, in furtherance of the provisions of this Article IV. Such contracts shall be deemed specifically approved and authorized by the stockholders of the corporation and not subject to invalidity by reason of any interested directors. The corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification of any person entitled thereto.
 
4.6     Severability; Statutory Alternative. If any provision or provisions of this Article IV shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of all of the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. In the event that the indemnitee elects, as an alternative to the procedures specified in this Article IV, to follow one of the procedures authorized by applicable corporate law or statute to enforce his or her right to indemnification and notifies the corporation of his or her election, the corporation agrees to follow the procedure so elected by the indemnitee. If in accordance with the preceding sentence, the procedure therefor con templated herein or the procedure elected by the indemnitee in any specific circumstances (or such election by the indemnitee) shall be invalid or ineffective in bringing about a valid and binding determination of the entitlement of the indemnitee to indemnification, the most nearly comparable procedure authorized by applicable corporate law or statute shall be followed by the corporation and the indemnitee.
 
ARTICLE V SHARE CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS
 
5.1     Share Certificates. Every shareholder of record shall be entitled to a share certificate representing the shares held by him or her. Every share certificate shall bear the corporate seal (which may be a facsimile) and the signature of the president or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer of the corporation. Where a certificate is signed by a transfer agent or registrar the signature of any corporate officer may be a facsimile.

5.2     Transfers. Transfers of share certificates and the shares represented thereby shall be made on the books of the corporation only by the registered holder or by duly authorized attorney. Transfers shall be made only on surrender of the share certificate or certificates.
 
ARTICLE VI FISCAL YEAR
 
The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin the first day of January in each year.
 
ARTICLE VII CORPORATE SEAL
 
The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine. In lieu of the corporate seal, a facsimile thereof may be affixed, impressed or reproduced in any other manner.
 
ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS
 
By-laws of the corporation may be amended, repealed or adopted by the Board or by the shareholders.

-4-

Annex B

Entity Name
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
 
Citizens Capital Ventures Corp.
DE
 
 
Citizens Louisiana Accounting Company
DE
 
 
Citizens Newcom Company
DE
 
 
Citizens SERP Administration Company
DE
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of California Inc.
CA
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Idaho
DE
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Illinois
IL
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Montana
DE
 
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska
DE

 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nevada
NY
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of New York, Inc.
NY
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Oregon
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of The White Mountains, Inc.
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of West Virginia
WV
   
Citizens Utilities Rural Company, Inc.
DE
   
Commonwealth Telephone Management Services, Inc.
PA
   
CTE Holdings, Inc.
PA
   
CTE Services, Inc.
PA
   
Evans Telephone Holdings, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications - Midland, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications - Prairie, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications - Schuyler, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications Corporate Services Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications Northwest Inc.
WA
   
Frontier Communications of America, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications of Ausable Valley, Inc.
NY
   
Frontier Communications of Depue, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Illinois, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Lakeside, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Michigan, Inc.
MI
   
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
MN
   
Frontier Communications of Mt. Pulaski, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of New York, Inc.
NY


Frontier Communications of Orion, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Rochester, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications of Seneca-Gorham, Inc.
NY
   
Frontier Communications of Sylvan Lake, Inc.
NY
   
Frontier Communications of The Southwest Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications of Virginia, Inc.
VA
   
Frontier Communications Online And Long Distance Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications Services Inc.
AZ
   
Frontier Infoservices Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Midstates Inc.
GA
   
Frontier North Inc.
WI
   
Frontier Security Company
DE
   
Frontier Techserv, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier West Virginia Inc.
WV
   
GVN Services
CA
   
NCC Systems, Inc.
TX
   
Navajo Communications Co., Inc.
NM
   
Ogden Telephone Company
NY
   
Phone Trends, Inc.
NY
   
Rib Lake Cellular For Wisconsin RSA #3, Inc.
WI
   
Rib Lake Telecom, Inc.
WI
   
SNET America, Inc.
CT
   
Tele-Tec Contractors, Inc.,
NY
   
The Southern New England Telephone Company
CT



EX-99.T3B5 17 brhc10021819_ex-t3b5.htm EXHIBIT T3B.5

Exhibit T3B.5

Action by Unanimous Written Consent
of the
 Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of the limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
 
Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016
 
/s/ Jane Manning  
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 


Exhibit A
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).
 
ARTICLE I
 THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.
 
Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.
 
ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER

Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule I hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.

2

Exhibit A
Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.
 
Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.

3

Exhibit A
 
Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4

Exhibit A
Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic trans1nission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.

5

Exhibit A
Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A
Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:


(a)
the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;
 

(b)
the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 

(c)
the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or
 

(d)
any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.
 
ARTICLE V
 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

7

Exhibit A
Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
 DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 
(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

Exhibit A
Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.
 
(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.

Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

9

Exhibit A
Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:

(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)          By the Member.

Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.

10

Exhibit A
Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.
 
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

Exhibit A
Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a)          General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b)          Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A
Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:
 
“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”
 
The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A
SCHEDULE I
 
Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
 100
100%

14

Exhibit A
Annex A
Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A
Annex B

 
Name Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr. Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens Vice President, Area President
Melinda White Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas Assistant Secretary
George Thomson Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek Director, Regulatory Filings
 
16

Exhibit A
Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company)
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _______________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of _________% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF _______________ , AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED  AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.
 
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The undersigned certifies that [          ] is the holder of [     ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this ________ day of _______________________ , ________________.
 
 
[Name of Limited Liability Company]
 
 
 
 
By:

 
Name:
 
 
Title:

17

Exhibit B
 
Entity Name
Domestic
Jurisdiction
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
Delaware
Citizens Newtel, LLC
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
Delaware
CU Capital LLC
Delaware
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
Delaware
Fairmount Cellular LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
Alabama
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
Iowa
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
Alabama
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
Delaware
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
Indiana
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
Delaware
Frontier Florida LLC
Florida
Frontier Mobile LLC
Delaware
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
Wisconsin
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B6 18 brhc10021819_ex-t3b6.htm EXHIBIT T3B.6

Exhibit T3B.6

AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF IOWA, LLC
 
THIS AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF IOWA, LLC (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 22, 2018, between Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability company (“Telco”), and Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Frontier”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Telco is party to that Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC, dated as of August 2, 2016 (the “LLC Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, Telco is the sole member of Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company (the “Distributed Company”); and
 
WHEREAS, Telco desires to distribute as a dividend all of its right, title and interest in the Distributed Company to Frontier.
 
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

A G R E E M E N T:
 
1.          Distribution. Telco hereby distributes to Frontier as a dividend all of Telco’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company, and Frontier receives from Telco all of Telco’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company and assumes all of Telco’s obligations under the LLC Agreement (the “Distribution”).
 
2.          Membership. Telco hereby resigns as the sole member of the Distributed Company and Frontier hereby is admitted as the sole member of the Distributed Company. The term “Member” in the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to refer to “Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation”, and Schedule I to the LLC Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

Name and Address
Interests
Percentage Interests
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%
 
3.          Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the domestic laws of the State of Iowa, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision (whether of the State of Iowa or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Iowa.


4.         Binding Effect. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
5.          Severability. If any provision of this Amendment or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment.
 
6.         Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. This Amendment shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.
 
7.         Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, at the request of a party hereto and without further consideration, the other party hereto and its successors or assigns, shall execute and deliver, or shall cause to be executed and delivered, such other instruments of distribution and assumption and take such other actions as such party may reasonably request to effect the distribution of the Distributed Company.
 
* * * * * * *

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date first above written.
 
 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
   
 
By
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Title:
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

 
Frontier Communications Corporation
     
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Frontier Communications of Iowa LLC Agreement]


Action by Unanimous Written Consent
of the
Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of the limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016

/s/ Jane Manning
 
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
Frontier Communications Corporation


 Exhibit A
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).
 
ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.

Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER
 
Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.
 
2

 Exhibit A
Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.
 
Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.
 
3

 Exhibit A
Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4

 Exhibit A
Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic trans1nission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.
 
5

 Exhibit A
Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.

Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.
 
6

 Exhibit A
Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:
 
(a)          the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;
 
(b)          the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or
 
(d)          any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.

ARTICLEV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.
 
7

 Exhibit A
Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

 Exhibit A
Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.

(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
 
9

 Exhibit A
Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:

(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)           By the Member.
 
10

 Exhibit A
Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 
Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.
 
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

 Exhibit A
Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a) General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b) Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

 Exhibit A
Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:
 
“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”
 
The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

 Exhibit A
SCHEDULE I
 
Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%

14

 Exhibit A
Annex A
 
Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

 Exhibit A
Annex B

Name
 Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy
Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass
Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock
Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis
Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt
Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn
Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero
Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts
Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens
Vice President, Area President
Melinda White
Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor
Assistant Secretary
John  Greifzu
Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning
Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo
Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
Director, Regulatory Filings

16

 Exhibit A
Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company)
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that ______________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of __________ % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF _________________ , AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.
 
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing) without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The undersigned certifies that [                  ] is the holder of [                ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this __________ day of __________________, ________.
 
   [Name of Limited Liability Company]
   
 
By:
 
 
 Name:
 
Title:

17

 Exhibit B
 
Entity Name
Domestic
Jurisdiction
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
Delaware
Citizens Newtel, LLC
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
Delaware
CU Capital LLC
Delaware
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
Delaware
Fairmount Cellular LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
Alabama
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
Georgia
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
Iowa
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
Alabama
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
Pennsylvania
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
Delaware
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
Indiana
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
Wisconsin
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
Delaware
Frontier Florida LLC
Florida
Frontier Mobile LLC
Delaware
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
Wisconsin
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B7 19 brhc10021819_ex-t3b7.htm EXHIBIT T3B.7

Exhibit T3B.7

Action by Unanimous Written Consent
of the
Board of Directors

Effective immediately, the form of By-laws set forth on Annex A hereto shall constitute the By-laws of each of the corporations set forth on Annex B hereto. The undersigned directors constitute the entire Board of Directors of each entity set forth on Annex B.
 
Executed this 21st day of May, 2015.

/s/ Daniel J McCarthy  
Daniel J McCarthy, Director
 
 
 
/s/ John M. Jureller  
John M. Jureller, Director
 


Annex A

B Y - L A W S
 
[NAME OF CORPORATION]

ARTICLE I SHAREHOLDERS
 
1.1          Shareholder Meetings.
 
1.1.1          Place. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place as may be designated by the board of directors (the “Board”).
 
1.1.2          Annual Meeting. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board, an annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors and for other business shall be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on the second Tuesday of April in each year or, if that day is a legal holiday, on the next following business day.
 
1.1.3          Special Meetings. Special shareholder meetings may be called at any time by the president, the Board or holders of at least one-fifth of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
1.1.4          Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of considering such matter. If a quorum is not present, no business shall be transacted except to adjourn to a future time.
 
1.1.5          Participation. One or more shareholders may participate in a shareholder meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
1.1.7          Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the corporation’s charter or by law, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholder meeting to one vote for every share standing in his or her name on the books of the corporation that is entitled to vote at such meeting. Every shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy.
 
1.2          Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all of the shareholders consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of shareholder meetings. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the shareholders for all purposes.
 
ARTICLE II DIRECTORS
 
2.1          Number and Term. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Board shall have authority to (a) determine the number of directors to constitute the Board, and (b) fix the terms of office of the directors. Except as otherwise fixed by the Board, each director elected to the Board shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until the director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless the director sooner resigns or is removed or disqualified.
 
2.2          Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board.
 
2.3          Meetings.
 
2.3.1          Place. Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place as may be designated by the Board or in the notice of the meeting, if any.

- 1 -

Annex A
 
2.3.2          Regular Meetings. Regular Board meetings shall be held at such times as the Board may designate.
 
2.3.3          Special Meetings. Special Board meetings may be called at any time by the president and shall be called by the president on the written request of one-third of the directors.
 
2.3.4          Quorum. A majority of all the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting and except as otherwise provided herein the acts of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board.
 
2.3.5          Participation. One or more directors may participate in a Board meeting or a Board committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
2.4          Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board shall be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors.

2.5          Committees. The Board may by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors and such alternate members (also directors) as may be designated by the Board. To the extent provided in such resolution, any such committee shall have and exercise the powers of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
 
2.6          Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the Board or committee for all purposes.
 
ARTICLE III OFFICERS

3.1          Election. The Board shall elect a president, vice president, treasurer, secretary and such other officers as it deems advisable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

3.2          Authority, Duties and Compensation. The officers shall have such authority, perform such duties and serve for such compensation as may be determined by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the Board (a) the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the corporation, may perform any act and execute any instrument for the conduct of such business and operations and shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shareholders, (b) the other officers shall have the duties usually related to their offices, and (c) the vice president (or vice presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall in the absence of the president have the authority and perform the duties of the president.

- 2 -

Annex A
 ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION
 
4.1          Right of Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, indemnify any person (the “indemnitee”) who was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or was or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, service with respect to any employee benefit plan), whether the basis of any such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV shall include the right to receive payment of any expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding, consistent with applicable law as then in effect. All rights to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, including rights to the advancement of expenses and the evidentiary, procedural and other provisions of this Article IV, shall be contract rights. The corporation may, by action of its Board, provide indemnification for employees, agents, attorneys and representatives of the corporation with the same, or with more or less, scope and extent as herein provided for officers and directors. No amendment to the corporation’s charter or amendment or repeal of these By-laws purporting to have the effect of modifying or repealing any of the provisions of this Article IV in a manner adverse to the indemnitee shall abridge or adversely affect any right to indemnification or other similar rights and benefits with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. This Article IV shall be applicable to all Proceedings, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article IV.

4.2          By-laws Not Exclusive. The right of indemnification, including the right to receive payment in advance of expenses, conferred in these By-laws shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled under any provision of the corporation’s charter, any agreement, applicable corporate law and statute, vote of disinterested directors or stockholders or otherwise. The indemnitee is free to proceed under any of the rights or procedures available to him or her.

4.3          Burden of Proof. In any determination, review of a determination, action, arbitration, or other proceeding relating to the right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, the corporation shall have the burden of proof that the indemnitee has not met any standard of conduct or belief which may be required by applicable law to be applied in connection with a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnity and also the burden of proof on any of the issues which may be material to a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Neither a failure to make such a determination of entitlement nor an adverse determination of entitlement to indemnity shall be a defense of the corporation in an action or proceeding brought by the indemnitee or by or on behalf of the corporation relating to indemnification or create any presumption that the indemnitee has not met any such standard of conduct or belief or is otherwise not entitled to indemnity. If successful in whole or in part in such an action or proceeding, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be further indemnified by the corporation for the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action or proceeding.
 
4.4          Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced from time to time to the indemnitee by the corporation promptly after the receipt by the corporation of a statement from the indemnitee requesting such advance, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.

- 3 -

Annex A
 
4.5          Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any person who is, or may become an officer, director, employee, agent, attorney, trustee or representative (any of the foregoing being herein referred to as a “Representative”) of the corporation or, at the request of the corporation, a Representative of another corporation or entity, against any expenses, liability or loss asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in connection with any Proceeding in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of these By-laws or otherwise. The corporation may enter into contracts with any Representative of the corporation, or any person serving as such at the request of the corporation for another corporation or entity, in furtherance of the provisions of this Article IV. Such contracts shall be deemed specifically approved and authorized by the stockholders of the corporation and not subject to invalidity by reason of any interested directors. The corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification of any person entitled thereto.
 
4.6          Severability; Statutory Alternative. If any provision or provisions of this Article IV shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of all of the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. In the event that the indemnitee elects, as an alternative to the procedures specified in this Article IV, to follow one of the procedures authorized by applicable corporate law or statute to enforce his or her right to indemnification and notifies the corporation of his or her election, the corporation agrees to follow the procedure so elected by the indemnitee. If in accordance with the preceding sentence, the procedure therefor contemplated herein or the procedure elected by the indemnitee in any specific circumstances (or such election by the indemnitee) shall be invalid or ineffective in bringing about a valid and binding determination of the entitlement of the indemnitee to indemnification, the most nearly comparable procedure authorized by applicable corporate law or statute shall be followed by the corporation and the indemnitee.
 
ARTICLE V SHARE CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS
 
5.1          Share Certificates. Every shareholder of record shall be entitled to a share certificate representing the shares held by him or her. Every share certificate shall bear the corporate seal (which may be a facsimile) and the signature of the president or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer of the corporation. Where a certificate is signed by a transfer agent or registrar the signature of any corporate officer may be a facsimile.

5.2          Transfers. Transfers of share certificates and the shares represented thereby shall be made on the books of the corporation only by the registered holder or by duly authorized attorney. Transfers shall be made only on surrender of the share certificate or certificates.
 
ARTICLE VI FISCAL YEAR
 
The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin the first day of January in each year.
 
ARTICLE VII CORPORATE SEAL
 
The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine. In lieu of the corporate seal, a facsimile thereof may be affixed, impressed or reproduced in any other manner.
 
ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

By-laws of the corporation may be amended, repealed or adopted by the Board or by the shareholders.

- 4 -

Annex B
 
Entity Name
Domestic
Jurisdiction
   
Citizens Capital Ventures Corp.
DE
   
Citizens Louisiana Accounting Company DE
   
Citizens Newcom Company DE
   
Citizens SERP Administration Company
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of California Inc.
CA
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Idaho DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Illinois
IL
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Montana
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nevada
NV
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of New York, Inc. NY
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Oregon
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of The White Mountains, Inc.
DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah DE
   
Citizens Telecommunications Company of West Virginia
WV
   
Citizens Utilities Rural Company, Inc. DE
   
Commonwealth Telephone Management Services, Inc.
PA
   
CTE Holdings, Inc.
PA
   
CTE Services, Inc.
PA
   
Evans Telephone Holdings, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications - Midland, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications - Prairie, Inc. IL
   
Frontier Communications - Schuyler, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications Corporate Services Inc. DE
   
Frontier Communications Northwest Inc.
WA
   
Frontier Communications of America, Inc. DE
   
Frontier Communications of Ausable Valley, Inc. NY
   
Frontier Communications of Depue, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Illinois, Inc.
IL
   
Frontier Communications of Lakeside, Inc. IL
   
Frontier Communications of Michigan, Inc.
MI
   
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
MN
   
Frontier Communications of Mt. Pulaski, Inc. IL
   
Frontier Communications of New York, Inc. NY


Frontier Communications of Orion, Inc. IL
   
Frontier Communications of Rochester, Inc. DE
   
Frontier Communications of Seneca-Gorham, Inc.
NY
   
Frontier Communications of Sylvan Lake, Inc.
NY
   
Frontier Communications of The Southwest Inc. DE
   
Frontier Communications of Virginia, Inc. VA
   
Frontier Communications Online And Long Distance Inc.
DE
   
Frontier Communications Services Inc.
AZ
   
Frontier Infoservices Inc. DE
   
Frontier Midstates Inc. 
GA
   
Frontier North Inc.
WI
   
Frontier Security Company
DE
   
Frontier Techserv, Inc.
DE
   
Frontier West Virginia Inc.
WV
   
GVN Services CA
   
NCC Systems, Inc.
TX
   
Navajo Communications Co., Inc.
NM
   
Ogden Telephone Company 
NY
   
Phone Trends, Inc.
NY
   
Rib Lake Cellular For Wisconsin RSA #3, Inc.
WI
   
Rib Lake Telecom, Inc. 
WI
   
SNET America, Inc. CT
   
Tele-Tec Contractors, Inc.,
NY
   
The Southern New England Telephone Company
CT



EX-99.T3B8 20 brhc10021819_ex-t3b8.htm EXHIBIT T3B.8

Exhibit T3B.8
 
Action by Unanimous Written Consent
of the
Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of  the limited  liability  companies  set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
 
Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016
 
/s/ Jane Manning
 
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 


Exhibit A

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).

ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.
 
Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.
 
ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER

Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.
 
Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.
 
2

Exhibit A

Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.
 
3

Exhibit A

Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4

Exhibit A

Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.
 
5

Exhibit A

Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:

(a)          the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;
 
(b)          the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(d)          any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.
 
ARTICLEV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.
 
7

Exhibit A

Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 
(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
8

Exhibit A

Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.

(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.

(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
 
9

Exhibit A

Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:
 
(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)          By the Member.
 
10

Exhibit A

Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 
Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

Exhibit A

Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a)          General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b)          Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A

Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:
 
“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”
 
The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A

SCHEDULE I
 
 
Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%
 
14

Exhibit A

Annex A
 
Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A

Annex B
 
Name
Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy
Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass
Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock
Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis
Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt
Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn
Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero
Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts
Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens
Vice President, Area President
Melinda White
Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor
Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu
Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning
Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo
Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
Director, Regulatory Filings

16

Exhibit A

Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company]
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that ____________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of __________ % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF _______________ ,__________ , AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED  AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.

This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The undersigned certifies that [                                      ]is the holder of [                 ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this _________day of __________________ , ___________.

 
[Name of Limited Liability Company]
 

 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 

17

Exhibit B

 
 
Entity Name
 
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Newtel, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Delaware
 
CU Capital LLC
 
Delaware
 
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Fairmount Cellular LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Iowa
 
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
 
Indiana
 
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Florida
 
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Delaware
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
 
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B9 21 brhc10021819_ex-t3b9.htm EXHIBIT T3B.9

Exhibit T3B.9

AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF WISCONSIN LLC
 
THIS AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF WISCONSIN LLC (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 22, 2018, between Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Telco”), and Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Frontier”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, Telco is party to that Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC, dated as of August 2, 2016 (the “LLC Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, Telco is the sole member of Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (the “Distributed Company”); and
 
WHEREAS, Telco desires to distribute as a dividend all of its right, title and interest in the Distributed Company to Frontier.
 
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
A G R E E M E N T:
 
1.           Distribution. Telco hereby distributes to Frontier as a dividend all of Telco’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company, and Frontier receives from Telco all of Telco’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company and assumes all of Telco’s obligations under the LLC Agreement (the “Distribution”).
 
2.          Membership. Telco hereby resigns as the sole member of the Distributed Company and Frontier hereby is admitted as the sole member of the Distributed Company. The term “Member” in the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to refer to “Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation”, and Schedule I to the LLC Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 
Name and Address

Interests
Percentage Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851

100
100%
 
3.          Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the domestic laws of the State of Wisconsin, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision (whether of the State of Wisconsin or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Wisconsin.


4.           Binding Effect. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
5.           Severability. If any provision of this Amendment or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment.

6.           Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. This Amendment shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.

7.           Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, at the request of a party hereto and without further consideration, the other party hereto and its successors or assigns, shall execute and deliver, or shall cause to be executed and delivered, such other instruments of distribution and assumption and take such other actions as such party may reasonably request to effect the distribution of the Distributed Company.

* * * *   *   *   *

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date first above written.

 
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
   
 
By: 
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
Name: Mark D. Nielsen
 
Title:   Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
 
By: 
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
Name: Mark D. Nielsen
 
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Frontier Wisconsin LLC Agreement]


Action by Unanimous Written Consent

of the
 
Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of the limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
 
Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016
 
   
/s/ Jane Manning

Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
Frontier Communications Corporation  


Exhibit A
 
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).

ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
 
Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.

Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER
 
Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.
 
Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.

2

Exhibit A

Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.

3

Exhibit A

Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
 
4

Exhibit A

Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.

5

Exhibit A

Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:
 
(a)          the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;

(b)          the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(d)          any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.

ARTICLEV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

7

Exhibit A

Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.

ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.

(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

Exhibit A

Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.

(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

9

Exhibit A

Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:
 
(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or

(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(c)          By the Member.

10

Exhibit A

Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 
Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

Exhibit A

Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.

Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a)          General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b)          Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A

Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:
 
“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that ___________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”

The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A

SCHEDULE I
 
 
Name and Address

Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%

14

Exhibit A

Annex A

Director(s)
 
Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A

Annex B

Name
Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy
Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass
Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock
Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis
Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt
Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn
Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero
Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts
Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens
Vice President, Area President
Melinda White
Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor
Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu
Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning
Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo
Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
Director, Regulatory Filings

16

Exhibit A

Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company]
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that______________________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of _____________ % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF___________________,__________, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.
 
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The undersigned certifies that [                                          ] is the holder of [               ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability] (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this _________ day of ____________________, _____________.

 
[Name of Limited Liability Company]

  By:

  Name:
  Title:

17

Exhibit B

 
 
Entity Name
 
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Newtel, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Delaware
 
CU Capital LLC
 
Delaware
 
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Fairmount Cellular LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Iowa
 
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
 
Indiana
 
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Florida
 
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Delaware
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
 
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B10 22 brhc10021819_ex-t3b10.htm EXHIBIT T3B.10

Exhibit T3B.10

Action by Unanimous Written Consent

of the
 
Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of the limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016
 
   
/s/ Jane Manning  
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Frontier Communications Corporation
 


Exhibit A
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).
 
ARTICLE I
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.
 
Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.
 
ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER

Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.
 
Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.

2

Exhibit A
Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.

3

Exhibit A
Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4

Exhibit A
Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting of a committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.

5

Exhibit A
Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A
Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:
 
(a)          the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;
 
(b)          the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

(d)          any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.
 
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

7

Exhibit A
Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 
(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

Exhibit A
Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.
 
(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
 
9

Exhibit A
Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:
 
(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)          By the Member.
 
10

Exhibit A
Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 
Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.
 
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.
 
11

Exhibit A
Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a)          General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b)          Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A
Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:
 
“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that _________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”
 
The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A
SCHEDULE I
 
 
Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%

14

Exhibit A
Annex A

Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A
Annex B

Name
Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Controller
Heath Simpson Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens Vice President, Area President
Melinda White Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek Director, Regulatory Filings

16

Exhibit A
Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company]

CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that ____________________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of _________ % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF ______________, ____________, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.
 
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

The undersigned certifies that [                              ] is the holder of [           ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this _______ day of _____________, _________.

 
[Name of Limited Liability Company]
 

 
By:
 
Name:
  Title: 

17

Exhibit B

 
 
Entity Name
 
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Newtel, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Delaware
 
CU Capital LLC
 
Delaware
 
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Fairmount Cellular LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Iowa
 
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
 
Indiana
 
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Florida
 
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Delaware
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
 
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B11 23 brhc10021819_ex-t3b11.htm EXHIBIT T3B.11

Exhibit T3B.11

AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER FLORIDA LLC
 
THIS AMENDMENT NO 1. TO THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF FRONTIER FLORIDA LLC (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 22, 2018, between Newco West Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NewCo”), and Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Frontier”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, NewCo is party to that Limited Liability Company Agreement of Frontier Florida LLC, dated as of April 25, 2017 (the “LLC Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, NewCo is the sole member of Frontier Florida LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Distributed Company”); and
 
WHEREAS, NewCo desires to distribute as a dividend all of its right, title and interest in the Distributed Company to Frontier.
 
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
A G R E E M E N T:
 
1.          Distribution. NewCo hereby distributes to Frontier as a dividend all of NewCo’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company, and Frontier receives from NewCo all of NewCo’s right, title and interest in the Distributed Company and assumes all of NewCo’s obligations under the LLC Agreement.
 
2.          Membership. Newco hereby resigns as the sole member of the Distributed Company and Frontier hereby is admitted as the sole member of the Distributed Company. The term “Member” in the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to refer to “Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation”, and Schedule I to the LLC Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:
 
 
Name and Address
Interests

Percentage Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%
 
3.          Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the domestic laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision (whether of the State of Florida or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Florida.


 4.         Binding Effect. This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
5.         Severability. If any provision of this Amendment or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment.
 
6.          Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. This Amendment shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.
 
7.          Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, at the request of a party hereto and without further consideration, the other party hereto and its successors or assigns, shall execute and deliver, or shall cause to be executed and delivered, such other instruments of distribution and assumption and take such other actions as such party may reasonably request to effect the distribution of the Distributed Company.
 
*  *  *  *  *  *  *

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date first above written.
 
 
Newco West Holdings LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Title:
Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary
 
 
 
 
 

 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Name:
Mark D. Nielsen
 
 
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Secretary
 
 
 
 
 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Frontier Florida LLC Agreement]


Action by Unanimous Written Consent

of the

 Sole Member
 
Effective immediately, the Limited Liability Company Agreement set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall constitute the LLC Agreement of each of the limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Executed this 2nd day of August, 2016
 
/s/ Jane Manning
 
Jane Manning, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
 


Exhibit A

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by Frontier Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (the “Member”).
 
ARTICLE I
 THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
 
Section 1.1 Formation. The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the state by the filing of a certificate of formation.
 
Section 1.2 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
 
Section 1.3 Powers of the Company. Subject to any limitations set forth in this amended and restated Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Section 1.4 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
 
Section 1.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December each year.
 
Section 1.6 Taxation. The Company shall not be, and the Member and the Board of Directors (as defined below) shall not permit the Company to elect to be, treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, including without limitation by electing to treat the Company as an association taxable as a corporation under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3(a) or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

ARTICLE II
THE MEMBER
 
Section 2.1 The Member. The name and mailing address of the Member are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
Section 2.2 Interests of Member. The Member is the holder of one hundred (100) limited liability company interests in the Company, representing 100% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company.

2

Exhibit A

Section 2.3 Actions by the Member. Any action or approval required by the Member shall be taken by the written consent of the Member. A copy of the action taken by written consent shall be filed with the records of the Company.
 
Section 2.4 Power of Member. The Member shall have only the rights and power expressly granted to the Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Member shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company except and only to the extent that (i) this Agreement shall expressly otherwise provide, (ii) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Act or (iii) the Board of Directors shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall not have any authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter, except as authorized in accordance herewith. The Member shall exercise its powers with respect to the Company only through the appointment of directors, except as otherwise required by the Act.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) directors. Directors shall be natural persons of full age. The Board of Directors shall have discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company, and to take actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company and to exercise all of the power and authority that limited liability companies may take under the Act; provided, however, that there shall be reserved to the Member the powers that, under the Act, are reserved to a non-managing Member.
 
Section 3.2 Election of Board. The directors shall be chosen by the Member. The initial directors of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex A hereto. At an annual meeting, each director shall be elected by the Member to serve until his or her respective successors shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Each director is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
 
Section 3.3 Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. Written notice of every meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given personally, by mailing or by electronically transmitting the same at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time named for such meeting, except that notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors may instead be given by electronically transmitting or telephoning the same, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time named for such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall also state the nature of the business to be transacted at a special meeting or if otherwise required by law. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution. Unless otherwise specified by resolution of the Board of Directors, if any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the immediately preceding business day which is a not a legal holiday. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any two or more directors delivered to the Secretary. Upon receipt of such request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary promptly to issue the call for such meeting.

3

Exhibit A

Section 3.4 Quorum and Acts of the Board. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by statute.
 
Section 3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Member or the remaining directors shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 3.6 Removal of Directors. If at any time the Member desires to remove, with or without cause, any director, the Member shall have the power to take all such actions promptly as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled in accordance with Section 3.7.
 
Section 3.7 Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether or not caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a director until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.
 
Section 3.8 Directors as Agents. The directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
 
Section 3.9 General Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, or by this Agreement, directed or required to be exercised and done by the Member. The Board of Directors may adopt and enforce such rules and regulations, not inconsistent herewith, as they may deem necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one of its members to serve as Chairman, with such duties as the Board of Directors shall specify. The Chairman or, if the position is vacant, the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.10 Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the directors, designate one or more committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4

Exhibit A

Section 3.11 Committee Meetings. At any meeting of a committee a majority of the members of such committee shall constitute a quorum. Each committee may fix the time and place of its regular meetings, and after such time and place shall have been fixed, no notice of such regular meetings shall be necessary. Special meetings of a committee may be called by the committee chairman. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting committee shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the committee in the manner prescribed in Section 3.3 for special meetings of the whole Board of Directors.
 
Section 3.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action which could be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing or by electronic transmission by directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all directors entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be filed by the Secretary of the Company with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
 
Section 3.13 Emergency Authority. The Board of Directors may adopt emergency succession rules which make advance provision for the continuity and authority of the Company’s management in the event of a major catastrophe, such as a nuclear attack, or other disaster resulting in the loss or unavailability of officers of the Company, and in the event of such a major catastrophe or disaster, the terms of any such rules have the same effect as if included in this Agreement and shall supersede the terms of this Agreement and any resolutions of the Board of Directors, to the extent that they may be inconsistent therewith, until the Board of Directors can be convened pursuant to such rules.
 
Section 3.14 Telecommunications. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 Executive Officers. The officers of the Company shall be (i) one or more of any of the following: a Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (or such other officer as may be duly authorized to exercise the duties, respectively, ordinarily exercised by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President), (ii) a Secretary, (iii) a Treasurer, and (iv) such other officers as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed in accordance with this Agreement. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or members of the Company. The initial officers of the Company shall be as set forth on Annex B hereto.

5

Exhibit A

Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors for such terms as may be specified by the Board of Directors, and each such officer shall hold such office until such officer’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the office of an officer elected by the Board of Directors becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis until the next meeting of the Board of Directors, at which time the position shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.3 Reserved.
 
Section 4.4 Removal of Officers, Agents or Employees. Any officer, subordinate officer, agent or employee of the Company may be removed, or his or her authority revoked, by resolution of the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any subordinate officer, agent or employee likewise may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Section 4.5 Reserved.
 
Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Member and of the Board of Directors and shall record the proceedings of the Member and directors; see that notices are given and reports properly kept and filed by the Company as required by law; be the custodian of the seal of the Company and attest or cause to be attested documents on behalf of the Company under its seal; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary shall from time to time determine.
 
Section 4.7 The Treasurer. The Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer, shall have or provide for the custody of the funds and other property of the Company and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company; collect and receive, or provide for the collection and receipt of, moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Company; deposit all funds in his or her custody as Treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to its authority; whenever so required by the Board of Directors, render an account showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Company; and, in general, discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer shall from time to time determine.

6

Exhibit A

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if one shall have been elected or appointed, shall have custody and charge of all books of account, except those required by the Treasurer in keeping records of the work of the Treasurer’s office, and shall have supervision over subsidiary accounting records, wherever located. The Chief Financial Officer shall have access to all books of account, including the Treasurer’s records, for purposes of audit and for obtaining information necessary to verify or complete the records of the Controller’s office. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall certify to authorization and approvals pertaining to vouchers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer may designate one or more persons to perform all of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties as may be found necessary to delegate in the ordinary course of the business or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 Delegation of Duties. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate duties to other officers, subordinate officers, employees or agents and may similarly provide for the re-delegation thereof.
 
Section 4.10 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the Company or any officer may rely upon a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary or any Vice President or any Assistant Secretary as to:
 
(a)          the identity of any Member, director, or other officer;
 
(b)          the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by any other officer, director, or the Board of Directors, or which are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
 
(c)          the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or
 
(d)          any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member.

ARTICLE V
 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interest. Upon the request of the Member, the Member shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by an officer in accordance with Section 8.7 in the form attached hereto as Annex C representing the number of limited liability company interests held by the Member.
 
Section 5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make capital contributions to the Company in the form of cash, services or otherwise, at the times and in the amounts determined by the Member.

7

Exhibit A

Section 5.3 Distributions. Distributions may be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, and the Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of the interest of the Member if such distribution would violate § 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
 DISSOLUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER
 
Section 6.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the earliest to occur of any of the following: (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all the assets of the Company, (b) the decision of the Member to dissolve the Company or (c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.
 
Section 6.2 Termination. The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the Company’s assets have been distributed and the Certificate of Formation has been canceled, all in accordance with the Act.
 
Section 6.3 Assignments. The Member shall be permitted to transfer all or part of its interest in the Company to any person or entity that assumes all or such portion of the Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 6.4 Resignation. The Member may only resign from the Company if it has transferred all of its interest in the Company to another person or entity.
 
Section 6.5 Additional Members. The Company may admit any person as an additional member of the Company with the consent of the Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
 LIABILITY, EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 7.1 Liability of the Member and Directors.
 
(a)          Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
 
(b)          Neither the Member, or the managers, or any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”), shall be liable to the Company for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any loss, liability, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8

Exhibit A

Section 7.2 Fiduciary Duty.
 
(a)          To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make decisions in good faith, the Covered Person shall act under such standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act) and except as otherwise provided herein, no manager, director or Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any duty (fiduciary or otherwise), at law or in equity, or any liability relating thereto, to the Company, or to any other Member (or Affiliate thereof) with respect to or in connection with the Company or its business or affairs. To the fullest extent permitted under the Global Act, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Covered Persons may act in accordance with the interests of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person in considering matters that may come before the Covered Persons for their consideration and shall have no liability to the Company or the other Members for breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty as a result of any action taken or approval given by a Covered Person that inures to the benefit of the Member (or any of its Affiliates) that appointed such Covered Person.
 
(b)          A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such person’s or entity’s professional or expert competence.
 
Section 7.3 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person (which shall mean for purposes of this Article a director or officer of the Company) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “third party proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenditures (which shall include for purposes of this Article attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding (including any action or investigation which could or does lead to a criminal third party proceeding), had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or (ii) with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

9

Exhibit A

 Section 7.4 Indemnification of Covered Persons in Company Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a Covered Person and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any “company proceeding” (which shall include for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and any investigative proceeding by the Company) by reason of the fact that such person was or is a Covered Person of the Company, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such person’s duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such company proceedings was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
Section 7.5 Mandatory Indemnification of Covered Persons. To the extent that a Covered Person of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or other proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
Section 7.6 Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has either met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.3 or 7.4 or has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.5 and that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such determination shall be made:
 
(a)          By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding; or
 
(b)          If such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
(c)          By the Member.
 
Section 7.7 Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defending a third party or company proceeding shall be paid on behalf of a Covered Person by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the Secretary of the Company of (i) an application from such Covered Person setting forth the basis for such application, and (ii) if required by law at the time such application is made, an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Article. The financial ability of such Covered Person to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
 
10

Exhibit A

Section 7.8 Scope of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of the Member or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 7.9 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as a Covered Person of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.
 
Section 7.10 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Formation, any notice required to be given under the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise, may be waived in writing by the Member, director or officer to whom such notice is required to be given, either before or after the meeting or action of which notice is waived. Attendance of the Member and of any director or officer at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a person entitled to notice attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. The Member or director who signs a written consent, in lieu of a meeting, as provided for in this Agreement, shall be deemed to have waived any notice of such meeting.
 
Section 8.2 Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, notes and evidences of indebtedness of the Company shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the Board of Directors may adopt a single symbol to be affixed to such documents. In either case, the signature of such person or persons, or a symbol, if such is adopted, and any facsimile or facsimiles thereof, shall be an “authorized signature” of the Company and shall be affixed to such checks, notes, and evidence of indebtedness in such manner, and by such persons, as the Board of Directors shall authorize.

11

Exhibit A

Section 8.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, altered or repealed, or a new Agreement may be adopted by the Member or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption of a new agreement be contained in the notice of such special meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement (taken together with all previous amendments, modifications or supplements) shall materially adversely affect a Member on a discriminatory basis without such Member’s consent. The Company shall notify the Member after any such amendment, modification or supplement has taken effect.
 
Section 8.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.5 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
 
Section 8.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article VII with respect to the exculpation and indemnification of Covered Persons, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
 
Section 8.7 Certificates.
 
(a) General. The Member shall be entitled to a certificate representing its interest in the Company in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer of the Company, which signature may be a facsimile thereof. In case the officer of the Company who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been place on such certificate shall have ceased to be an officer of the Company before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were an officer of the Company at the time of its issue. The certificate shall contain a legend with respect to any restrictions on transfer.
 
(b) Application of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of [State of Filing], and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of [State of Filing], (the “UCC”), such provision of Article 8 of the UCC shall control.

12

Exhibit A

Each certificate evidencing an interest in the Company shall bear the following legend:

“[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that                                     (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ • ]% of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF APRIL 1, 2016, AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.”
 
The Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

13

Exhibit A

SCHEDULE I
 

 
Name and Address
Common
Interests
Percentage
Interests
 
Frontier Communications Corporation

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, CT 06851
100
100%

14

Exhibit A

Annex A
 
Director(s)

Daniel J. McCarthy
John M. Jureller

15

Exhibit A

Annex B

Name
Office(s)
Daniel J. McCarthy
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kathleen Abernathy
Vice President, External Affairs
Steve Gable
Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
John M. Jureller
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John Lass
Vice President, Field Operations
Mark D. Nielsen
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kathleen Weslock
Vice President, Chief People Officer
Donald W. Daniels, Jr.
Vice President and Controller
 Heath Simpson
Vice President, Corporate Development
John Gianukakis
Vice President and Treasurer
George McArthur
Vice President, Tax
Kenneth Arndt
Vice President, Area President
Michael Flynn
Vice President, Area President
Robert Pero
Vice President, Area President
Rebecca Potts
Vice President, Area President
Gregory Stephens
Vice President, Area President
Melinda White
Vice President, Area President
Jeffrey Connor
Assistant Secretary
John Greifzu
Assistant Secretary
Jane Manning
Assistant Secretary
Farah Mollo
Assistant Secretary
Kevin Saville
Assistant Secretary
Joseph Starsick
Assistant Secretary
Frederick Thomas
Assistant Secretary
George Thomson
Assistant Secretary
Barry Wisset
Assistant Secretary
Jessica Matushek
Director, Regulatory Filings

16

Exhibit A

Annex C
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company)
 
CERTIFICATE OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
[Name of the Limited Liability Company] (the “Company”) hereby certifies that                                    (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of                  % of the limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Interests”). THE RIGHTS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS) AND LIMITATIONS OF THE INTERESTS ARE SET FORTH IN, AND THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ISSUED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF, THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF                                                            ,AS THE SAME MAYBE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “AGREEMENT”). THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENT. By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Interests evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company maintains books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Interests.
 
This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [State of Filing] without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
 
The undersigned certifies that [                               ] is the holder of [               ] limited liability company interests in [Name of Limited Liability Company) (the “Company”).
 
The limited liability company interests represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by power of attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and signed this                          day of                              ,                         .

  Name of Limited Liability Company
 
 
By:


Name:

 
Title:


17

Exhibit B
 
 
 
Entity Name
 
Domestic
Jurisdiction
 
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Newtel, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
 
Delaware
 
CU Capital LLC
 
Delaware
 
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Fairmount Cellular LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Alabama, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Fairmount LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
 
Georgia
 
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
 
Iowa
 
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Lamar County, LLC
 
Alabama
 
Frontier Communications of Mondovi, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
 
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
 
Indiana
 
Frontier Communications of Viroqua, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Communications - St. Croix LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Frontier Florida LLC
 
Florida
 
Frontier Mobile LLC
 
Delaware
 
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
 
Wisconsin
 
Rhinelander Telephone LLC
 
Wisconsin



EX-99.T3B12 24 brhc10021819_ex-t3b12.htm EXHIBIT T3B.12

Exhibit T3B.12

Annex A

B Y - L A W S
[NAME OF CORPORATION]

ARTICLE I SHAREHOLDERS
1.1      Shareholder Meetings.

1.1.1      Place. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place as may be designated by the board of directors (the “Board”).

1.1.2      Annual Meeting. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board, an annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors and for other business shall be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on the second Tuesday of April in each year or, if that day is a legal holiday, on the next following business day.

1.1.3      Special Meetings. Special shareholder meetings may be called at any time by the president, the Board or holders of at least one-fifth of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.1.4      Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of considering such matter. If a quorum is not present, no business shall be transacted except to adjourn to a future time.

1.1.5     Participation. One or more shareholders may participate in a shareholder meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

1.1.7      Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the corporation’s charter or by law, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholder meeting to one vote for every share standing in his or her name on the books of the corporation that is entitled to vote at such meeting. Every shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy.

1.2      Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all of the shareholders consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of shareholder meetings. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the shareholders for all purposes.

ARTICLE II DIRECTORS

2.1     Number and Term. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Board shall have authority to (a) determine the number of directors to constitute the Board, and (b) fix the terms of office of the directors. Except as otherwise fixed by the Board, each director elected to the Board shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until the director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless the director sooner resigns or is removed or disqualified.

2.2     Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board.

2.3      Meetings.

2.3.1       Place. Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place as may be designated by the Board or in the notice of the meeting, if any.

-1-

Annex A

2.3.2      Regular Meetings. Regular Board meetings shall be held at such times as the Board may designate.

2.3.3      Special Meetings. Special Board meetings may be called at any time by the president and shall be called by the president on the written request of one-third of the directors.

2.3.4      Quorum. A majority of all the directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting and except as otherwise provided herein the acts of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board.

2.3.5      Participation. One or more directors may participate in a Board meeting or a Board committee meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

2.4      Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board shall be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors.

2.5     Committees. The Board may by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors and such alternate members (also directors) as may be designated by the Board. To the extent provided in such resolution, any such committee shall have and exercise the powers of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

2.6     Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of the resolution authorizing the action. The written consent shall be filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee. The consent shall have the same effect as a vote of the Board or committee for all purposes.

ARTICLE III OFFICERS

3.1     Election. The Board shall elect a president, vice president, treasurer, secretary and such other officers as it deems advisable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

3.2     Authority, Duties and Compensation. The officers shall have such authority, perform such duties and serve for such compensation as may be determined by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the Board (a) the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the corporation, may perform any act and execute any instrument for the conduct of such business and operations and shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shareholders, (b) the other officers shall have the duties usually related to their offices, and (c) the vice president (or vice presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall in the absence of the president have the authority and perform the duties of the president.

-2-

Annex A

ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION

4.1      Right of Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, indemnify any person (the “indemnitee”) who was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or was or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, service with respect to any employee benefit plan), whether the basis of any such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, E RISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV shall include the right to receive payment of any expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding, consistent with applicable law as then in effect. All rights to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, including rights to the advancement of expenses and the evidentiary, procedural and other provisions of this Article IV, shall be contract rights. The corporation may, by action of its Board, provide indemnification for employees, agents, attorneys and representatives of the corporation with the same, or with more or less, scope and extent as herein provided for officers and directors. No amendment to the corporation’s charter or amendment or repeal of tl1ese By-laws purporting to have the effect of modifying or repealing any of the provisions of this Article IV in a manner adverse to the indemnitee shall abridge or adversely affect any right to indemnification or other similar rights and benefits with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. This Article IV shall be applicable to all Proceedings, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article IV.

4.2     By-laws Not Exclusive. The right of indemnification, including the right to receive payment in advance of expenses, conferred in these By-laws shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled under any provision of the corporation’s charter, any agreement, applicable corporate law and statute, vote of disinterested directors or stockholders or otherwise. The indemnitee is free to proceed under any of the rights or procedures available to him or her.

4.3     Burden of Proof. In any determination, review of a determination, action, arbitration, or other proceeding relating to the right to indemnification conferred in this Article IV, the corporation shall have the burden of proof that the indemnitee has not met any standard of conduct or belief which may be required by applicable law to be applied in connection with a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnity and also the burden of proof on any of the issues which may be material to a determination that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Neither a failure to make such a determination of entitlement nor an adverse determination of entitlement to indemnity shall be a defense of the corporation in an action or proceeding brought by the indemnitee or by or on behalf of the corporation relating to indemnification or create any presumption that the indemnitee has not met any such standard of conduct or belief or is otherwise not entitled to indemnity. If successful in whole or in part in such an action or proceeding, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be further indemnified by the corporation for the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action or proceeding.

4.4     Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced from time to time to the indemnitee by the corporation promptly after the receipt by the corporation of a statement from the indemnitee requesting such advance, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.

-3-

Annex A

4.5       Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any person who is, or may become an officer, director, employee, agent, attorney, trustee or representative (any of the foregoing being herein referred to as a “Representative”) of the corporation or, at the request of the corporation, a Representative of another corporation or entity, against any expenses, liability or loss asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in connection with any Proceeding in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of these By-laws or otherwise. The corporation may enter into contracts with any Representative of the corporation, or any person serving as such at the request of the corporation for another corporation or entity, in furtherance of the provisions of this Article IV. Such contracts shall be deemed specifically approved and authorized by the stockholders of the corporation and not subject to invalidity by reason of any interested directors. The corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification of any person entitled thereto.

4.6      Severability; Statutory Alternative. If any provision or provisions of this Article IV shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of all of the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions of this Article IV shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. In the event that the indemnitee elects, as an alternative to the procedures specified in this Article IV, to follow one of the procedures authorized by applicable corporate law or statute to enforce his or her right to indemnification and notifies the corporation of his or her election, the corporation agrees to follow the procedure so elected by the indemnitee. If in accordance with the preceding sentence, the procedure therefor contemplated herein or the procedure elected by the indemnitee in any specific circumstances (or such election by the indemnitee) shall be invalid or ineffective in bringing about a valid and binding determination of the entitlement of the indemnitee to indemnification, the most nearly comparable procedure authorized by applicable corporate law or statute shall be followed by the corporation and the indemnitee.

ARTICLE V SHARE CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS

5.1     Share Certificates. Every shareholder of record shall be entitled to a share certificate representing the shares held by him or her. Every share certificate shall bear the corporate seal (which may be a facsimile) and the signature of the president or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer of the corporation. Where a certificate is signed by a transfer agent or registrar the signature of any corporate officer may be a facsimile.

5.2      Transfers. Transfers of share certificates and the shares represented thereby shall be made on the books of the corporation only by the registered holder or by duly authorized attorney. Transfers shall be made only on surrender of the share certificate or certificates.

ARTICLE VI FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin the first day of January in each year.

ARTICLE VII CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine. In lieu of the corporate seal a facsimile thereof may be affixed, impressed or reproduced in any other manner.

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

By-laws of the corporation may be amended, repealed or adopted by the Board or by the shareholders.


-4-

EX-99.T3C 25 brhc10021819_ex-t3c.htm EXHIBIT T3C
Exhibit T3C

FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(as Issuer)

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(as Trustee and Collateral Agent)

[•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029



INDENTURE
 
Dated as of [•], 2021
 



Table of Contents

   
Page
     
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
1
SECTION 1.1.
Definitions
1
SECTION 1.2.
Other Definitions
53
SECTION 1.3.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
55
SECTION 1.4.
Rules of Construction
56
 
ARTICLE II
     
THE NOTES
     
SECTION 2.1.
Form, Dating and Terms
58
SECTION 2.2.
Execution and Authentication
61
SECTION 2.3.
Registrar and Paying Agent
62
SECTION 2.4.
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
63
SECTION 2.5.
Holder Lists
63
SECTION 2.6.
Transfer and Exchange
63
SECTION 2.7.
[Reserved]
64
SECTION 2.8.
[Reserved]
65
SECTION 2.9.
[Reserved]
65
SECTION 2.10.
[Reserved]
65
SECTION 2.11.
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
65
SECTION 2.12.
Outstanding Notes
65
SECTION 2.13.
Temporary Notes
66
SECTION 2.14.
Cancellation
66
SECTION 2.15.
Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
66
SECTION 2.16.
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
67
 
ARTICLE III
     
COVENANTS
     
SECTION 3.1.
Payment of Notes
67
SECTION 3.2.
Limitation on Indebtedness
68
SECTION 3.3.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
73
SECTION 3.4.
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
81
SECTION 3.5.
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
83
SECTION 3.6.
Limitation on Liens
87
SECTION 3.7.
Limitation on Guarantees
88
SECTION 3.8.
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
89
SECTION 3.9.
Change of Control
92
SECTION 3.10.
Reports
94
SECTION 3.11.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
97
SECTION 3.12.
After-Acquired Collateral.
97
SECTION 3.13.
Compliance Certificate
97
SECTION 3.14.
Further Instruments and Acts
97
SECTION 3.15.
Limitation on Layering
98
SECTION 3.16.
Statement by Officers as to Default
98
SECTION 3.17.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
98
SECTION 3.18.
Suspension of Certain Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status
98


ARTICLE IV
     
SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON
     
SECTION 4.1.
Merger and Consolidation
99
 
ARTICLE V
     
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
     
SECTION 5.1.
Notices to Trustee
101
SECTION 5.2.
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
102
SECTION 5.3.
Notice of Redemption
102
SECTION 5.4.
[Reserved]
103
SECTION 5.5.
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
103
SECTION 5.6.
Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
103
SECTION 5.7.
Optional Redemption
104
SECTION 5.8.
Mandatory Redemption
105
SECTION 5.9.
Special Mandatory Redemption.
105
 
ARTICLE VI
     
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
     
SECTION 6.1.
Events of Default
105
SECTION 6.2.
Acceleration
108
SECTION 6.3.
Other Remedies
109
SECTION 6.4.
Waiver of Past Defaults
110
SECTION 6.5.
Control by Majority
110
SECTION 6.6.
Limitation on Suits
110
SECTION 6.7.
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
111
SECTION 6.8.
Collection Suit by Trustee
111
SECTION 6.9.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
111
SECTION 6.10.
Priorities
111
SECTION 6.11.
Undertaking for Costs
112
 
ARTICLE VII
     
TRUSTEE
     
SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee
112
SECTION 7.2.
Rights of Trustee
113
SECTION 7.3.
Individual Rights of Trustee
114
SECTION 7.4.
Trustee’s Disclaimer
114
SECTION 7.5.
Notice of Defaults
114
SECTION 7.6.
TIA and Listings
115
SECTION 7.7.
Compensation and Indemnity
115
SECTION 7.8.
Replacement of Trustee
115
SECTION 7.9.
Successor Trustee by Merger
116
SECTION 7.10.
Eligibility; Disqualification
116
SECTION 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
116
SECTION 7.12.
Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer
117
SECTION 7.13.
Security Documents; Intercreditor Agreements
117
SECTION 7.14.
Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification
118

-ii-

ARTICLE VIII
     
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
     
SECTION 8.1.
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance
118
SECTION 8.2.
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
118
SECTION 8.3.
Covenant Defeasance
119
SECTION 8.4.
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
119
SECTION 8.5.
Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
120
SECTION 8.6.
Repayment to the Issuer
121
SECTION 8.7.
Reinstatement
121
 
ARTICLE IX
     
AMENDMENTS
     
SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders
121
SECTION 9.2.
With Consent of Holders
123
SECTION 9.3.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
124
SECTION 9.4.
Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
124
SECTION 9.5.
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
124
SECTION 9.6.
Trustee to Sign Amendments
125
 
ARTICLE X
     
GUARANTEE
     
SECTION 10.1.
Guarantee
126
SECTION 10.2.
Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
127
SECTION 10.3.
Right of Contribution
127
SECTION 10.4.
No Subrogation
128
 
ARTICLE XI
     
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
     
SECTION 11.1.
Satisfaction and Discharge
128
SECTION 11.2.
Application of Trust Money
129
 
ARTICLE XII
 
COLLATERAL
     
SECTION 12.1.
Security Documents
129
SECTION 12.2.
Release of Collateral
131
SECTION 12.3.
Suits to Protect the Collateral
132
SECTION 12.4.
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents
132
SECTION 12.5.
Purchaser Protected
132
SECTION 12.6.
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
132
SECTION 12.7.
Collateral Agent
133

-iii-

ARTICLE XIII
     
SUCCESSOR ISSUER
     
SECTION 13.1.
Officer’s Certificate
138
SECTION 13.2.
Assumption by New Frontier Issuer
138
SECTION 13.3.
Entry into the Security Documents by the Trustee.
139
 
ARTICLE XIV
     
MISCELLANEOUS
     
SECTION 14.1.
Notices
139
SECTION 14.2.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
140
SECTION 14.3.
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
140
SECTION 14.4.
When Notes Disregarded
141
SECTION 14.5.
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
141
SECTION 14.6.
Legal Holidays
141
SECTION 14.7.
Governing Law
141
SECTION 14.8.
Jurisdiction
141
SECTION 14.9.
Waivers of Jury Trial
141
SECTION 14.10.
USA PATRIOT Act
141
SECTION 14.11.
No Recourse Against Others
142
SECTION 14.12.
Successors
142
SECTION 14.13.
Multiple Originals
142
SECTION 14.14.
Table of Contents; Headings
142
SECTION 14.15.
Force Majeure
142
SECTION 14.16.
Severability
142
SECTION 14.17.
Trust Indenture Act Controls
142
SECTION 14.18.
Waiver of Immunities
143
SECTION 14.19.
Judgment Currency
143
SECTION 14.20.
Intercreditor Agreements
143
SECTION 14.21.
Communication by Holders with Other Holders
143

EXHIBIT A
Form of Global Note
EXHIBIT B
Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors
EXHIBIT C
Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by New Frontier Issuer on the Conversion Date if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken
EXHIBIT D
Form of Special Mandatory Redemption Notice

-iv-

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
 
Trust Indenture Act Section
Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
Section 7.10
(a)(2)
Section 7.10
(a)(3)
N.A.
(a)(4)
N.A.
(a)(5)
Section 7.10
(b)
Section 7.10
(c)
N.A.
311(a)
Section 7.11
(b)
Section 7.11
(c)
N.A.
312(a)
Section 2.5
(b)
Section 14.21
(c)
Section 14.21
313(a)
Section 7.6
(b)(1)
Section 7.6
(b)(2)
Section 7.7
(c)
Section 14.1
(d)
Section 7.6
314(a)
Section 3.10, Section 3.13, Section 14.3
(b)
Section 12.7
(c)(1)
Section 14.2
(c)(2)
Section 14.2
(c)(3)
N.A.
(d)
Section 12.6, Section 12.7
(e)
Section 14.3
(f)
N.A.
315(a)
Section 7.1
(b)
Section 7.5
(c)
Section 7.1
(d)
Section 7.1
(e)
Section 6.11, Section 7.7, Section 7.8
316(a)
Section 14.4
(a)(1)(A)
Section 6.5
(a)(1)(B)
Section 6.4
(a)(2)
N.A.
(b)
Section 6.7
(c)
Section 2.15
317(a)(1)
Section 6.8
(a)(2)
Section 6.9
(b)
Section 2.4
318(a)
Section 14.17
(b)
N.A.
(c)
Section 14.17


 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*
This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.
 
-v-

INDENTURE dated as of [•], 2021, by and among FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION (“Frontier” or the “Issuer” or the “Company”), a debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Other Obligors, each a debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Cases”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time, WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as notes collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H
 
WHEREAS, on April 14, 2020, (the “Petition Date”), the Issuer, and certain of its domestic Subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (such court, together with any other court having exclusive jurisdiction over any Bankruptcy Case from time to time and any Federal appellate court thereof, the “Bankruptcy Court”) and have continued in the possession and operation of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to Section 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) its [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) any additional Notes (“Additional Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”) that may be issued after the Issue Date in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6;
 
WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer has been done;
 
WHEREAS, on the Conversion Date, the Issuer expects to undertake the Corporate Reorganization as a result of which a newly formed entity (“New Frontier Issuer”), a wholly-owned, indirect Subsidiary of Reorganized Frontier, will assume the Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. Upon consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, New Frontier Issuer will hold, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the assets and operations of Frontier immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence, the Designated Entities shall not be held by New Frontier Issuer as of the Conversion Date);
 
WHEREAS, prior to the Conversion Date, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture will be, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis (the “Pre-Exit Note Guarantees”) by each existing and future Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that Guarantees the Issuer’s obligations under the DIP Facilities.  From the Conversion Date, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture will be, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis (the “Exit Note Guarantees” and, together with the Pre-Exit Note Guarantees, the “Note Guarantees”) by each existing and future Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that Guarantees the Issuer’s obligations under the Exit Facilities, in each case that executes a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or Exhibit C, as applicable; and
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
SECTION 1.1.            Definitions.
 

5.000% First Lien Notes” means the $1,550 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.000% First Lien Secured Notes due May 1, 2028, issued under the 5.000% First Lien Notes Indenture.
 
5.000% First Lien Notes Indenture” means that certain base indenture, dated as of November 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent.
 
5.875% First Lien Notes” means the $1,150 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.875% First Lien Secured Notes due October 15, 2027, issued under the 5.875% First Lien Notes Indenture.
 
 “5.875% First Lien Notes Indenture” means that certain base indenture, dated as of October 8, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent.
 
Acceptable Reorganization Plan” means a Reorganization Plan for all Debtors that provides for the payment in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable) of the obligations under the Prepetition Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in the Offering Circular) in cash (and the cash collateralization, other backstop of, or other arrangement with respect to outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder or in a manner otherwise satisfactory to each applicable issuing bank) to the extent such payment has not occurred prior to the consummation date and the termination of the commitments under the Prepetition Revolving Credit Facility.
 
Acquired Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person (x) Indebtedness of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges or amalgamates with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred, with respect to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or on the date of the relevant merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or other combination.
 
Additional Assets” means:
 
(1)          any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);
 
(2)          the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(3)          Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Additional First Lien Notes” means any additional First Lien Notes issued from time to time under the indentures governing the First Lien Notes after the original issuance date thereof, having identical terms and conditions to the First Lien Notes of the relevant series.
 
Additional First Lien Obligations” means any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral (other than a Lien that is pari passu with or junior to the Lien securing the Notes), as permitted by this Indenture; provided, that an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder, as applicable, to the Junior Intercreditor Agreement or any similar intercreditor agreement governing the relative priority of the First Lien Obligations and the Notes without the need for any other party to execute such joinder for such authorized representative to become party thereto.
 
Additional Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals of this Indenture.
 
Additional Pari Passu Joinders” means the Pledge Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder and the Security Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder.
 
Additional Second Lien Obligations” means any Indebtedness having Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes with respect to the Collateral; provided, that an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the Security Documents, as applicable, without the need for any other party to execute such joinder for such authorized representative to become party to the Security Documents.
 
-2-

Additional Second Lien Secured Parties” means the holders of any Additional Second Lien Obligations and any trustee, authorized representative or agent of such Additional Second Lien Obligations.
 
Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
AHYDO Payment” means any payment required to be made under the terms of Indebtedness in order to avoid the application of Section 163(e)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code to such Indebtedness.
 
Alternative Currency” means any currency (other than Dollars) that is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).
 
Applicable Credit Agreement” means (x) prior to the Conversion Date, the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement and (y) on or after the Conversion Date, the Exit Restated Credit Agreement (or to the extent the Exit Restated Credit Agreement is not then in effect, the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement).
 
Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any Redemption Date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:
 
(a)          the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at [•], 2024 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table under Section 5.7(d) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any), computed upon the Redemption Date using a discount rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate at such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over
 
(b)          the outstanding principal amount of such Note;
 
in each case, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. The Trustee shall have no duty to calculate or verify the calculations of the Applicable Premium.
 
Applicable Treasury Rate” means the weekly average for each Business Day during the most recent week that has ended at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date of the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to [•], 2024; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to [•], 2024 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
 
Asset Disposition” means:
 
(a)          the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Issuer) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or
 
(b)          the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
 
-3-

in each case, other than:
 
(1)          a disposition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any Intercompany License Agreement;
 
(2)          a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, including any marketable securities portfolio owned by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date;
 
(3)          a disposition of inventory, goods or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;
 
(4)          a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged, non-core or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);
 
(5)          transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;
 
(6)          an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
 
(7)          any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $100.0 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $100.0 million and 3.5% of LTM EBITDA;
 
(8)          any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, in each case in a transaction permitted under the Security Documents, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;
 
(9)          dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, the Staggered Emergence or Permitted Tax Restructuring;
 
(10)        dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
 
(11)        conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses, sublicenses, cross-licenses or other dispositions of intellectual property, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sublicenses, cross-licenses leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement;
 
(12)        the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;
 
(13)        foreclosure, condemnation, expropriation, forced disposition or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
 
-4-

(14)        the sale, discount or other disposition (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;
 
(15)        any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than, in each case, any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents);
 
(16)        any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
 
(17)        (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
 
(18)        any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility permitted under this Indenture, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(19)        any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, leased, renewed, relocated, expanded, replaced, repaired, maintained, upgraded or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture;
 
(20)        sales, transfers or other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
 
(21)        any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;
 
(22)        the unwinding of any Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations;
 
(23)        transfers of property or assets subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the net proceeds of such Casualty Event; provided that any Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Casualty Event shall be deemed to be Net Available Cash of an Asset Disposition, and such Net Available Cash shall be applied in accordance with Section 3.5;
 
(24)        any sale of property or assets, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the proceeds of such sale are used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10)(b);
 
(25)        the disposition of any assets (including Capital Stock) (i) acquired in a transaction after the Issue Date, which assets are not useful in the core or principal business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the reasonable determination of the Issuer to consummate any acquisition; provided, that such disposition in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii) be consummated within 365 days of such acquisition;
 
-5-

(26)        any disposition of non-revenue producing assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person;
 
(27)        any Plan Contribution;
 
(28)        additional dispositions of assets (taken together with such dispositions made pursuant to this clause (28)) since the Issue Date with an aggregate fair market value not exceeding (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $250 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $250 million and 9% of LTM EBITDA; and
 
(29)        any disposition pursuant to the Plan.
 
In the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 3.3, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 3.3.
 
Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.
 
Bankruptcy Court” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals of this Indenture.
 
Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to the Issuer or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner, as applicable, of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (iii) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any duly authorized controlling committee thereof; and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function.
 
Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). Unless the context requires otherwise, Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
 
Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall not be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
 
Business Successor” means (i) any former Subsidiary of the Issuer and (ii) any Person that, after the Issue Date, has acquired, merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Issuer (that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer), or acquired (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of a Subsidiary or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
 
Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.
 
-6-

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not a straight-line or operating lease) for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty; provided that all obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2015 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following January 1, 2015 (that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation).
 
Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1)          (a) Dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, yen, euro, any national currency of any member state of the European Union or any Alternative Currency; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(2)          securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, Canadian, United Kingdom or Japanese governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit obligation of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
(3)          certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits, demand deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank, trust company or other financial institution (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither S&P or Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) or (b) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;
 
(4)          repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3), (7) and (8) entered into with any Person meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
(5)          securities with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Person meeting the qualifications in clause (3) above;
 
(6)          commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Person meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above (or by the parent company thereof) maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof, or if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper or variable or fixed rate notes, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt;
 
(7)          marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2” from either S&P or Moody’s, respectively (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer);
 
(8)          readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, province, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision, taxing authority or any agency or instrumentality thereof, rated BBB- (or the equivalent) or better by S&P or Baa3 (or the equivalent) or better by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
 
-7-

(9)          readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision, taxing authority or agency or instrumentality thereof, with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
 
(10)        Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer);
 
(11)        with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers’ acceptance of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank;
 
(12)        Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;
 
(13)        bills of exchange issued in the United States of America, Canada, the United Kingdom, Japan, a member state of the European Union eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);
 
(14)        investments in industrial development revenue bonds that (i) “re-set” interest rates not less frequently than quarterly, (ii) are entitled to the benefit of a remarketing arrangement with an established broker dealer and (iii) are supported by a direct pay letter of credit covering principal and accrued interest that is issued by any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; and
 
(15)        any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield, pooled or other investment fund investing 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in the clauses above.
 
In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (15) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (15) above and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposes under this Indenture regardless of the treatment of such items under GAAP.
 
-8-

Cash Management Obligations” means (1) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements, electronic fund transfer, treasury services and cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, working capital lines, lines of credit, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services, or other cash management arrangements or any automated clearing house arrangements, (2) other obligations in respect of netting or setting off arrangements, credit, debit or purchase card programs, stored value card and similar arrangements and (3) obligations in respect of any other services related, ancillary or complementary to the foregoing (including any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services, corporate credit and purchasing cards and related programs or any automated clearing house transfers of funds).
 
Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, assets or real property.
 
CFC” means (a) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof nor the District of Columbia that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and (b) any Subsidiary of a Person or Persons described in clause (a) of this definition.
 
Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
 
(1)          the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than a Parent Entity, that is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; provided that so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of another Parent Entity); or
 
(2)          the sale or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and any “person” (as defined in clause (1) above), other than any Parent Entity, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be; provided that so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent Entity, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity (other than a Parent Entity that is a Subsidiary of another Parent Entity).
 
Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) neither the holders of the Existing Unsecured Notes nor any subset of such holders will constitute a group for purposes of this Indenture on or prior to the Conversion Date, (iii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors (or similar body) of such parent entity and (iv) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall a Change of Control be deemed to occur as a result of or in connection with the Transactions.
 
Chapter 11 Cases” means the voluntary petitions of the Issuer and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries filed under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in Bankruptcy Court.
 
-9-

Collateral” means all the “Collateral” and “Pledged Collateral” (or equivalent terms) as defined in any Security Document and any and all other property, existing as of the Conversion Date or thereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject (or purported to be subject) to a security interest or Lien to secure the Obligations.
 
Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Second Lien Notes Obligations, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the Security Documents.
 
Collateral Grantors” means, collectively, the Issuer and the Grantor.
 
Collateral Requirement” means the requirement that:
 
(i) prior to the Conversion Date, the Trustee shall have received a duly executed and delivered counterpart of the Note Guarantees from each of the Guarantors; and
 
(ii) upon the Conversion Date,
 
(x) the Trustee shall have received (or, in the case of clause (3) and clause (4) below, the Collateral Agent (as defined in the Pledge Agreement)):
 
(1)          duly executed and delivered counterparts of the Pledge Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder from the Issuer and the Collateral Agent;
 
(2)          duly executed and delivered counterparts of the Security Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder from the Grantor and the Collateral Agent;
 
(3)          in each case to the extent required by the applicable Security Document, the certificates or instruments evidencing the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Pledged Entities and all certificates, agreements, acknowledgments or instruments representing, evidencing or acknowledging the Collateral accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank; and
 
(4)          UCC financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the UCC and such other documents as may be necessary, or as reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, to perfect the Liens created or purported to be created by the Security Documents; and
 
(y) the Collateral Agent shall have a valid and perfected second priority (subject to Liens permitted hereunder) security interest, for the benefit of the Notes Secured Parties, in (i) on the Conversion Date and at all times thereafter, all issued and outstanding equity interests of the Pledged Entities and the other Collateral and (ii) after the Conversion Date, all other assets that are required from time to time to be subject to a Lien securing the Second Lien Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 3.14 hereof or the relevant Security Documents, in any such case, except to the extent such security interest has been released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the applicable Security Document(s).
 
The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in particular assets if and for so long as the Collateral Agent and the Issuer agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets outweighs the benefits to be obtained by the lenders under the Applicable Credit Agreement therefrom.
 
The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Issue Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Issuer, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Indenture or the Security Documents.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Indenture or any other Note Document to the contrary:
 
-10-

(A)         Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Collateral Agent and the Issuer;
 
(B)          the Collateral Requirement shall not apply to any Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Documents);
 
(C)        no deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or other control agreements or control arrangements shall be required with respect to any deposit account, securities account or other asset specifically requiring perfection through control agreements;
 
(D)         no actions in any jurisdiction other than the United States or that are necessary to comply with the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the United States or, except with respect to intellectual property subsisting outside of the United States unless a Lien on such intellectual property can be granted and/or perfected without filings in intellectual property registries or recording offices or with intellectual property authorities outside of the United States, to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements, pledge agreements, or share charge (or mortgage) agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States); and
 
(E)        general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, capital maintenance rules, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, retention of title claims and similar principle may limit the ability of a Foreign Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee or collateral or may require that the Note Guarantee or collateral be limited by an amount or otherwise, in each case as reasonably determined by the Issuer in consultation with the Collateral Agent.
 
Confirmation Order” means the order entered by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York confirming the Plan as in effect on the date hereof, together with any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto after the date hereof that are not, taken together, materially adverse to Holders of the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that any such amendment, supplement or modification solely to permit the Staggered Emergence shall be deemed not to be materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes [Docket No. 1005].
 
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangible assets and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing and debt issuance fees, costs and expenses, (iii) capitalized expenditures (including Capitalized Software Expenditures), customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, media development costs, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities and (iv) capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.
 
Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
 
(1)          increased (without duplication) by:
 
(a)          Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (w) non-cash rent expense, (x) net losses or any obligations on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, (y) bank, letter of credit and other financing fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” and any non-cash interest expense), to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
-11-

(b)          (x) provision for taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital, including federal, foreign, state, provincial, territorial, local, unitary, excise, property, franchise, value added and similar taxes (such as Delaware franchise tax, Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties, additions to tax and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and similar taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds), (y) any distributions made to a Parent Entity with respect to the foregoing and (z) the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” in each case, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(c)          Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(d)         any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transaction costs associated with becoming a public company, including Public Company Costs), Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful and including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees, consulting fees and other related expenses and/or letter of credit or similar fees) related to the offering or incurrence of, or ongoing administration of, the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes, the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Facilities, any Securitization Fees and the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses, and (ii) any amendment, waiver or other modification of the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes, the Credit Agreement, Receivables Facilities, Securitization Facilities, any other Credit Facilities, any Securitization Fees, any other Indebtedness or any Equity Offering, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(e)          (i) the amount of any restructuring charge, accrual, reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves) or expense, integration cost, inventory optimization programs or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives and tax restructurings) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Issue Date, any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), costs related to entry into new markets (including unused warehouse space costs) and new product introductions (including labor costs and scrap costs), systems development and establishment costs, operational and reporting systems, technology initiatives, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and closure and/or consolidation of facilities (including severance, rent termination, moving and legal costs) and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing and (ii) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlement thereof, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(f)          any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including (i) non-cash losses on the sale of assets and any write-offs or write-downs, deferred revenue or impairment charges, (ii) impairment charges, amortization (or write offs) of financing costs (including debt discount, debt issuance costs and commissions and other fees associated with Indebtedness, including the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes and the Credit Agreement) of such Person and its Subsidiaries and/or (iii) the impact of acquisition method accounting adjustment and any non-cash write-up, writedown or write-off with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities in connection with the Transactions or any Investment, deferred revenue or any effects of adjustments resulting from the application of purchase accounting, purchase price accounting (including any step-up in inventory and loss of profit on the acquired inventory) (provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down, expense, loss or item represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Issuer may elect not to add back such non-cash charge, expense or loss in the current period and (B) to the extent the Issuer elects to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid), or other items classified by the Issuer as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period or such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus
 
-12-

(g)         the amount of pro forma “run rate” cost savings (including cost savings with respect to salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings and any savings expected to result from the reduction of a public target’s Public Company Costs), operating expense reductions, other operating improvements (including the entry into material contracts or arrangements), and initiatives and synergies (it is understood and agreed that “run rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions) projected by the Issuer in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable or a plan for realization shall have been established within 18 months of the date thereof (including from any actions taken in whole or in part prior to such date), which will be added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings (including cost savings with respect to salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings and any savings expected to result from the reduction of a public target’s Public Company Costs), operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions; provided, that the aggregate amount of adjustments pursuant to this clause (g) (other than adjustments made in accordance with Regulation S-X), shall not exceed 20.0% of LTM EBITDA for the applicable period (calculated after giving effect to any pro forma adjustments); plus
 
(h)          any costs or expenses incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or a Parent Entity pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan, profits interests or any other management, employee benefit or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), employment, termination or severance agreement, or any stock subscription or equityholder agreement, and any costs or expenses in connection with the roll-over, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock held by management, to the extent that such costs or expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net after tax cash proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; plus
 
(i)           cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus
 
(j)          any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling or minority interests pursuant to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810-10-45; plus
 
(k)         the amount of any non-controlling or minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to non-controlling or minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary; plus
 
(l)          unrealized or realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes; plus
 
(m)         with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (b) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Issuer’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(n)         the amount of any costs or expenses relating to payments made to stock appreciation or similar rights, stock option, restricted stock, phantom equity, profits interests or other interests or rights holders of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution; plus
 
-13-

(o)          (i) adjustments of the nature or type used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (b) of “Summary—Summary historical consolidated and pro forma consolidated financial information of Frontier” contained in the Offering Circular and (ii) any due diligence quality of earnings report from time to time prepared with respect to the target of an acquisition or Investment by a nationally recognized accounting firm;
 
(p)          on or following the Conversion Date, any expenses or expenditures of the type that, prior to the Conversion Date were treated or accounted for as capital expenditures to the extent such expenses or expenditures are accounted for under GAAP as operating expenses solely as a result of the implementation of fresh-start accounting or the adoption or modification of accounting policies in connection with such fresh-start accounting in connection with emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases; and
 
(2)          decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period (other than non-cash gains relating to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840—Leases).
 
Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral as of such date (other than the Second Lien Obligations and Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral with Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes and Note Guarantees or is secured by the Collateral with a Junior Lien Priority relative to the Existing Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Note Guarantees and (b) without duplication, the Reserved Indebtedness Amount secured by a Lien on the Collateral as of such date (other than the Second Lien Obligations and Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral with Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees or is secured by the Collateral with a Junior Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees) to (y) LTM EBITDA.
 
Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
 
(1)         consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (i) Securitization Fees, (ii) penalties, addition to tax and interest relating to taxes, (iii) annual agency or similar fees paid to the administrative agents, collateral agents and other agents under any Credit Facility, (iv) any additional interest or liquidated damages owing pursuant to any registration rights obligations, (v) costs associated with obtaining Hedging Obligations, (vi) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (vii) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (viii) amortization, expensing or write-off of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated hedging obligations and other commissions, fees and expenses, discounted liabilities, original issue discount and any other amounts of non-cash interest and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program, (ix) any expensing of bridge, arrangement, structuring, commitment, agency, consent and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions after the Issue Date, (x) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment, make-whole or breakage premium, penalty or cost and (xi) interest expense with respect to Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of such Person resulting from push-down accounting); plus
 
(2)          consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
 
-14-

(3)          interest income for such period.
 
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
 
(1)          any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from investments recorded in such Person under the equity method of accounting), except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;
 
(2)          solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)(A) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s articles, charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released (or such Person reasonably believes such restriction could be waived or released and is using commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such waiver or release), (b) restrictions pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Notes, this Indenture, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture, the First Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes Indentures or other similar indebtedness and (c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(14)(i)), except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed (or to the extent converted, or having the ability to be converted, into cash or Cash Equivalents) by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);
 
(3)          any gain (or loss) (a) in respect of facilities no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, abandoned, closed, disposed or discontinued operations, (b) on disposal, abandonment or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations, and (c) attributable to asset dispositions, abandonments, sales or other dispositions of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
(4)          (a) any extraordinary, unusual, infrequently occurring or nonrecurring loss, charge or expense, Transaction Expenses, Public Company Costs, restructuring and duplicative running costs, restructuring charges or reserves (whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements), relocation costs, start-up or initial costs for any project or new production line, division or new line of business, integration and facilities’ or bases’ opening costs, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses, one-time charges (including compensation charges), payments made pursuant to the terms of change in control agreements that the Issuer or a Subsidiary or a Parent Entity had entered into with employees of the Issuer, a Subsidiary or a Parent Entity, costs relating to pre-opening, opening and conversion costs for facilities, losses or costs related to facility or property disruptions or shutdowns, signing, retention and completion bonuses (including management bonus pools), recruiting costs, costs incurred in connection with any strategic or cost savings initiatives, transition costs, contract terminations, litigation and arbitration fees, costs and charges, expenses in connection with one-time rate changes, costs incurred with acquisitions, investments and dispositions (including travel and out-of-pocket costs, human resources costs (including relocation bonuses), litigation and arbitration costs, charges, fees and expenses (including settlements), management transition costs, advertising costs, losses associated with temporary decreases in work volume and expenses related to maintain underutilized personnel) and non-recurring product and intellectual property development, other business optimization expenses or reserves (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions), retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans), system establishment costs and implementation costs and operating expenses attributable to the implementation of strategic or cost-savings initiatives, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities and charges resulting from changes in estimates, valuations and judgments) and professional, legal, accounting, consulting and other service fees incurred with any of the foregoing and (b) any charge, expense, cost, accrual or reserve of any kind associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof;
 
-15-

(5)          (a) at the election of the Issuer with respect to any quarterly period, the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies, (b) subject to the last paragraph of the definition of “GAAP,” the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period (including any impact resulting from an election by the Issuer to apply IFRS or other Accounting Changes) and (c) any costs, charges, losses, fees or expenses in connection with the implementation or tracking of such changes or modifications specified in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b);
 
(6)          (a) any equity-based or non-cash compensation or similar charge, cost or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge, cost, expense or reduction arising from any grant of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, phantom equity, profits interests or other interests, or other rights or equity- or equity based incentive programs (“equity incentives”), any income (loss) associated with the equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under deferred compensation arrangements of the Issuer or any Parent Entity or Subsidiary and any positive investment income with respect to funded deferred compensation account balances), roll-over, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by employees, directors, officers, managers, contractors, consultants, advisors or business partners (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer or any Parent Entity or Subsidiary, and any cash awards granted to employees of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in replacement for forfeited awards, (b) any non-cash losses realized in such period in connection with adjustments to any employee benefit plan due to changes in estimates, actuarial assumptions, valuations, studies or judgments or non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation and (c) any net pension or post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, 106 and 112, and any other item of a similar nature;
 
(7)          any income (loss) from the extinguishment, conversion or cancellation of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off, premiums paid or other expenses incurred);
 
(8)          any unrealized or realized gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions;
 
(9)          any fees, losses, costs, expenses or charges incurred during such period (including any transaction, retention bonus or similar payment), or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with (a) any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Disposition, disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expense or charges related to the offering, issuance and rating of the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes, other securities and any Credit Facilities), issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the First Lien Notes, other securities and any Credit Facilities), in each case, including the Transactions, any such transaction consummated prior to, on or after the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805—Business Combinations and any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460—Guarantees or any related pronouncements) and (b) complying with the requirements under, or making elections permitted by, the documentation governing any Indebtedness;
 
-16-

(10)        any unrealized or realized gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses, including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency risk), intercompany balances, other balance sheet items, Hedging Obligations or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other realized or unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to the translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;
 
(11)        any unrealized or realized income (loss) or non-cash expense attributable to movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP;
 
(12)        effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP and related pronouncements, including in the inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, loans, leases, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) and debt line items thereof, resulting from the application of acquisition method accounting, recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition (by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise), joint venture investment or other Investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof;
 
(13)        any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and investments recorded using the equity method or as a result of a change in law or regulation and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;
 
(14)        (a) accruals and reserves (including contingent liabilities) that are established or adjusted in connection with the Transactions or within 18 months after the closing of any acquisition or disposition that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such acquisition or disposition in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies and (b) earn-out, non-compete and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments;
 
(15)        any income (loss) related to any realized or unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment (including embedded derivatives in customer contracts), and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging and its related pronouncements or mark to market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP;
 
(16)        any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;
 
(17)        [reserved];
 
(18)        the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; and
 
(19)        (i) payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed, (ii) at the election of the Issuer with respect to any quarterly period, effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates) and (iii) at the election of the Issuer with respect to any quarterly period, an amount equal to the net change in deferred revenue at the end of such period from the deferred revenue at the end of the previous period.
 
-17-

In addition, to the extent not already excluded (or included, as applicable) in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of: (i) any expenses, charges or losses that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed within 366 days of the date of such evidence (net of any amount so added back in a prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 366-day period), (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 366 days of the date of such evidence (net of any amount so added back in a prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 366-day period), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or Casualty Events or business interruption and (iii) the amount of distributions actually made to any Parent Entity of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 3.3(b)(9)(i) as though such amounts had been paid as taxes directly by such Person for such periods.
 
Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral as of such date (other than any Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral with a Junior Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees) and (b) without duplication, the Reserved Indebtedness Amount secured by a Lien on the Collateral as of such date (other than any Indebtedness secured by the Collateral with a Junior Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees) to (y) LTM EBITDA.
 
Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Obligations and intercompany Indebtedness as of such date), plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Indebtedness until five Business Days after such amount is drawn), minus (c) the aggregate amount of (i) any undrawn Reserved Indebtedness Amount (to the extent included in clause (a) above) and (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements) (provided that (x) the cash proceeds of any proposed incurrence of Indebtedness shall not be included in this clause (c) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, as applicable and (y) prior to the Conversion Date, the amount in clause (ii) shall not exceed $150 million), with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio.” For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall exclude Indebtedness in respect of any Receivables Facility or Securitization Facility.
 
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date and (b) without duplication, the Reserved Indebtedness Amount as of such date to (y) LTM EBITDA.
 
Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any Non-Financing Lease Obligation, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:
 
(1)          to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;
 
(2)          to advance or supply funds:
 
(a)          for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or
 
-18-

(b)           to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or
 
(3)           to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
 
Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Issuer and/or other companies.
 
Conversion Date” means the date upon which each of the Exit Conditions shall have been satisfied or waived and the Officer’s Certificate has been delivered as required in Section 13.1 hereof.
 
Conversion Outside Date” means December 31, 2021.
 
Corporate Reorganizationmeans the corporate reorganization as a result of which New Frontier Issuer will be a wholly-owned, indirect Subsidiary of Reorganized Frontier, will assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and Reorganized Frontier will hold, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the assets and operations of Frontier as of immediately prior to such corporate reorganization (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence the Designated Entities shall not be held by New Frontier Issuer as of the Conversion Date).
 
Credit Agreement” means each of the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement, the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement and the Exit Restated Credit Agreement.
 
Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreements or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreements or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.
 
Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Code.
 
Debtors” means the Issuer together with all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries that have filed the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.
 
-19-

Derivative Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Issuer and/or any one or more of the Guarantors (the “Performance References”).
 
Designated Entities” means, if the Issuer elects to undertake the Staggered Emergence, each then direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer designated by the Issuer as a “Designated Entity” in an Officer’s Certificate on or prior to the Conversion Date and, in each case, any successors or assigns, provided that the Consolidated EBITDA of the Designated Entities for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements) immediately preceding the Effective Date shall not exceed $225 million (as calculated in good faith by the Issuer).
 
Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes.
 
Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
 
Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof.
 
Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer at or prior to the issuance thereof, the net after tax cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)(C) hereof.
 
DIP Facilities” means the DIP Revolving Facility and the DIP to Exit Term Facility prior to the Conversion Date.
 
DIP Revolver Credit Agreementmeans the senior secured super-priority debtor-in-possession credit agreement dated as of October 8, 2020, by and among the Issuer, the Revolver Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement, and each lender and issuing bank from time to time party thereto, together with the related documents thereto, providing for the DIP Revolving Facility (including any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such DIP Revolver Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.
 
DIP Revolving Facilitymeans the super-priority debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility of the Issuer under the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement.
 
-20-

“DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement governing the DIP to Exit Term Facility dated as of October 8, 2020, by and among the Company, the First Priority Collateral Agent and each lender from time to time party thereto, together with the related documents thereto, providing for the DIP to Exit Term Facility, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.
 
DIP to Exit Term Facility” means each term credit facility of the Issuer under the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement.
 
Discharge” means, with respect to any Collateral, the date on which such Series of First Lien Obligations is no longer secured by such Collateral. The term “Discharged” shall have a corresponding meaning.
 
Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.
 
Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:
 
(1)          matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or
 
(2)          is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,
 
in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) (excluding Immediate Family Members, but not excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
 
Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.
 
Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
 
DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.
 
Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan.
 
-21-

Equity Interest” means, with respect to any person, any and all shares of capital stock and all interests, participations or other equivalents of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such person, including (a) membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting) in such person, (b) if such person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and (c) any other interest or participation that confers on any other person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued hereafter, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into any of the foregoing.
 
Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) other than (a) offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions or other securities of the Issuer or any Parent Entity and (b) issuances of Capital Stock to any Subsidiary of the Issuer or (y) a cash equity contribution to the Issuer.
 
euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
 
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.
 
Excluded Assets” means the following:
 
(1)         any permit or license issued by a Governmental Authority to any Collateral Grantor or any agreement to which any Collateral Grantor is a party or any other asset or property of such Collateral Grantor, in each case, only to the extent and for so long as the creation or perfection by such Collateral Grantor of a security interest in such permit, license, agreement, asset or property in favor of the Collateral Agent would violate the terms of such permit, license or agreement or any requirement of law applicable thereto or would result in an impairment of the applicable Collateral Grantor’s rights in such property (other than the grant of the lien itself), or would create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent, approval, license or authorization of, any Person (other than any Grantor) which consent, approval, license or authorization has not been obtained (in each case after giving effect to Sections 9‑406(d), 9‑407(a), 9‑408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity), it being understood that no Collateral Grantor shall be required to obtain any such consent, approval, license or authorization;
 
(2)          assets owned by any Collateral Grantor on the date of the relevant Security Documents or thereafter acquired and any proceeds thereof that are subject to a Lien securing a purchase money obligation or Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Applicable Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the creation of any other Lien on such assets and proceeds is prohibited, or would create of termination in favor of or require the consent of, any Person, in each case pursuant to the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money obligation or Capitalized Lease Obligation);
 
(3)          any property of a person existing at the time such person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Collateral Grantor that is subject to a Lien permitted by the provisions of the Applicable Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the creation of any other Lien on such property would violate the terms of the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted, or create a right of termination in favor of, or require the consent, approval, license or authorization of, any Person (other than any Collateral Grantor) which consent, approval, license or authorization has not been obtained (in each case after giving effect to Sections 9‑406(d), 9‑407(a), 9‑408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity), it being understood that no Collateral Grantor shall be required to obtain any such consent, approval, license or authorization;
 
(4)          any Equity Interests (other than the Pledged Collateral);
 
(5)          any intent-to-use trademark application to the extent and for so long as creation by any Collateral Grantor of a security interest therein would result in the loss by such Collateral Grantor of any material rights therein;
 
(6)          any fee-owned real property and any leasehold interest in real property;
 
-22-

(7)          Capital Stock or other voting interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, CFC or FSHCO in excess of 65% of the issued and outstanding voting stock or other voting interests (including instruments treated as voting interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of such Person;
 
(8)          any property or assets for which the creation or perfection of pledges of, or security interests in, would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Grantor, the Issuer, or any of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Grantor;
 
(9)          any assets not pledged to secure the First Lien Obligations; and
 
(10)         certain other exceptions described in the Security Documents;
 
provided, however, that Excluded Assets shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clauses (1) through (10) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets referred to in any of clauses (1) through (10)).
 
Excluded Contribution” means net after tax cash proceeds or property or assets received by the Issuer as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer after the Conversion Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes” means the $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.750% Second Lien Secured Notes due May 1, 2029, issued under the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent” means the Collateral Agent, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Existing Second Lien Notes, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture” means that certain base indenture, dated as of November 25, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes Obligations” means Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Existing Second Lien Notes and the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture, guarantees and security documents.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes Secured Parties” means the Existing Second Lien Notes Trustee and the Existing Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent for, and the holders of, the Existing Second Lien Notes.
 
Existing Second Lien Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee for the Existing Second Lien Notes, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.
 
-23-

Existing Unsecured Notes” means the Issuer’s (i) 8.500% Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2020 issued under that certain indenture, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among New Communications Holdings Inc., as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (ii) 8.875% Unsecured Notes due September 15, 2020, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of September 25, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (iii) 9.250% Unsecured Notes due July 1, 2021, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (iv) 6.250% Unsecured Notes due September 15, 2021, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (v) 8.750% Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2022 issued under that certain Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among New Communications Holdings Inc., as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (vi) 10.500% Unsecured Notes due September 15, 2022, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of September 25, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (vii) 7.125% Unsecured Notes due January 15, 2023, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (viii) 7.625% Unsecured Notes due April 15, 2024, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (ix) 6.875% Unsecured Notes due January 15, 2025, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (x) 11.000% Unsecured Notes due September 15, 2025, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of September 25, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xi) 7.000% Unsecured Debentures due November 1, 2025, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xii) 6.800% Unsecured Debentures due August 15, 2026, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xiii) 7.875% Unsecured Notes due January 15, 2027, issued under that certain Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2006 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xiv) 9.000% Unsecured Notes due August 15, 2031, issued under that certain indenture, dated as of August 16, 2001 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xv) 7.680% Unsecured Debentures due October 1, 2034, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, (xvi) 7.450% Unsecured Debentures due July 1, 2035, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee and (xvii) 7.050% Unsecured Debentures due October 1, 2046, issued under that certain base indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Petition Date) by and among the Issuer, as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, in each case outstanding on the Issue Date.
 
Exit Conditions” means the following:
 
(1)          neither the Plan nor the Confirmation Order shall have been amended or modified or any condition contained therein waived, in each case in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that any such amendment, modification or waiver solely to permit the Staggered Emergence shall be deemed not to be materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes;
 
(2)          the Plan and the Confirmation Order shall be in full force and effect and no stay thereof shall be in effect;
 
(3)          all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan (other than the receipt by the Issuer of the net proceeds from any other financing to be received on the Conversion Date) shall have been satisfied or waived (to the extent such waiver is not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer)) and the Effective Date under the Plan shall have occurred or will occur substantially concurrently with the Conversion Date;
 
-24-

(4)          to the extent the Issuer elects to undertake the Corporate Reorganization, the Corporate Reorganization will be consummated substantially concurrently with the Conversion Date;
 
(5)          on the Conversion Date, the Issuer shall be party to one or more revolving credit facilities (including, but not limited to, the DIP Revolving Facility) providing revolving commitments of at least an amount equal to (i) $775 million less (ii) the amount of cash and cash equivalents of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Designated Entities if the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence) that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
 
(6)          no Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing; and
 
(7)          the Security Documents or joinders thereof required to create the Liens in the Collateral securing the Notes will be executed and delivered (to the extent such document is required to be delivered on such date) and, solely to the extent required by the Security Documents, the delivery to the Collateral Agent of the certificate representing the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Security Documents) together with an undated stock or similar power executed in blank.
 
Exit Facilities” means the DIP to Exit Term Facility and the Exit Revolving Facility after the Conversion Date.
 
Exit Restated Credit Agreement means the amended and restated credit agreement to be entered into on or about the Conversion Date by and among the New Frontier Issuer, the First Priority Collateral Agent, the Revolver Agent and each lender and issuing bank from time to time party thereto, together with the related documents thereto, which amends and restates the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement to. among other things, provide for the Exit Facilities (including any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Exit Restated Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Exit Restated Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.
 
Exit Revolving Facilitymeans the revolving credit facility of the Issuer issued under the Exit Restated Credit Agreement upon the Conversion Date.
 
fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.
 
FCC” means the United States Federal Communications Commission and any successor agency that is responsible for regulating the United States telecommunications industry.
 
Financing Transactions” means the entry into the DIP Facilities, the issuance of the Existing Second Lien Notes and the First Lien Notes and the use of proceeds of each of these as described in the Offering Circular and the issuance of the Notes.
 
First Lien Documents” means the indentures, credit, guarantee, intercreditor and security documents governing the First Lien Obligations and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed pursuant to any of the foregoing.
 
First Lien Notes” means, collectively, (1) the 5.000% First Lien Notes and (2) the 5.875% First Lien Notes.
 
First Lien Notes Indentures” means, collectively, (1) the 5.000% First Lien Notes Indenture and (2) the 5.875% First Lien Notes Indenture.
 
-25-

First Lien Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the First Lien Notes and the related indentures, guarantees and the Security Documents.
 
First Lien Notes Secured Parties” means the First Lien Trustee, the First Priority Collateral Agent and the Holders of the First Lien Notes.
 
First Lien Obligations” means, collectively, (1) the Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations, (2) the First Lien Notes Obligations and (3) each Series of Additional First Lien Obligations.
 
First Lien Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee for the First Lien Notes, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity.
 
First Priority Collateral Agent” means in the case of any Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations, the First Lien Notes Obligations and any other Additional First Lien Obligations pursuant to which the administrative agent, trustee or any other similar agent named for such series becomes a party pursuant to the terms thereof, the Collateral Agent named under the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, which as of the Issue Date shall be JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.
 
Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of (without duplication):
 
(1)          Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
 
(2)          all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and
 
(3)          all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person during such period.
 
Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.
 
FSHCO” means (a) any Person substantially all of the assets of which consist of (i) the equity (including instruments treated as equity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) and/or debt of one or more (x) CFCs and/or (y) Persons described in this definition and (ii) cash or cash equivalents.
 
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto or comparable accounting principle (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
If there occurs a change in IFRS or GAAP, as the case may be, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures (including all computations of amounts and ratios) used in this Indenture (an “Accounting Change”), then the Issuer may elect that such standards, terms or measures shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had or had not occurred.
 
-26-

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign court or tribunal or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory or legislative body.
 
Grantor” means Frontier Video Services Inc.
 
Guarantee” means, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
 
(1)          to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or
 
(2)          entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),
 
provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
 
Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
 
Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the nominee of DTC.
 
IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as in effect from time to time.
 
Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) has Total Assets and revenues, in each case, of less than 5.0% of Total Assets and revenues and, together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, has Total Assets and revenues of less than 10.0% of Total Assets and revenues, in each case, measured at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal consolidated financial statements) on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary.
 
Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships, the estate of such individual and such other individuals above) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
 
-27-

incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “incurred” and “incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.
 
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
 
(1)          the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
 
(2)          the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
(3)          all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of incurrence);
 
(4)          the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligations, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;
 
(5)          Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;
 
(6)          the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
 
(7)          the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
 
(8)          Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (9) of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and
 
(9)          to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement);
 
with respect to clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (9) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging and related pronouncements to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.
 
Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:
 
-28-

(i)          Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, other than Guarantees or other assumptions of Indebtedness;
 
(ii)         Cash Management Obligations;
 
(iii)         any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2015, Non-Financing Lease Obligations or any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(iv)         obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(v)          in connection with the purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any deferred or prepaid revenue, post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;
 
(vi)         for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;
 
(vii)        obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facilities;
 
(viii)       Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP;
 
(ix)         Capital Stock (other than in the case of clause (6) above, Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividend)); or
 
(x)          amounts owed to dissenting stockholders (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Section 4.1.
 
Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer.
 
Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals of this Indenture.
 
Intercompany License Agreement” means any cost sharing agreement, commission or royalty agreement, license or sublicense agreement, distribution agreement, services agreement, intellectual property rights transfer agreement, any related agreements or similar agreements, in each case where all parties to such agreement are one or more of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Internal Revenue Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (excluding (i) accounts receivable, trade credit, advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, contractors, consultants or advisors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (ii) any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit, (iii) intercompany advances arising from cash management, tax and accounting operations and (iv) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice will not be deemed to be an Investment.
 
-29-

For purposes of Section 3.3 and Section 3.17 hereof:
 
(1)          “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Issuer) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2)          any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Issuer; and
 
(3)          if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto shall not be deemed to be an Investment at such time.
 
The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash and Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment to the extent such amounts do not increase any other baskets under this Indenture.
 
Investment Grade Event” means (1) the Issuer has obtained a rating or, to the extent such Rating Agency will not provide a rating, an advisory or prospective rating from two of the Rating Agencies that reflects an Investment Grade Status with respect to the Notes after giving effect to the proposed release of the Collateral securing the Notes; and (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes.
 
Investment Grade Securities” means:
 
(1)          securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
 
(2)          securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the Canadian, United Kingdom or Japanese governments, a member state of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
 
(3)          debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
 
(4)          investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution; and
 
(5)          corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
 
Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:
 
(1)          a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;
 
(2)          a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or
 
(3)          a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch;
 
-30-

or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.
 
Issue Date” means [•], 2021.
 
Issuer” means (a) prior to the Conversion Date, Frontier, and (b) from the Conversion Date, New Frontier Issuer if the Issuer elects to undertake the Corporate Reorganization, and otherwise Frontier, in each case, until a successor Person or Persons shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person or Persons.
 
Junior Intercreditor Agreement” means the Junior Lien Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement dated as of March 19, 2018, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time to add other parties holding Additional First Lien Obligations and additional Junior Lien Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture.
 
Junior Lien Documents” means, with respect to any series of Junior Lien Obligations, the notes, guarantees, indentures, security documents and other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Junior Lien Obligations, including each agreement entered into for the purpose of securing any series of Junior Lien Obligations, and including the Junior Lien Security Documents.
 
Junior Lien Obligations” means any Indebtedness and other Obligations that are secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Note Guarantees, including without limitation all obligations under the Junior Lien Documents; provided, that the holders of such Indebtedness or their Junior Lien Representative shall become party to any other applicable intercreditor agreements.
 
Junior Lien Priority” means Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien that is junior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Note Guarantees. For the avoidance of doubt, more than one series or tranche of Junior Lien Obligations may be issued or incurred from time to time, and not all series or tranches of Junior Lien Obligations must necessarily rank pari passu with each other.
 
Junior Lien Representative” means any duly authorized representative of any holders of Junior Lien Obligations, which representative is named as such in the Junior Lien Security Documents or any joinder thereto.
 
Junior Lien Security Documents” means any intercreditor agreements and security documents granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to secure any Junior Lien Obligations, and each other agreement entered into in favor of any collateral agent for the purpose of securing any series of Junior Lien Obligations, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall Non-Financing Lease Obligations be deemed to constitute a Lien.
 
Limited Condition Transaction” means (1) any Investment or acquisition (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise and which may include, for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction that may constitute a Change of Control), whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing, (2) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment, (3) any Restricted Payment requiring irrevocable notice in advance thereof and (4) any asset sale or a disposition excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition.”
 
LTM EBITDA” means Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer measured for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements), in each case with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness, acquisition or Investment, as applicable, since the start of such four quarter period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio.”
 
-31-

Long Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References.
 
Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, contractors, consultants or advisors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:
 
(1)          (a) in respect of travel, entertainment, relocation or moving related expenses, payroll advances and other analogous or similar expenses or payroll expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with (in the case of this clause (1)(b)) the approval of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
 
(2)          in respect of relocation or moving related expenses, payroll advances and other analogous or similar expenses or payroll expenses, in each case incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or
 
(3)          not exceeding $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at the time of incurrence.
 
Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10) multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Capital Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such common Capital Stock are traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.
 
Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.
 
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.
 
Net Available Cash” with respect to any Asset Disposition, means cash proceeds received (including any cash proceeds received from the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in any Asset Disposition, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:
 
(1)         all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, survey costs, title and recording expenses, title insurance premiums, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, brokerage and sales commissions, relocation expenses, commissions, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such transaction;
 
(2)          all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be payable, Tax reserves set aside or payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution or deemed distribution of such proceeds to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes and Taxes that would be payable in connection with any repatriation of such proceeds), as a consequence of such transaction, including distributions for Related Taxes or any transactions occurring or deemed to occur to effectuate a payment under this Indenture;
 
(3)          in the case of any Asset Disposition that does not constitute Collateral, all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such transaction, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law is required to be repaid out of the proceeds from such transaction;
 
(4)          all distributions and other payments required to be made to non-controlling interest or minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such transaction;
 
-32-

(5)          all costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction;
 
(6)          the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such transaction, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction;
 
(7)          any portion of the purchase price from such transaction placed in escrow, whether for the satisfaction of any indemnification obligations in respect of such transaction, as a reserve for adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such transaction or otherwise in connection with such transaction; and
 
(8)          the amount of any liabilities (other than Indebtedness in respect of the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes and the First Lien Notes) directly associated with such asset being sold and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
Net Short” means, with respect to a Holder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of the (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination.
 
Non-Financing Lease Obligation” means any other lease obligation that is not required to be accounted for as a financing or capital lease in accordance with GAAP.
 
Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
 
Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Note Guarantees, this Indenture and the Security Documents.
 
Note Guarantees” means the Guarantees of the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
 
Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals of this Indenture.
 
Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC) or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.
 
Notes Secured Parties means the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes.
 
Obligations means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest and fees accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest or fees is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
Offering Circular” means the final offering circular dated November 19, 2020, relating to the offering by the Issuer of the 5.000% First Lien Notes and the Existing Second Lien Notes.
 
Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.
 
Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.
 
Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.
 
-33-

Other Obligors” means the Guarantors and the Grantor.
 
Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer.
 
Parent Entity Expenses” means:
 
(1)          fees, costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) incurred or paid by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred or paid in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to the Notes, the Guarantees or any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
 
(2)          customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnity, insurance (including premiums therefor) and other benefits payable to any employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor of any Parent Entity or other Persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other organizational documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
 
(3)          (x) general corporate operating and overhead fees, costs and expenses, (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) and, following the first public offering of the Issuer’s Capital Stock or the Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company of any Parent Entity and (y) other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(4)          expenses incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with (i) any offering, sale, conversion or exchange of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (whether or not successful) and (ii) any related compensation paid to employees, directors, officers, managers, contractors, consultants or advisors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of such Parent Entity;
 
(5)          amounts payable pursuant to any management services or similar agreements or the management services provisions in an investor rights agreement or other equityholders’ agreement not prohibited by Section 3.8 (including any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the reasonable determination of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the management services or similar agreements as in effect immediately prior to such amendment or replacement), solely to the extent such amounts are not paid directly by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries; and
 
(6)          amounts to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such Parent Entity shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 4.1 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture and such consideration or other payment is included as a Restricted Payment under this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii) and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a provision of the covenant described in Section 3.3 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment.”
 
Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or of any Guarantor if such Indebtedness ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes (but without regard to control over remedies).
 
Pari Passu Lien Priority” means, relative to specified Indebtedness, having equal Lien priority on specified Collateral and subject to the Security Documents.
 
-34-

Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer.
 
Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof.
 
Permitted Intercompany Activities” means any transactions between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in the reasonable determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not adverse to Holders of the Notes in any material respect (as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith) including (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements; (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements; and (iii) customary loyalty and rewards programs; provided that any transactions between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Intercompany Activity”; provided further that in the event the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence any transaction between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Designated Entity, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Intercompany Activity” from the Conversion Date until the first date after the Conversion Date on which such Designated Entity is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent such transaction is (1) entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Designated Entities, on the other hand, or (2) are not adverse to Holders of the Notes in any material respect (as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith) including (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements; (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements; and (iii) customary loyalty and rewards programs.
 
Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):
 
(1)         Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of, or guarantees of obligations of, a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Issuer or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2)         Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged, directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries, in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets (or such division, business unit, product line or business) to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, transfer or conveyance;
 
(3)         Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
 
(4)         Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(5)         Investments in payroll, travel, entertainment, relocation, moving related and similar advances that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(6)         Management Advances;
 
(7)         Investments (including debt obligations and equity interests) (a) received in settlement, compromise or resolution of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable, endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, (c) as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, (d) in satisfaction of judgments or (e) pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or litigation, arbitration or other disputes or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
 
-35-

(8)        Investments made as a result of the receipt of promissory notes or other non-cash consideration (including earn-outs) from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;
 
(9)         Investments existing or pursuant to binding commitments, agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including in respect of any unused commitment), plus any accrued but unpaid interest (including any accretion of interest, original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) and premium payable by the terms of such Indebtedness thereon and fees and expenses associated therewith as of the Issue Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
 
(10)         Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof;
 
(11)         pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6 hereof;
 
(12)         any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity or any Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary whose only material assets are cash and Cash Equivalents) as consideration;
 
(13)         any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Section 3.8(b)(1), (4), (6), (8), (9) and (14));
 
(14)         Investments consisting of (i) purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, equipment and similar assets or (ii) licenses, sublicenses, cross-licenses, leases, subleases, assignments, contributions or other Investments of intellectual property or other intangibles or services in the ordinary course of business pursuant to any joint development, joint venture or marketing arrangements with other Persons or any Intercompany License Agreement and any other Investments made in connection therewith;
 
(15)         (i) Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations with respect to obligations that are permitted by this Indenture;
 
(16)         Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
 
(17)         Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with the Issuer or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
 
(18)         any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including any cash management arrangements, cash pooling arrangements, intercompany loans or activities related thereto);
 
(19)        contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of any employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant, advisor or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer, and Investments relating to non-qualified deferred payment plans in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(20)       after the Conversion Date, Investments in joint ventures and similar entities having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $500.0 million and 17.5% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause;
 
-36-

(21)        additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $750.0 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $750.0 million and 27.5% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause;
 
(22)        any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $625.0 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $625.0 million and 22.5% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause;
 
(23)        (i) Investments arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;
 
(24)        Investments in connection with the Transactions;
 
(25)        repurchases of Notes;
 
(26)        Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 3.17;
 
(27)        guaranty and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(28)        Investments (a) consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (b) made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client, franchisee and customer contacts and loans or (c) advances, loans, extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) or prepayments made to, and guarantees with respect to obligations of, franchisees, distributors, suppliers, lessors, licensors and licensees in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(29)        Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
-37-

(30)        Investments consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 trade arrangements with customers (or any comparable or similar provisions in other applicable jurisdictions) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;
 
(31)         non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities, and Investments in connection with Permitted Intercompany Activities, a Permitted Tax Restructuring and related transactions;
 
(32)         Investments made from casualty insurance proceeds in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets on account of a Casualty Event;
 
(33)         any other Investment after the Conversion Date, so long as, (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), and (b) immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Investment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Investment, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 1.75 to 1.00;
 
(34)         after the Conversion Date, Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $500.0 million and 17.5% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause;
 
(35)         any Plan Contribution; and
 
(36)         deposits or payments made with the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent, permission, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.
 
Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1)          Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;
 
(2)          pledges, deposits (including deposits with the FCC) or Liens (a) in connection with workmen’s compensation laws, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto), (b) securing liability, reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments) for the benefit of insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or otherwise supporting the payments of items set forth in the foregoing clause (a), or (c) in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts, leases, utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, warranty, release, judgment, customs, appeal, performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts, return of money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities and obligations of a similar nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(3)          Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law or regulation, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, architects’, construction contractors’ or other similar Liens, in each case for amounts not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or, if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled (or if filed, have not been discharged or stayed) and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
-38-

(4)          Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges that are not overdue and payable for a period of more than 60 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or the nonpayment of which is permitted by applicable bankruptcy law; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof, or for property Taxes on property of the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax is to such property;
 
(5)          encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties, exceptions on title policies insuring Liens granted on any mortgaged properties or any other collateral or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other similar agreements, charges or encumbrances, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary course conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(6)          Liens (a) securing Hedging Obligations, Cash Management Obligations and the costs thereof; (b) that are rights of set-off, rights of pledge or other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or consistent with past practice or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(e) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms and conditions of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness;
 
(7)          leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property, intellectual property, software and other technology rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice or, with respect to intellectual property, software and other technology rights, that are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(8)          Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default under Section 6.1(a)(5) or (8);
 
(9)          Liens (a) securing Capitalized Lease Obligations, or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and (ii) any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and accessions, additions, improvements, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof, including after-acquired property that is (A) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (B) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets and (C) the proceeds and products thereof and (b) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, franchisor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, franchisor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or Non-Financing Lease Obligations;
 
-39-

(10)        Liens arising from UCC financing statements, including precautionary financing statements (or similar filings) regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(11)         Liens existing on the Issue Date, including any Liens securing any Refinancing Indebtedness of any Indebtedness secured by such Liens (but excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreement, the First Lien Notes (including any Additional First Lien Notes), the Notes (including any Additional Notes), the Existing Second Lien Notes (including any additional Existing Second Lien Notes issued pursuant to the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture), the Subsidiary Notes and, in each case, any Guarantees thereof and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof);
 
(12)        Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or at the time the Issuer or a Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created in anticipation of such other Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and additions, improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof, including after-acquired property that is (i) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (ii) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets and (iii) the proceeds and products thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations to which such Liens relate;
 
(13)         Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the Trustee;
 
(14)         Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously secured immediately prior to such refinancing, and permitted to be so secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is (A) equal or junior in priority to the Liens securing the Indebtedness or other obligations being refinanced, and (B) limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and additions, improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof, including after-acquired property that is (i) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (ii) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets and (iii) the proceeds and products thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Obligations relating to the Indebtedness or other obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property or assets that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;
 
(15)         (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;
 
(16)         any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture secured financing agreement, joint venture or similar agreement;
 
(17)         Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;
 
-40-

(18)         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(19)         Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness and other Obligations (which Liens may rank, at the option of the Issuer, either senior in priority, equal in priority or junior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes) in respect of (a) Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, under Section 3.2(b)(1), (b) the Subsidiary Notes incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(4)(e) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto and (c) obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary in respect of any Cash Management Obligation or Hedging Obligation provided by any lender party to any Credit Facility or Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender at the time the applicable agreements in respect of such Cash Management Obligation or Hedging Obligation were entered into); provided, in the case of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, that an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to the Security Documents without the need for any other party to execute such joinder for such authorized representative to become party to the Security Documents;
 
(20)         Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Section 3.2(b)(5); provided that such Liens shall only be permitted if such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets, including Capital Stock (plus property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and additions, improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof, including after-acquired property that is (i) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (ii) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets and (iii) the proceeds and products thereof) acquired, or of any Person acquired or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any transaction to which such Indebtedness or other Obligation relates;
 
(21)         Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Section 3.2(b)(7), (11) or (17) (provided that, (x) in the case of clauses (7) and (17), the related Indebtedness represented by such Capitalized Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or other obligations shall not be secured by any property, equipment or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property, equipment or assets so acquired, leased, expanded, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired or improved and any proceeds therefrom and other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and accessions, additions, improvements, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof, including after-acquired property that is (i) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (ii) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets, (iii) the proceeds and products thereof and (iv) in the case of clause (7)(ii), such Liens cover only that assets subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transactions, and (y) in the case of clause (11), such Liens cover only the assets of such Subsidiary);
 
(22)         Liens existing on the Issue Date securing the Subsidiary Notes;
 
(23)         Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(24)         Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments permitted under clause (4) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”;
 
(25)         Liens on (i) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments and (ii) specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
(26)         Liens on vehicles or equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
-41-

(27)        Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
 
(28)        (a) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto, and (b) Liens, pledges, deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to, or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of), insurance carriers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(29)        Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
 
(30)        Liens (i) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment), and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in an asset sale, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or sale, transfer, lease or other disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
 
(31)        Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $100.0 million at the time incurred and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of (a) $500.0 million and (b) 17.5% of LTM EBITDA at the time incurred;
 
(32)         Liens then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.17; provided, that such Liens do not extend to any assets of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than those of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
(33)        Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness constituting Additional First Lien Obligations permitted under Section 3.2; provided that with respect to liens securing such Indebtedness or other Obligations permitted under this clause, at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 1.35 to 1.00;
 
(34)        Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by the covenant described under Section 3.2; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
 
(35)        Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;
 
(36)        Settlement Liens;
 
(37)        rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;
 
(38)        the rights reserved to or vested in any Person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
 
(39)        restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put and Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(40)        Liens on property, assets or Permitted Investments used to defease or to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance, satisfaction or discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;
 
(41)        Liens relating to escrow arrangements securing Indebtedness, including (i) Liens on escrowed proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters, arrangers, trustee or collateral agent thereof) and (ii) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, in either case to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents prefund the payment of interest or premium or discount on such Indebtedness (or any costs related to the issuance of such Indebtedness) and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;
 
-42-

(42)        with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by law under the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Foreign Subsidiary;
 
(43)        Liens arising in connection with any Permitted Intercompany Activities (but excluding any Liens arising in connection with any transaction pursuant to the Plan, including, without limitation, any Liens securing the Credit Agreement, the First Lien Notes and any Additional First Lien Notes, the Notes, and any Additional Notes, the Existing Second Lien Notes and any additional Existing Second Lien Notes issued pursuant to the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture, the Subsidiary Notes and, in each case, any Guarantees thereof and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) and Permitted Tax Restructuring;
 
(44)        Liens securing any letter of credit facility or similar facility of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75 million, so long as either (i) such Liens equally and ratably secure the Notes pursuant to documentation in form and substance substantially similar to that delivered to the First Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the corresponding obligation under the documents governing the First Lien Obligations or (ii) on or prior to the date 90 days after the Issue Date, such Liens are on cash collateral provided to the issuer or lender under such letter of credit facility;
 
(45)        Liens securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Rural Electrification Administration or the Rural Utilities Service (or any successor to any such agency) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $50.0 million;
 
(46)        Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness and other Obligations incurred under Sections 3.2(b)(4)(b) and 3.2(b)(22), and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, provided that such Liens shall have Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Note Guarantees; and
 
(47)        Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness and other Obligations in respect of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(4)(a) and the related Guarantees, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.
 
In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Issuer in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Indenture and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.
 
Permitted Tax Amount” means (a) with respect to any taxable year (or portion thereof) in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary is a member (or a disregarded entity of a member) of a group filing a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary tax return with any Parent Entity or Subsidiary of a Parent Entity (or in which the Issuer is a disregarded entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by a corporate Parent Entity), any dividends or other distributions to fund any income or similar Taxes for such taxable year (or portion thereof) for which such Parent Entity or Subsidiary is liable up to an amount not to exceed the amount of any such Taxes that the Issuer and/or its applicable Subsidiaries would have been required to pay for such taxable year (or portion thereof) if the Issuer and/or its applicable Subsidiaries had paid such Taxes on a separate company basis, or a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Issuer and such Subsidiaries, for all relevant taxable periods; or (b) for any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Conversion Date for which the Issuer is treated as a disregarded entity, partnership, or other flow-through entity for U.S. federal, state, provincial, territorial, and/or local income Tax purposes, the payment of dividends or other distributions to the direct or indirect owner or owners of equity of the Issuer in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (i) the aggregate net taxable income of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries allocated to such owners for U.S. federal income tax purposes for such taxable year (or portion thereof) and (ii) the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to a corporation residing in California or New York, New York (whichever is higher for the relevant taxable year or portion thereof).
 
-43-

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to Tax planning and reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof (including the Transactions) so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not adverse to the holders of the Notes in any material respect (as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith); provided that the Transactions shall not be considered adverse to the Holders, in any material respect.
 
Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
Plan” means the Debtors’ Fifth Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and Its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, filed August 21, 2020, and confirmed on August 27, 2020, in the form attached to the Confirmation Order, together with any amendments, supplements, or modifications thereto after the date hereof that are not, taken together, materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), provided that any such amendment, supplement or modification solely to permit the Staggered Emergence shall be deemed not to be materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
 
Plan Contribution” means the contribution of real property to the Issuer’s defined benefit pension plan (or any successor plan) in existence on the Issue Date in lieu of all or any portion of any required cash contributions to such pension plan, including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, in a manner consistent with past practice.
 
Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2020, among the Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Existing Second Lien Notes Trustee and the other Secured Representatives (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, re-affirmed or otherwise modified from time to time. On the date hereof, the Trustee executed and delivered the Pledge Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder.
 
Pledge Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder” means the Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee.
 
Pledged Entity” means any Subsidiary whose issued and outstanding equity interests are pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement. As of the Issue Date, the Pledged Entities are Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah, a Delaware corporation, Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company, Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company, Frontier Florida LLC, a Florida limited liability company, Frontier Southwest Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, Citizens NEWTEL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citizens Telecommunications Company of California Inc., a California corporation, Citizens Telecommunications Company of Illinois, an Illinois corporation, Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Newco West Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and The Southern New England Telephone Company, a Connecticut corporation.
 
Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
 
Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.
 
Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
 
Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Security Agreement.
 
-44-

Public Company Costs” means, as to any Person, costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or any other comparable body of laws, rules or regulations, as companies with listed equity, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to enhanced accounting functions and investor relations, stockholder meetings and reports to stockholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, listing fees and other transaction costs, in each case to the extent arising solely by virtue of the listing of such Person’s equity securities on a national securities exchange or issuance of public debt securities.
 
Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, expansion, construction, installation, replacement, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets, or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.
 
Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.
 
Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch or if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch is publicly available, as the case may be, the equivalent of such rating selected by the Issuer by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.
 
Receivables Assets” means (a) any receivable owed or payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable, all records with respect to such receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with receivable in connection with a non-recourse receivable factoring arrangement.
 
Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Issuer or a Subsidiary and a commercial bank, an asset based lender or other financial institution or an Affiliate thereof pursuant to which (a) the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) to such commercial bank, asset based lender or other financial institution (or such Affiliate) Receivables Assets and (b) the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Issuer and such Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.
 
refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.
 
Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness (or unutilized commitment in respect of Indebtedness) existing on the Issue Date or incurred (or established) in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, and Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a commitment that refinances any Indebtedness or unutilized commitment; provided, however, that:
 
-45-

(1)          (a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, exchanged, renewed, repaid or extended (or requires no or nominal payments in cash (other than interest payments) prior to the date that is (x) 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes, in the case of Indebtedness other than any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Subsidiary Notes or (y) the maturity date of the Notes, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Subsidiary Notes); and (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, and is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
(2)          Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:
 
(i)          Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or
 
(ii)          Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
 
(3)          such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) an amount equal to any unutilized commitment relating to the Indebtedness being refinanced or otherwise then outstanding under a Credit Facility or other financing arrangement being refinanced to the extent the unutilized commitment being refinanced could be drawn in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof immediately prior to such refinancing, plus (z) accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing;
 
provided, that clause (1)(a) above will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Credit Facilities or Secured Indebtedness. Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.
 
Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
 
Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
 
Related Taxes” means (i) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:
 
(a)          being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law,
 
(b)          being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Issuer or any Subsidiaries of the Issuer,
 
(c)          receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any Subsidiaries of the Issuer, or
 
(d)          having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Issuer is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 3.3; and
 
(e)          any Permitted Tax Amount.
 
Reorganization Plan” means a plan of reorganization in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
-46-

Reorganized Frontier” means the Issuer, or any successor, by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, to the Issuer in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, or a new corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that may be formed to, among other things, directly or indirectly acquire substantially all of the assets and operations of the Debtors (including by directly or indirectly acquiring substantially all of the stock of the Debtors (other than Frontier Communications Corporation)) and issue common stock to be distributed pursuant to the Plan, in each case as contemplated by the Plan, and including in the Staggered Emergence (if applicable), it being understood that Reorganized Frontier holding, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Debtors (other than the Designated Entities) as of the Conversion Date in the Staggered Emergence (if applicable) constitutes Reorganized Frontier holding, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Debtors as of the Conversion Date.
 
Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
Revolver Agent” means Goldman Sachs Bank USA, in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders and other secured parties under (x) prior to the Conversion Date, the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement and (y) after the Conversion Date, the Exit Restated Credit Agreement with respect to the Exit Revolving Facility, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the Exit Restated Credit Agreement.
 
Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
 
S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.
 
Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
 
Screened Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holders in connection with its investment in the Notes.
 
SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
 
Second Lien Documents” means the indentures, credit, guarantee and Security Documents governing the Second Lien Obligations and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed pursuant to any of the foregoing.
 
Second Lien Note Guarantee” means (a) the Guarantee of the Existing Second Lien Notes in the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture and (b) the Note Guarantees.
 
Second Lien Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes and the Existing Second Lien Notes and the related indentures, guarantees and the Security Documents.
 
Second Lien Obligations” means, collectively (1) Second Lien Notes Obligations and (2) each Series of Additional Second Lien Obligations.
 
Second Lien Secured Parties” means the Notes Secured Parties and the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties.
 
Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Obligations.
 
Secured Representative” means (i) with respect to Second Lien Notes Obligations, the Trustee and (ii) with respect to any Series of Additional Second Lien Obligations, the administrative agent, trustee or any other similar agent or Person designated a secured representative of such Series in the joinder or other relevant document.
 
-47-

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.
 
Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, royalty, franchise fee, license fee, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such receivable, asset or right, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable, asset or right, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account, asset or right and any other assets and rights customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts, assets or rights in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.
 
Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person.
 
Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or Receivables Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees, expenses and charges (including commissions, yield, interest expense and fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.
 
Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
 
Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for this purpose.
 
Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2020, among the Grantor, the Collateral Agent, the Existing Second Lien Notes Trustee and the other Secured Representatives (as defined in the Security Agreement) from time to time party thereto, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, re-affirmed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time. On the date hereof, the Trustee executed and delivered the Security Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder.
 
Security Agreement Additional Pari Passu Joinder” means the Additional Pari Passu Joinder Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee.
 
Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Additional Pari Passu Joinders, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, and other security or intercreditor agreements relating to the Collateral and instruments filed and recorded in appropriate jurisdictions to perfect, preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the UCC of the relevant states applicable to the Collateral), each for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, as amended, amended and restated, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time.
 
Senior Debt” means, with respect to any Guarantor, all Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 3.2, any Guarantee thereof and any Obligations in respect thereof, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is Incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:
 
(i)          any liability for taxes owed or owing by any Guarantor;
 
(ii)          any Obligations of any Guarantor owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(iii)         any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture; or
 
-48-

(iv)          any trade payables.
 
Senior Lien Priority” means Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien that is senior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees. For the avoidance of doubt, more than one series or tranche of Senior Lien Obligations may be issued or incurred from time to time, and not all series or tranches of Senior Lien Obligations must necessarily rank pari passu with each other.
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations” means, collectively, “Secured Obligations” (as defined in the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement), “Secured Obligations” (as defined in the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement) and “Secured Obligations” (or any similar term as defined in the Exit Restated Credit Agreement).
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility Secured Parties” means, collectively, “Secured Parties” (as defined in the DIP Revolver Credit Agreement), “Secured Parties” (as defined in the DIP to Exit Term Credit Agreement) and “Secured Parties” ( or any similar term as defined in the Exit Restated Credit Agreement).
 
Series” means (a) with respect to the Second Lien Secured Parties, each of (i) the Notes Secured Parties (in their capacities as such) with respect to the Notes, (ii) the Second Lien Secured Parties (in their capacities as such) with respect to the Additional Second Lien Obligations and (iii) the Existing Second Lien Notes Secured Parties (in their capacity as such) with respect to the Existing Second Lien Notes Obligations and (b) with respect to the Second Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Second Lien Notes Obligations, (ii) the Additional Second Lien Obligations, (iii) Notes Obligations and (iv) the Existing Second Lien Notes Obligations incurred pursuant to any applicable agreement, which, pursuant to any joinder agreement, are to be represented under the Security Documents by a common representative (in its capacity as such for such Additional Second Lien Obligations).
 
Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a Person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.
 
Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person.
 
Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.
 
Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).
 
Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.
 
Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person.
 
Short Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References.
 
Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w)(2) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
 
Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date, (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof, and (c) a Person conducting a business, service or activity specified in clauses (a) and (b), and any Subsidiary thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, any Person that invests in or owns Capital Stock or Indebtedness of another Person that is engaged in a Similar Business shall be deemed to be engaged in a Similar Business.
 
-49-

Specified Collateral Party” means, individually or collectively, as the context requires, the Issuer and Frontier Video Services Inc.
 
Staggered Emergence” means the Designated Entities are not Subsidiaries of New Frontier Issuer on the Conversion Date and remain in bankruptcy on the Conversion Date whereas the Issuer’s other Subsidiaries emerge from bankruptcy, and any related transactions to implement or facilitate such transactions or arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence, after the Conversion Date, until Frontier Communications Corporation’s equity interests in the Designated Entities are reinstated in accordance with Article III G of the Acceptable Reorganization Plan and each such Designated Entity has become a Subsidiary of the Reorganized Frontier in accordance with clause (1) of Article IIIG, none of the Designated Entities shall be considered a Subsidiary of the Reorganized Frontier.
 
Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.
 
Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
 
Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.
 
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1)          any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof;
 
(2)          any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:
 
(a)          more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and
 
(b)          such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; or
 
(3)          at the election of the Issuer, any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
 
-50-

Subsidiary Notes” means collectively, the (i) 8.500% Secured Debentures due November 15, 2031, issued under that certain indenture, dated as of June 1, 1940 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among GTE Southwest Incorporated, as issuer, and NCNB Texas National Bank, as trustee, (ii) 6.750% Unsecured Debentures due May 15, 2027, issued under that certain indenture, dated as of December 1, 1993 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among GTE California Incorporated, as issuer, and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as successor trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, (iii) 6.730% Unsecured Debentures due February 15, 2028, issued under that certain indenture, dated as of January 1, 1994 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among GTE North Incorporated, as issuer, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee, (iv) 6.860% Unsecured Debentures due February 2, 2028, issued under that certain indenture, dated as of November 1, 1993 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among GTE Florida Incorporated, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as successor trustee to NationsBank of Georgia, National Association, as trustee, and (v) 8.400% Unsecured Debentures due October 15, 2029, represented by the Debentures, dated as of October 25, 1989, and issued by The Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company of West Virginia pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated October 1989 with the purchasers, in each case that are issued and outstanding on the Issue Date.
 
Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.
 
TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
 
Total Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio.”
 
Transaction Expenses” means any fees, costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary associated or in connection with the Transactions.
 
Transactions” means, collectively, the Financing Transactions, together with the effectiveness of the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Corporate Reorganization and the Staggered Emergence, if applicable.
 
Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
 
Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, together with its successors and assigns.
 
UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of a collateral agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
 
Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
 
(1)          any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer in the manner provided below); and
 
(2)          any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer, (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein), to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:
 
-51-

(1)          at the time of such designation, such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
 
(2)          such designation and the Investment, if any, of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3.
 
U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.
 
Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.
 
Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient (in number of years) obtained by dividing:
 
(1)          the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, by (ii) the amount of such payment, by
 
(2)          the sum of all such payments;
 
provided that, for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness, the effects of any prepayments or amortization made on such Indebtedness prior to the date of such determination will be disregarded.
 
Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Issuer or a Guarantor.

SECTION 1.2.          Other Definitions

-52-

 
Term
 
   
Defined in
Section
 
 
 
Acceptable Commitment
   
3.5(a)(3)(ii)
 
           
 
Accounting Change
   
“GAAP”
 
           
 
Action” 
   
12.7(v)
 
           
 
Advance Offer
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Advance Portion
   
3.5(a)
 
           

Affiliate Transaction

 
3.8(a)
 
           
 
Agent Members”    
   
2.1(e)(2)
 
           
 
Applicable Premium Deficit
   
8.4(1)
 
           
 
Approved Foreign Bank
   
“Cash Equivalents”
 
           
 
Asset Disposition Offer
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Authenticating Agent
   
2.2
 
           
 
CERCLA”          
   
12.7(q)
 
           
 
Change of Control Offer
   
3.9(a)
 
           
 
Change of Control Payment
   
3.9(a)
 
           
 
Change of Control Payment Date
   
3.9(a)(2)
 
           
 
Collateral Advance Offer
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Collateral Advance Portion” 
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Collateral Asset Disposition Offer
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
“Collateral Excess Proceeds”
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Covenant Defeasance
   
8.3
 
           
 
Declined Collateral Excess Proceeds
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Declined Excess Proceeds”  
   
3.5(b)
 
           
 
Defaulted Interest
   
2.15
 
           
 
Directing Holder”  
   
6.2
 
           
 
equity incentives”   
   
“Consolidated Net Income”
 
           
 
Event of Default”          
   
6.1(a)
 
           
 
Excess Proceeds” 
   
3.5(a)
 
           
 
Foreign Disposition
   
3.5(c)(i)
 
           
 
Global Notes” 
   
2.1(b)
 
           
 
Guaranteed Obligations”  
   
10.1
 

-53-

   Term    
Defined in
Section
 
 
Increased Amount”          
   
3.6
 
           
 
Initial Agreement” 
   
3.4(b)(16)
 
           
 
Initial Default” 
   
6.1(b)
 
           
 
Initial Lien
   
3.6
 
           
 
Issuer Order
   
2.2
 
           
 
“Judgment Currency” 
   
14.19
 
           
 
LCT Election”          
   
1.4(c)
 
           
 
LCT Public Offer
   
1.4(c)
 
           
 
LCT Test Date” 
   
1.4(c)
 
           
 
Legal Defeasance”  
   
8.2
 
           
 
Legal Holiday” 
   
14.6
 
           
 
Notes Register” 
   
2.3
 
           
 
Noteholder Direction”  
   
6.2
 
           
 
Noteholder Website” 
   
3.10(c)
 
           
 
Other Guarantee” 
   
10.2(b)(5)
 
           
 
Performance References”  
   
“Derivative Instrument”
 
           
 
Permitted Debt” 
   
3.2(b)
 
           
 
Permitted Payments” 
   
3.3(b)
 
           
 
Position Representation” 
   
6.2
 
           
 
primary obligations
   
“Contingent Obligations”
 
           
 
primary obligor” 
   
“Contingent Obligations”
 
           
 
“Proceeds Application Period” 
   
3.5(a)(3)
 
           
 
“protected purchaser”
   
2.11
 
           
 
“Redemption Date”  
   
5.7(a)
 

-54-

   Term    
Defined in
Section
 
 
Refunding Capital Stock” 
   
3.3(b)(2)
 
           
 
Registrar” 
   
2.3
 
           
 
Related Person
   
12.7(b)
 
           
 
Reserved Indebtedness Amount”  
   
3.2(c)(9)
 
           
 
Restricted Payment”  
   
3.3(a)
 
           
 
Reversion Date” 
   
3.18
 
           
 
Security Document Order” 
   
12.7(r)
 
           
 
Special Interest Payment Date” 
   
2.15(a)
 
           
 
Special Mandatory Redemption” 
   
5.9(a)
 
           
 
Special Mandatory Redemption Date”   
   
5.9(b)
 
           
 
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”    
   
5.9(b)
 
           
 
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
   
5.9(a)
 
 
       
 
Special Record Date”  
   
2.15(a)
 
           
 
“Special Termination Date” 
   
5.9(a)
 
           
 
Successor Company” 
   
4.1(a)(1)
 
           
 
Suspended Covenants
   
3.18
 
           
 
Suspension Period” 
   
3.18
 
           
 
Treasury Capital Stock
   
3.3(b)(2)
 
           
 
Unrestricted Global Note” 
   
2.1(b)
 
           
 
Verification Covenant” 
   
6.2
 

SECTION 1.3.          Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

(a)          “Commission” means the SEC.

(b)          “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees.

(c)          “indenture security holder” means a Holder.
-55-

(d)          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

(e)          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

(f)          “obligors” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
 
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein, are used herein as so defined.

SECTION 1.4.             Rules of Construction.
 
(a)          Unless the context otherwise requires:
 
(1)          a term has the meaning assigned to it;
 
(2)          an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
 
(3)          “or” is not exclusive;
 
(4)          “including” means including without limitation;
 
(5)          words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
 
(6)          “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
 
(7)          the principal amount of any non‑interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;
 
(8)          the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater;
 
(9)          all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;
 
(10)        the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
 
(11)         except as otherwise stated, (a) references herein to Articles, Sections and Exhibit mean the Articles and Sections of and Exhibits to this Indenture and (b) each reference herein to a particular Article or Section includes the Sections, subsections and paragraphs subsidiary thereto; and
 
(12)          unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
 
-56-

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken in reliance on any ratio based exception, threshold and baskets, such ratio(s) shall be calculated with respect to such incurrence, issuance or other transaction without giving effect to amounts being utilized under any other exceptions, thresholds or baskets under the same covenant (other than ratio based baskets) on the same date. Each item of Indebtedness that is incurred or issued, each Lien incurred and each other transaction undertaken will be deemed to have been incurred, issued or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to the relevant ratio based test.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken in reliance on any ratio based exceptions, thresholds and baskets, such ratio(s) shall be calculated without regard to the incurrence of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility or letter of credit facility immediately prior to or in connection therewith.
 
Any calculation or measure that is determined with reference to the Issuer’s financial statements (including Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Fixed Charges, Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio) may be determined with reference to the financial statements of a Parent Entity instead, so long as such Parent Entity does not hold any material assets other than, directly or indirectly, the Capital Stock of the Issuer.
 
For purposes of making any computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the calculation date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the computation shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the reference period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer undertakes the Staggered Emergence, then the computation for so long as a Designated Entity is not Restricted Subsidiary shall be calculated as if such Designated Entity had been disposed of at the beginning of the reference period.
 
Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction (including the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, operating expenses reductions and synergies resulting from such transactions which is being given pro forma effect).
 
(c)          When calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture or compliance at any time following the Conversion Date with any provision of this Indenture in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence, issuance or assumption of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence or creation of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Dispositions), in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination for availability under any such basket or ratio and whether any such action or transaction is permitted (or any requirement or condition therefor is complied with or satisfied (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default)) under this Indenture shall be deemed to be the date occurring at any time following the Conversion Date (the “LCT Test Date”) either (a) the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (or, if applicable, the date of delivery of an irrevocable declaration of a Restricted Payment or similar event), or (b) solely in connection with an acquisition to which the United Kingdom City Code on Takeovers and Mergers applies, the date on which a “Rule 2.7 announcement” of a firm intention to make an offer (or equivalent announcement in another jurisdiction) (an “LCT Public Offer”) in respect of a target of a Limited Condition Transaction and, in each case, if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence, issuance or assumption of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence or creation of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Dispositions) and any related pro forma adjustments, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such actions or consummate such transactions on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions), such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions) shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes (in the case of Indebtedness, for example, whether such Indebtedness is committed, issued, assumed or incurred at the LCT Test Date or at any time thereafter); provided, that (a) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to redetermine all such ratios, tests or baskets on the basis of such financial statements, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be the applicable LCT Test Date for purposes of such ratios, tests or baskets, and (b) except as contemplated in the foregoing clause (a), compliance with such ratios, test or baskets (and any related requirements and conditions) shall not be determined or tested at any time after the applicable LCT Test Date for such Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transaction related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence, issuance or assumption of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence or creation of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Dispositions).
 
-57-

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election, (1) if any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; (2) if any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of an Default or Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing); and (3) in calculating the availability under any ratio, test or basket in connection with any action or transaction unrelated to such Limited Condition Transaction following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes (or, if applicable, the irrevocable notice is terminated, expires or passes or, as applicable, the offer in respect of an LCT Public Offer for, such acquisition is terminated), as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, test or basket shall be determined or tested giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Transaction.
 
ARTICLE II
 
THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1.            Form, Dating and Terms.
 
(a)          The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein). Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 5.9, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer, Collateral Asset Disposition Offer or Collateral Advance Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Section 3.2.
 
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:
 
-58-

(A)          the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and
 
(B)          the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue.
 
In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 14.2, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.
 
The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, provided that any Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or if the Issuer otherwise determines that any Additional Notes should be differentiated from any other Notes.  Holders of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.
 
(b)          The Initial Notes were offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to the Plan without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Initial Notes issued shall be issued in the form of an unrestricted permanent global Note (the “Unrestricted Global Note”) in the form of Exhibit A. Additional Notes that may be issued under this Indenture, if any, shall be in the form Unrestricted Global Notes. The Unrestricted Global Notes are sometimes herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”
 
The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made in accordance with the Notes Register, or by wire transfer to a Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, may accept in its discretion).
 
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and in Section 2.1(d) .  The Issuer shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.
 
(c)          Denominations.  The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
(d)          Global Note Legend.
 
-59-

(1)          [Reserved].
 
(2)          Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:
 
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
 
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
 
(e)          Book-Entry Provisions.  (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, and for which the applicable procedures of DTC shall govern.
 
(1)          Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2).  Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(4) and 2.1(f).  If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note.  Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
 
(2)          Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
 
(3)          In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
 
-60-

(4)          In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
 
(5)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
 
(6)          Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book‑entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.
 
(f)          Definitive Notes.  Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes.  Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days of such notice, (B) the Issuer in their sole discretion executes and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from DTC.  In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Registrar a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.
 
(1)          [Reserved].
 
(2)          If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.
 
(3)          If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
 
SECTION 2.2.            Execution and Authentication. One Officer of the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.  If any Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
 
-61-

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee authenticates manually the Note.  The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.  A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
 
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery:  (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000, and (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the Holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes.
 
The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes.  Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.
 
In case the Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange.  If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
 
SECTION 2.3.             Registrar and Paying Agent.  The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”).  The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.
 
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7.  The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.
 
-62-

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.  The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.  The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee.
 
SECTION 2.4.             Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due.  The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof.  If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.  Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
 
SECTION 2.5.             Holder Lists.  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the TIA.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer, on its own behalf and each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five (5) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the TIA.
 
SECTION 2.6.             Transfer and Exchange
 
(a)          A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Registrar a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6.  The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register.  The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(e) and 2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme.  The Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.
 
(b)          [Reserved].
 
(c)          [Reserved].
 
(d)          [Reserved].
 
(e)          [Reserved].
 
-63-

(f)          Retention of Written Communications.  The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6.  The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications, at the Issuer’s expense, at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.
 
(g)          Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuer’s and the Registrar’s written request.
 
No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 3.5, 5.6 or 9.5).
 
The Issuer (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) fifteen (15) calendar days before the mailing (or electronic delivery) of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing (or electronic delivery) or (2) fifteen (15) calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
 
Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar  may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibit A) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(h)          No Obligation of the Trustee.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
Neither the Registrar nor the Trustee shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.
 
SECTION 2.7.            [Reserved].

-64-

SECTION 2.8.            [Reserved].
 
SECTION 2.9.            [Reserved].
 
SECTION 2.10.          [Reserved].
 
SECTION 2.11.          Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.
 
If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8‑405 of the UCC are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8‑303 of the UCC (a “protected purchaser”), (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and (d) provides an indemnity bond, as more fully described below; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuer shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.  Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
 
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
 
Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11, the Issuer may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.
 
Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
 
The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
 
SECTION 2.12.          Outstanding Notes.  Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section 2.12 as not outstanding.  A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 14.4 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not be considered outstanding.
 
-65-

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receives proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11.
 
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
 
SECTION 2.13.           Temporary Notes.  In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes.  After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.  Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.
 
SECTION 2.14.           Cancellation.  The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee).  If the Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14.  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
 
SECTION 2.15.           Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest.  Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.
 
-66-

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:
 
(a)          The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a).  Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than twenty (20) calendar days and not less than fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 14.1, not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b).
 
(b)          The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
 
SECTION 2.16.           CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP and ISIN numbers.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.
 
ARTICLE III
 
COVENANTS
 
SECTION 3.1.            Payment of Notes.  The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by 11:00 a.m. New York City time on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
 
-67-

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent they are required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.
 
SECTION 3.2.             Limitation on Indebtedness.
 
(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the date of such incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would have been no greater than 4.50 to 1.00.
 
(b)          Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
 
(1)          Indebtedness incurred under any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount at the time of incurrence not exceeding the sum of (a) $3,969 million, (b) (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $1,375 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $1,375.0 million and 50.0% of LTM EBITDA and (c) an additional amount (with any amounts incurred under this subclause (c) deemed to be Secured Indebtedness with Senior Lien Priority and included in clause (x)(a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio” for this purpose) after all amounts have been incurred under clauses (1)(a) and (b), if after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 1.35 to 1.00 outstanding at any one time, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
 
(2)          Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;
 
(3)          Indebtedness of the Issuer to any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:
 
  (i)
any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and
 

(ii)
any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
 
shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
 
-68-

(4)          Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (b) the Existing Second Lien Notes (other than any additional Existing Second Lien Notes issued under the Existing Second Lien Notes Indenture), including any Guarantee thereof, (c) the Existing Unsecured Notes, including any Guarantee thereof, (d) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1), 4(a), 4(c),4(e) and 4(h) of this Section 3.2(b)) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Guarantees thereof, (e) the Subsidiary Notes, (f) Refinancing Indebtedness (including, with respect to the Notes and any Guarantee thereof) incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) (other than clause 4(c)) or clauses (2) or (5) of this Section 3.2(b) or incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), (g) Management Advances and (h) obligations in an amount not to exceed $49 million with respect to letters of credit that are issued to replace letters of credit outstanding as of the Issue Date and that, if secured are secured only by Liens permitted under clause (44) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;
 
(5)          Indebtedness of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or Investment or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, either:
 

(a)
the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a);
 

(b)
the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be higher than it was immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; or
 

(c)
such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that, in the case of this clause (c), the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation.
 
(6)          Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);
 
(7)          Indebtedness (i) represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations and (ii) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount, which, in the case of each of subclause (i) and (ii), when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to subclauses (i) and (ii) and then outstanding, does not exceed (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $400 million and (y), after the Conversion Date, the greater of (a) $700 million and (b) 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
 
(8)          Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, customer guarantees, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, bid, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, completion guarantees and warranties or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (c) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange, discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, warehouse receipts, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or entered into, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (e) Cash Management Obligations; and (f) Settlement Indebtedness;
 
-69-

(9)          Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs, deferred purchase price or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets, a Person (including any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary) or Investment (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business, assets, Person or Investment for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition);
 
(10)         Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the net after tax cash proceeds received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuer, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) any such net after tax cash proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any net after tax cash proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause to the extent such net after tax cash proceeds or cash have been applied to make Restricted Payments;
 
(11)         Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $625.0 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of (a) $625.0 million and (b) 22.5% of LTM EBITDA at the time of incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
 
(12)         (a) Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity that is permitted by Section 3.3 and (b) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or any other similar arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice or in connection with the Transactions, any Investment or any acquisition (by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise);
 
(13)         Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(14)         Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, will not exceed (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $500 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of (i) $1 billion and (ii) 35% of LTM EBITDA;
 
(15)         Indebtedness in respect of any Qualified Securitization Financing or any Receivables Facility;
 
(16)         any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a Person extending credit to customers of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the Person extending such credit;
 
-70-

(17)         Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are consistent with those entered into with respect to similar Indebtedness prior to the Issue Date, including, if so consistent, that (i) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific amount of goods or services and (ii) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;
 
(18)         Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy or discharge the Notes or exercise the Issuer’s legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, in each case, in accordance with this Indenture;
 
(19)         Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Intercompany Activities, Permitted Tax Restructuring or related transactions;
 
(20)        [Reserved];
 
(21)         Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction or similar transaction entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Plan Contribution; and
 
(22)          on and after the Conversion Date, Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at the time of incurrence not exceeding the sum of (x) the greater of $500.0 million and 25% of LTM EBITDA plus (y) an additional amount (with any amounts incurred under this subclause (y) deemed to be Secured Indebtedness with Pari Passu Lien Priority and included in clause (x)(a) of the definition of “Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio” for this purpose) after all amounts have been incurred under subclause (x), if after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 2.75 to 1.00 outstanding at any one time, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.
 
(c)          For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2:
 
(1)          in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses of Section 3.2(b);
 
(2)          additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) or (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision and any related Liens are permitted to be incurred at the time of reclassification (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to one of the clauses of Section 3.2(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of such clause but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the Section 3.2(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 3.2(a) without reliance on such clause);
 
(3)          all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under any Credit Agreement and under the First Lien Notes shall be deemed incurred on the Issue Date, or, if later, the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, under Section 3.2(b)(1) and may not subsequently be reclassified on or prior to the Conversion Date;
 
-71-

(4)          in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing;
 
(5)          Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;
 
(6)          if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or any clause of Section 3.2(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;
 
(7)          the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;
 
(8)          Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting such Indebtedness;
 
(9)          for all purposes under this Indenture, including for purposes of calculating the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, as applicable, in connection with the incurrence, issuance or assumption of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b) or the incurrence or creation of any Lien pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Issuer may elect, at its option, to treat all or any portion of the committed amount of any Indebtedness (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) which is to be incurred (or any commitment in respect thereof) or secured by such Lien, as the case may be (any such committed amount elected until revoked as described below, the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount”), as being incurred as of such election date, and, if such Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision of this Indenture, as applicable, is complied with (or satisfied) with respect thereto on such election date, any subsequent borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be deemed to be permitted under this Section 3.2 or the definition of “Permitted Liens,” as applicable, whether or not the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision of this Indenture, as applicable, at the actual time of any subsequent borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) is complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default); provided that for purposes of subsequent calculations of the Consolidated First Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision of this Indenture, as applicable, the Reserved Indebtedness Amount shall be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not such amount is actually outstanding, for so long as such commitments are outstanding or until the Issuer revokes an election of a Reserved Indebtedness Amount;
 
(10)         notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.2 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially incurred in reliance on a clause of Section 3.2(b) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of incurrence, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing; and
 
-72-

(11)         the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2.
 
 
If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Issuer shall be in default of this Section 3.2).
 
 
For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums) defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral or because it is guaranteed by different obligors.
 
SECTION 3.3.               Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
 
(1)          declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:
 
-73-

(i)    dividends, payments or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer; and
 
(ii)   dividends, payments or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis, taking into account any Preferred Stock);
 
(2)          purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(3)          purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)); or
 
(4)          make any Restricted Investment;
 
(any such dividend, distribution, payment, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if (x) such Restricted Payment is made on or prior to the Conversion Date or (y) at the time the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:
 
(i)    other than in the case of a Restricted Investment, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would immediately thereafter result therefrom); or
 
(ii)   the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Conversion Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments made pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(1) (without duplication) and Section 3.3(b)(7), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):
 
(A)          an amount equal to the Issuer’s LTM EBITDA for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter subsequent to the Conversion Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements) less 1.4 times the Issuer’s Fixed Charges for such period; provided, that (1) immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment made in reliance on this subclause (i), the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and (2) if the Issuer elects to undertake the Staggered Emergence, no Restricted Payment shall be made in reliance on this sub-clause (i) until the first date after such date on which each Designated Entity is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
 
-74-

(B)          100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Conversion Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (including the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary contributed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for cancellation) or that becomes part of the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary through consolidation or merger subsequent to the Conversion Date (other than (x) net after tax cash proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) cash or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on  Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions);
 
(C)          100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Conversion Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange;
 
(D)          100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investment from, Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of, or cash distributions or cash interest received in respect of, such Investments from the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Conversion Date; or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend, payment or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 3.3(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 3.3(b)(17), as the case may be) or a dividend from a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary after the Conversion Date;
 
(E)          in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Conversion Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer  of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged, amalgamated or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 3.3(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 3.3(b)(17), as the case may be; and
 
-75-

(F)          the greater of $100.0 million and 3.5% of LTM EBITDA.
 
(b)          Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):
 
(1)          the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;
 
(2)          (a) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement  or other acquisition of Capital Stock, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”),  (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 3.3(b)(13), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
(3)          any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;
 
(4)          any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;
 
(5)          any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary:
 
(i)    from net after tax cash proceeds to the extent permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to prepaying, purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing, discharging, retiring or otherwise acquiring such Subordinated Indebtedness; or
 
(ii)   to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness,  following the occurrence of (i) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”) or (ii) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”), but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with Section 3.5 or Section 3.9, as applicable, and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to prepaying, purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness; or
 
-76-

(iii)  consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);
 
(6)          a Restricted Payment to pay for the prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan or any other management, employee benefit, or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), employment, termination or severance agreement, or any stock subscription or equityholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any Parent Entity in connection with such prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition), including any Capital Stock rolled over, accelerated or paid out by or to any employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with any transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause do not exceed $75.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 
(i)    the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case, to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Conversion Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii); plus
 
(ii)   the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any Parent Entity to the extent contributed to the Issuer) after the Conversion Date; less
 
(iii)  the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6);
 
provided, that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6) in any fiscal year; provided, further, that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity and (ii) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof and payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Indenture;
 
-77-


 
(7)          the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case solely to the extent issued in accordance with Section 3.2;
 
(8)          payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable in connection with the exercise or vesting of Capital Stock or any other equity award by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity and purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants, equity-based awards or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;
 
(9)          dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):
 
(i)           the amounts required for any Parent Entity to (i) pay any Parent Entity Expenses or (ii) pay or distribute any Related Taxes; and
 
(ii)          amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Sections 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5), (11), (12), (13), (15) and (19);
 
(10)          after the Conversion Date, (a) the declaration and payment of dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (and any equivalent declaration and payment of a distribution of any security exchangeable for such common stock or common equity interests to the extent required by the terms of any such exchangeable securities and any Restricted Payment to any such Parent Entity to fund the payment by such Parent Entity of dividends on such entity’s Capital Stock), following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests (or such exchangeable securities, as applicable), in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (i) 6% of the amount of net after tax cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any such public offering and (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed 6% of Market Capitalization; or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of the dividends permitted by subclause (a), any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of the Issuer’s Capital Stock (and any equivalent declaration and payment of a distribution of any security exchangeable for such common stock or common equity interests to the extent required by the terms of any such exchangeable securities and any Restricted Payment to any such Parent Entity to fund the payment by such Parent Entity of dividends on such entity’s Capital Stock) for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted by subclause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by subclause (a);
 
(11)         payments by the Issuer, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (or to the holders of Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity upon such conversion or exchange) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 3.3 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);
 
(12)         Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions or (b) in an amount equal to the amount of net after tax cash proceeds from an asset sale or disposition in respect of property or assets acquired, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions, provided, that such amount will not increase the amount available pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii)(B);
 
-78-

(13)         (i) the declaration and payment of dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Conversion Date; (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Conversion Date; and (iii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock issued after the Conversion Date that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (ii), the amount of dividends paid to a Person pursuant to such clause shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity of the Issuer (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution of the Issuer), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided further, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements) immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or declaration of such dividends on such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 3.2(a);
 
(14)         after the Conversion Date, distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock of, or equity interests in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries and no other material assets), or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries and no other material assets), in each case, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents or proceeds thereof;
 
(15)         distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;
 
(16)         any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and any fees, costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) related thereto, including Transaction Expenses, or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transactions (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);
 
(17)         so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), (i) after the Conversion Date, Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed the greater of $750.0 million and 27.5% of LTM EBITDA at such time, and (ii) after the Conversion Date, any Restricted Payments, so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 1.50 to 1.00;
 
(18)         mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;
 
(19)         so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), after the Conversion Date, the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Second Lien Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 1.75 to 1.00;
 
(20)         payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with Section 4.1;
 
-79-

(21)         Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 3.3 if made by the Issuer; provided that (a) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (b) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 4.1) to consummate such Investment, (c) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (d) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(ii), except to the extent the fair market value at the time of such receipt of such property exceeds the Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause and (e) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 3.3 (other than pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(12) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to clause (12) thereof);
 
(22)         after the Conversion Date, investments or other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount equal to the sum of Declined Collateral Excess Proceeds and Declined Excess Proceeds; and
 
(23)         any Restricted Payment made in connection with a Permitted Intercompany Activity or Permitted Tax Restructuring or related transactions.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that a Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in the clauses above, or is permitted pursuant to Section 3.3(a) and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investment,” the Issuer will be entitled to divide or classify (or later divide, classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3, including as an Investment pursuant to one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investment.”
 
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non‑cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Issuer acting in good faith.
 
Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Investment to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition, or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
If the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Payment which at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment would in the good faith determination of the Issuer be permitted under the provisions of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Issuer’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer for any period.
 
-80-

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.3 shall not restrict the making of, or dividends or other distributions in amounts sufficient to make, any “AHYDO Payment” with respect to any Indebtedness of any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under this Indenture.
 
SECTION 3.4.               Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1)          pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2)          make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(3)          sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.
 
(b)          The provisions of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:
 
(1)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any Credit Facility or any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;
 
(2)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the Note Documents;
 
(3)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
(4)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Issuer or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause (4), if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;
 
-81-

(5)          any encumbrance or restriction: (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; (ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; (iii) contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(6)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;
 
(7)          any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
 
(8)          customary provisions in leases, licenses, equityholder agreements, joint venture agreements, organizational documents and other similar agreements and instruments;
 
(9)          encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;
 
(10)         any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(11)         any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;
 
(12)         other Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries;
 
(13)         restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility;
 
(14)         any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith, or this Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and where, in the case of clause (ii), either (A) the Issuer determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (B) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default in respect of a payment relating to such agreement or instrument;
 
(15)         any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6; or
 
-82-

(16)         any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in the clauses above or this clause (16) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in the clauses above or this clause (16); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).
 
SECTION 3.5.             Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.
 
(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:
 
(1)          the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);
 
(2)          in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), with a purchase price in excess of (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $150 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $150.0 million and 5.5% of LTM EBITDA, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis), (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (which determination may be made by the Issuer, at its option, either (x) on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition or (y) at the time the Asset Disposition is completed); and
 
(3)          within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition (as may be extended by an Acceptable Commitment as set forth below, the “Proceeds Application Period”), an amount equal to such Net Available Cash is applied, to the extent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects:
 
(i)    (a) to the extent such Net Available Cash are from an Asset Disposition of Collateral (w) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any First Lien Obligations, including Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements or the  First Lien Notes (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), (x) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Second Lien Obligations other than Second Lien Notes Obligations (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof); provided that, if the Issuer shall so reduce, repay or repurchase such Second Lien Obligations, the Issuer ratably offer to repurchase Notes (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer or Asset Disposition Offer), redeem Notes as described under Section 5.7 or purchase Notes through open-market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions, (y) to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer or Asset Disposition Offer), redeem Notes as described under Section 5.7 or purchase Notes through open-market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions, or (z) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that, in connection with any reduction, prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (other than obligations in respect of any asset-based credit facility to the extent the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in connection with such Asset Disposition constituted “borrowing base assets”) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so reduced, prepaid, repaid or purchased;
 
-83-

(b) to the extent such Net Available Cash is from an Asset Disposition that does not constitute Collateral, (v) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such asset, (w) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any First Lien Obligations, including Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements or the First Lien Notes (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) (x) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase other senior Indebtedness; provided, that the Issuer ratably offer to repurchase Notes (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer or Asset Disposition Offer), redeem Notes as described under Section 5.7 or purchase Notes through open-market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions, (y) to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer), redeem Notes as described under Section 5.7 or purchase Notes through open-market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions, or (z) to reduce, prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that, in connection with any reduction, prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (b), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (other than obligations in respect of any asset-based credit facility to the extent the assets sold or otherwise disposed of in connection with such Asset Disposition constituted “borrowing base assets”) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so reduced, prepaid, repaid or purchased;
 
(ii)   (a) to invest (including capital expenditures) in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary); or (b) to invest (including capital expenditures) in any one or more businesses (provided that any such business will be a Restricted Subsidiary), properties or assets that replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition, with any such investment made by way of a capital or other lease valued at the present value of the minimum amount of payments under such lease (as reasonably determined by the Issuer); provided, that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Available Cash of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Security Documents; provided, further, that a binding agreement shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event of any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied in connection therewith, then such Applicable Proceeds shall constitute Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds, as the case may be; or
 
(iii)  any combination of the foregoing;
 
provided that (1) pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 3.5, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Available Cash temporarily to reduce Indebtedness (including under the Exit Facilities) or otherwise apply such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture, and (2) the Issuer (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may elect to invest in Additional Assets prior to receiving the Net Available Cash attributable to any given Asset Disposition (provided that such investment shall be made no earlier than the earliest of notice to the Trustee of the relevant Asset Disposition, execution of a definitive agreement for the relevant Asset Disposition, and consummation of the relevant Asset Disposition) and deem the amount so invested to be applied pursuant to and in accordance with clause (ii) above with respect to such Asset Disposition.
 
-84-

If, with respect to any Asset Disposition of Collateral, at the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period with respect to such Asset Disposition, there remains Net Available Cash in excess of (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $100 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $100.0 million and 3.5% of LTM EBITDA (such amount, “Collateral Excess Proceeds”), then subject to the limitations with respect to Foreign Dispositions set forth below, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “Collateral Asset Disposition Offer”) no later than ten business days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all Holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness or Obligations secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture on the Collateral disposed of (which Lien is not subordinate to the Lien of the Notes with respect to the Collateral), to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations, as appropriate, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Collateral Excess Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect to Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the agreement governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations, as applicable, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notices of a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer shall be sent by first class mail or sent electronically, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligation with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer prior to the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period (the “Collateral Advance Offer”) with respect to all or a part of the Net Available Cash (the “Collateral Advance Portion”) in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture.
 
To the extent that the aggregate amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and, if applicable, any other Pari Passu Indebtedness or Obligations secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture on the Collateral disposed of, as the case may be, validly tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer (or, in the case of a Collateral Advance Offer, the Collateral Advance Portion), the Issuer may use any remaining Collateral Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Collateral Advance Offer, the Collateral Advance Portion) (the “Declined Collateral Excess Proceeds”) for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the Notes or, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations, as the case may be, validly tendered pursuant to any Collateral Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of a Collateral Advance Offer, the Collateral Advance Portion), the Issuer shall allocate the Collateral Excess Proceeds among the Notes, Pari Passu Indebtedness and other Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of tendered Notes, Pari Passu Indebtedness and other Obligations; provided that no Notes, Pari Passu Indebtedness or other Obligations will be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Collateral Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Collateral Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
Subject to the requirements of the First Lien Documents, if, with respect to any Asset Disposition that does not constitute Collateral, at the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period with respect to such Asset Disposition, there remains Net Available Cash in excess of (x) prior to the Conversion Date, $100 million and (y) after the Conversion Date, the greater of $100.0 million and 3.5% of LTM EBITDA (such amount, “Excess Proceeds”), then subject to the limitations with respect to Foreign Dispositions set forth below, the Issuer shall make an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) no later than ten business days after the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period to all Holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of such Excess Proceeds, if any, at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such other Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price with respect to Pari Passu Indebtedness, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such other Indebtedness), to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the agreement governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notices of an Asset Disposition Offer shall be sent by first class mail or sent electronically, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligation with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer prior to the expiration of the Proceeds Application Period (the “Advance Offer”) with respect to all or a part of the Net Available Cash (the “Advance Portion”) in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture.
 
-85-

(b)          To the extent that the aggregate amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and, if applicable, any other Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Disposition Offer (or, in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) (the “Declined Excess Proceeds”) for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the Notes or, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Issuer shall allocate the Excess Proceeds among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that no Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness will be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Net Available Cash and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in Dollars that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into Dollars.
 
(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 3.5,
 
(i)           to the extent that any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition that is received or deemed to be received by a Foreign Subsidiary or a FSHCO (a “Foreign Disposition”) is (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law, (y) restricted by applicable organizational documents or any agreement or (z) subject to other onerous organizational or administrative impediments, in each case, from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 3.5, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law, applicable organization documents or other impediments will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Issuer hereby agreeing to use reasonable efforts (as determined in the Issuer’s reasonable business judgment) to otherwise cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO to within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law, applicable organizational documents or other impediments to permit such repatriation), and if within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, such repatriation of any of such affected Net Available Cash is permitted under the applicable local law, applicable organizational documents or other impediments, such repatriation will be promptly effected and the amount of such repatriated Net Available Cash will be promptly (and in any event not later than five Business Days after such repatriation could be made) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) (whether or not repatriation actually occurs) in compliance with this Section 3.5; and
 
(ii)          to the extent that the Issuer has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Foreign Disposition would have an adverse Tax consequence (which for the avoidance of doubt, includes, but is not limited to, any prepayment out of such Net Available Cash whereby doing so the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any of their respective affiliates and/or direct or indirect equity owners would incur a net Tax liability, including as a result of the receipt of a Tax dividend, a deemed dividend pursuant to Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code or a withholding Tax), the Net Available Cash so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO. The non-application of any prepayment amounts as a consequence of the foregoing provisions will not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute a Default or an Event of Default.
 
-86-

(d)          For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash:
 
(1)          the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock, Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor) or the release of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;
 
(2)          securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash and Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 270 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;
 
(3)          any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in Section 3.5(a)(3)(ii)(a) or (b);
 
(4)          Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Issuer and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;
 
(5)          consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Conversion Date from Persons who are not the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
(6)          after the Conversion Date, any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 3.5 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $900.0 million and 32.5% of LTM EBITDA, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
 
(e)          To the extent that the provisions of any First Lien Documents conflict with the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the application of proceeds of Asset Dispositions, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of compliance therewith.
 
(f)          To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of compliance therewith.
 
(g)          The provisions of this Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Disposition may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
 
SECTION 3.6.             Limitation on Liens.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or permit to exist any Lien (each, an “Initial Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, unless:
 
-87-

(1)          in the case of Initial Liens on any Collateral, (i) such Initial Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral relative to the Notes and the Guarantees or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien; or
 
(2)          in the case of any Initial Lien on any asset or property that is not Collateral, (i) the Notes (or a Guarantee in the case of Initial Liens on assets or property of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the Obligations secured by such Initial Lien until such time as such Obligations are no longer secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien,
 
except that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and the related Guarantees.
 
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.
 
With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.  The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.
 
SECTION 3.7.             Limitation on Guarantees.
 
(a)          The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer, other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, on and after the Issue Date to Guarantee the payment of (i) any Credit Facility permitted under Section 3.2(b)(1) or (ii) capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:
 
(1)          such Restricted Subsidiary within 45 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee; and
 
(2)          such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Note Guarantee until payment in full of Obligations under this Indenture.
 
provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable (i) to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) in the event that the Guarantee of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture by such Subsidiary would not be permitted under applicable law.
 
-88-

(b)          The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause or allow, as the case may be, any Subsidiary or any of its Parent Entities that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary or Parent Entity shall not be required to comply with the 45-day period described in Section 3.7(a) and such Guarantee may be released at any time in the Issuer’s sole discretion so long as any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary then outstanding could have been incurred by such Subsidiary (either (x) when so incurred or (y) at the time of the release of such Guarantee) assuming such Subsidiary were not a Guarantor at such time.
 
(c)          If any Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Issuer shall have the right, by delivery of a supplemental indenture executed by the Issuer to the Trustee, to cause such Immaterial Subsidiary to automatically and unconditionally cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirement described in Section 3.7(a) above that such Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor if it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (Except that if such Subsidiary has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary it shall not be so required to become a Guarantor or execute a supplemental indenture); provided, that such Immaterial Subsidiary shall not be permitted to Guarantee any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility permitted under clause (i) of the second paragraph under Section 3.2(b)(1) or other Indebtedness of the Issuer or the other Guarantors, unless it again becomes a Guarantor.
 
SECTION 3.8.          Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.
 
(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of $100.0 million unless:
 
(1)          the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and
 
(2)          in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of $250.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
 
Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 3.8(a) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Issuer, if any.
 
(b)          The provisions of Section 3.8(a) above shall not apply to:
 
(1)          any Restricted Payment or other transaction permitted to be made or undertaken pursuant to Section 3.3 (including Permitted Payments) or any Permitted Investment;
 
(2)          any issuance, transfer or sale of (a) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise to any Parent Entity or future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities and (b) directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law;
 
(3)          any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;
 
(4)          (a) any transaction between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

-89-

(5)          the payment of compensation, fees, costs and expenses to, and indemnities (including under insurance policies) and reimbursements, employment and severance arrangements, and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, future, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers, contractors, consultants, distributors or advisors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members);
 
(6)          the entry into and performance of obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 3.8 or to the extent not disadvantageous in any material respect in the reasonable determination of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(7)          any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or acquisition of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;
 
(8)          transactions with customers, vendors, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Issuer or the its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Issuer, or are on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(9)          any transaction between or among the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person (including a joint venture, but excluding an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer or an Associate or similar entity solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity;
 
(10)         any issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(11)         [reserved];
 
(12)         [reserved];
 
(13)         the Transactions and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
 
(14)         transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1);
 
-90-

(15)         the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders, investor rights or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it (or any Parent Entity) may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Parent Entity) of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise, when taken as a whole, more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect in the reasonable determination of the Issuer than those in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(16)         any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates;
 
(17)         (i) investments by Affiliates in securities or loans of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities or loans of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans;
 
(18)         payments by any Parent Entity, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing or receivable agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
 
(19)         payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan or any other management, employee benefit or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), employment, termination or severance agreement, or any stock subscription or equityholder agreement with any such employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;
 
(20)         any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan or any other management, employee benefit or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), employment, termination or severance agreement, or any stock subscription or equityholder agreement between the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any distributor, employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) approved by the reasonable determination of the Issuer or entered into in connection with the Transactions;
 
(21)         any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 3.5 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that the Issuer determines in good faith is either fair to the Issuer or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;
 
-91-

(22)         transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described in Section 3.17 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
(23)         (i) any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor and (ii) any operational services arrangement entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Issuer, in each case, which is approved as being on arm’s length terms by the reasonable determination of the Issuer;
 
(24)         intellectual property licenses and research and development agreements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
(25)         payments to or from, and transactions with, any Subsidiary or any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including any cash management arrangements or activities related thereto);
 
(26)         the payment of fees, costs and expenses related to registration rights and indemnities provided to equityholders pursuant to equityholders, investor rights, registration rights or similar agreements;
 
(27)         Permitted Intercompany Activities, Permitted Tax Restructurings, Intercompany License Agreements and related transactions; and
 
(28)         any Plan Contribution.
 
In addition, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) purchases or otherwise acquires assets or properties from a Person which is not an Affiliate, the purchase or acquisition by an Affiliate of the Issuer of an interest in all or a portion of the assets or properties acquired shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction (or cause such purchase or acquisition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to be deemed an Affiliate Transaction) or (ii) sells or otherwise disposes of assets or other properties to a Person who is not an Affiliate, the sale or other disposition by an Affiliate of the Issuer of an interest in all or a portion of the assets or properties sold shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction (or cause such sale or other disposition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to be deemed an Affiliate Transaction).
 
SECTION 3.9.          Change of Control.
 
(a)          If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all of the outstanding Notes as set forth under Section 5.7(a) or Section 5.7(d), the Issuer shall make an offer  (the “Change of Control Offer”) to purchase all of the Notes at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase; provided that if the repurchase date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive the interest due on the repurchase date.  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with the following information:
 
(1)          that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.9, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
 
-92-

(2)          the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
 
(3)          that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
 
(4)          that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest, on the Change of Control Payment Date;
 
(5)          that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the applicable Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, or otherwise comply with DTC procedures;
 
(6)          that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the applicable Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased, or otherwise comply with DTC procedures;
 
(7)          that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;
 
(8)          if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
 
(9)          the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 3.9, that a Holder must follow.
 
The applicable Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book‑entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.
 
(b)          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,
 
(1)          accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
 
(2)          deposit with the applicable Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
 
-93-

(3)          deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
 
(c)          The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (x) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (y) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable Redemption Date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.9, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control.
 
(e)          [Reserved]
 
(f)          While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.
 
(g)          The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of compliance therewith.
 
SECTION 3.10.          Reports.
 
(a)          Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below:
 
(1)          within 120 days (or 135 days in the case of the fiscal year containing the Conversion Date) after the end of each fiscal year (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) commencing with the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, all financial information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm;
 
(2)          within 60 days (or 75 days in the case of the first fiscal quarter containing the Conversion Date) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date, all financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
 
-94-

(3)          promptly after the occurrence of any of the following events, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K as in effect on the Issue Date (if the Issuer had been a reporting company under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act); provided, that the foregoing shall not obligate the Issuer to make available (i) any information regarding the occurrence of any of the following events if the Issuer determines in its reasonable determination that such event that would otherwise be required to be disclosed is not material to the Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) an exhibit or a summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and any director, officer or manager of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii)  copies of any agreements, financial statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits to a current report on Form 8-K or (iv) any trade secrets, privileged or confidential information obtained from another Person and competitively sensitive information:
 
(A)          the entry into or termination of material agreements;
 
(B)          significant acquisitions or dispositions (which shall only be with respect to acquisitions or dispositions that are significant pursuant to the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”);
 
(C)          bankruptcy;
 
(D)          cross-default under direct material financial obligations;
 
(E)          a change in the Issuer’s certifying independent auditor;
 
(F)          the appointment or departure of directors or executive officers (with respect to the principal executive officer, president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and principal operating officer only);
 
(G)          non-reliance on previously issued financial statements; and
 
(H)          change of control transactions,
 
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form, except as described above or below and subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of information in the Offering Circular; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to provide (i) segment reporting and disclosure (including any required by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280), (ii) separate financial statements or other information contemplated by Rules 3-05, 3-09, 3-10, 3-16 or 4-08 of Regulation S-X (or any successor provisions) or any schedules required by Regulation S-X, (iii) information required by Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10, Item 302, Item 402 or Item 601 of Regulation S-K (or any successor provision), (iv) XBRL exhibits, (v) earnings per share information, (vi) information regarding executive compensation and related party disclosure related to SEC Release Nos. 33-8732A, 34-54302A and IC-27444A, and (vii) other information customarily excluded from an offering circular for a private placement of high yield notes pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to (i) comply with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or (ii) otherwise furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K (or any successor provision).  To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.1 hereof if Holders of at least 30.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.  In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
-95-

(b)          If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by Section 3.10(a)(1) and (2) will include a presentation of selected financial metrics, in the Issuer’s sole discretion, of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as a group in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
(c)          Substantially concurrently with the furnishing of such information to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.10(a), the Issuer shall also use its commercially reasonable efforts to post copies of such information required by Section 3.10(a) on a website (which may be nonpublic, require a confidentiality acknowledgement and may be maintained by the Issuer or a third party) (the “Noteholder Website”) to which access will be given to the Holders, bona fide prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer), and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of an investment in the Notes) and market making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer who agree to treat such information and reports as confidential; provided that the Issuer may deny access to any competitively-sensitive information and reports otherwise to be provided pursuant to this paragraph to any Holder, bona fide prospective investors, security analyst or market maker that is a competitor of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to the extent that the Issuer determines in good faith that the provision of such information and reports to such Person would be competitively harmful to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries. The Company may condition the delivery of any such reports to such Holders, prospective investors in the Notes and securities analysts and market making financial institutions on the agreement of such Persons to (i) treat all such reports (and the information contained therein) and information as confidential, (ii) not use such reports (and the information contained therein) and information for any purpose other than their investment or potential investment in the Notes and (iii) not publicly disclose any such reports (and the information contained therein) and information.
 
(d)          The Company will participate in quarterly conference calls (which may be a single conference call together with investors and lenders holding other securities or Indebtedness of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or any Parent Entity) to discuss results of operations. The conference call will be following the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Issuer and not later than twenty (20) Business Days from the time that the Issuer distributes the financial information as set forth in Section 3.10(a). No fewer than two days prior to the conference call, the Issuer will announce on the Noteholder Website the time and date of such conference call and provide instructions for Holders, bona fide prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to persons reasonably believed to be “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer), and securities analysts to obtain access to such call.
 
(e)          The Company may satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.10 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to a Parent Entity (including Reorganized Frontier); provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Entity (and other Parent Entities included in such information, if any), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.  For the avoidance of doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not be audited.
 
(f)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.10, if the Issuer or any Parent Entity has furnished to the Holders of Notes or filed with the SEC the reports described in Section 3.10 with respect to the Issuer or any Parent Entity, the Issuer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3.10.
 
(g)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Indenture is for informational purposes only and the information and Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein, or determinable from information contained therein including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants thereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). The Trustee shall have no duty to review or analyze reports delivered to it or determine whether any filings described in this Section 3.10 have been made.
 
-96-

SECTION 3.11.          Maintenance of Office or Agency.
 
The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.  The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at Wilmington Trust, National Association, 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: Frontier Communications Notes Administrator, shall be such office or agency of the Issuer, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.
 
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.  No office of the Trustee shall be an office or agency of the Issuer for the purposes of service of legal process on the Issuer or any Guarantor.
 
SECTION 3.12.          After-Acquired Collateral.
 
(a)          Subject to the foregoing, if property that is intended to be Collateral is acquired by the Issuer or Grantor (including property of a Person that becomes a new Collateral Grantor) that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Security Documents, then the Issuer or Grantor will provide a second lien, as applicable, over such property (or, in the case of a new Grantor, such of its property) in favor of the Collateral Agent and deliver certain certificates in respect thereof, all as and to the extent required by this Indenture or the Security Documents.
 
(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, opinions of counsel will not be required in connection with any additional Grantor entering into the Security Documents or to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in after-acquired collateral owned by such Grantor.
 
(c)          The Issuer shall cause copies of any documents delivered to the Collateral Agent to be delivered to the Trustee.
 
SECTION 3.13.          Compliance Certificate.  The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate, the signer of which shall be an Officer of the Issuer, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date.  If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Defaults or Events of Default unless written notice of an events, which is in fact a Default or Event of Default, as the case may be, has been delivered to the Trustee. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA and deliver the certificate referred to in such section of the TIA, which certificate shall be delivered to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.
 
SECTION 3.14.          Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
 
-97-

SECTION 3.15.          Limitation on LayeringNo Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company, unless:
 
(1)          in the case of any such Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company secured by Liens on the Collateral with Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes, such Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to any Guarantee of such Guarantor of First Lien Obligations and shall rank equal in right of payment with the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor; and
 
(2)          in the case of any such Guarantee of unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of the Company secured by Liens on the Collateral with Junior Lien Priority relative to the Notes, such Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.
 
SECTION 3.16.          Statement by Officers as to Default.  The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuer are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
SECTION 3.17.          Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause an Event of Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause an Event of Default.
 
Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date by Section 3.2 hereof, the Issuer will be in default of such covenant.
 
The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2 hereof (including pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(5) treating such redesignation as an acquisition for the purpose of such clause), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions.
 
SECTION 3.18.          Suspension of Certain Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status. Beginning on the first day after the Conversion Date that (a) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, and ending on a Reversion Date (such period a “Suspension Period”), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (the “Suspended Covenants”).

-98-

If at any time after the Conversion Date the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer nor any its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date that were permitted at such time, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.
 
On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(4)(d).  On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a).  In addition, any future obligation to grant further Note Guarantees shall be released.  All such further obligations to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated on the Reversion Date.  No Default or Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken or the continuance of any circumstances resulting from actions taken or the performance of obligations under agreements entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period (other than agreements to take actions after the Reversion Date that would not be permitted outside of the Suspension Period entered into in contemplation of the Reversion Date).
 
On and after each Reversion Date, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.
 
The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes, shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of the ratings of the Notes and shall have no duty to notify Holders if the Notes achieve Investment Grade Status or of the occurrence of a Reversion Date.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON
 
SECTION 4.1.          Merger and Consolidation.
 
(a)          The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless:
 
(1)          the Issuer is the surviving Person or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Issuer or the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents and instruments;
 
-99-

(2)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(3)          immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, either (a) the applicable Successor Company or the Issuer would be able to incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof or (b) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be higher than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;
 
(4)          the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if any) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above; and
 
(5)          to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, will take such action, if any, as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents.
 
(b)          [Reserved].
 
(c)          The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture, and the Issuer will automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (except in the case of a lease).
 
(d)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.1, (i) the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor, (ii) the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer, reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor, (iv) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary and (v) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may complete any Permitted Intercompany Activities, Permitted Tax Restructuring or related transactions; provided, that the entity that is surviving or the resulting, surviving or transferee entity will be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of the Issuer or the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or any territory thereof.
 
(e)          The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (a)(2)) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
(f)          Subject to Section 10.2(b), no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets, in one or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless:
 
 (1)(a)          (i) the other Person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such transactions, or (ii) either (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents;
 
-100-

(b)          immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(c)          such transactions constitute a sale, disposition or transfer of the Guarantor or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture; and
 
(d)          to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into such Guarantor are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, such Guarantor or the Successor Person will take such action, if any, as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture or the applicable Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien in perfected to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.1, any Guarantor may (a) consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (b) consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Guarantor, reincorporating the Guarantor in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Guarantor, (c) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, (d) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Issuer determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Issuer and (e) complete any Permitted Intercompany Activities, Permitted Tax Restructuring or related transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.1, the Issuer may contribute Capital Stock of any or all of its Subsidiaries to any Guarantor.
 
Any reference herein to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company, limited partnership or trust that is a Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.1, this Section 4.1 will not apply to the Transactions; provided, that if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken, New Frontier Issuer, if not already party to this Indenture as the Issuer, will execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form attached as Exhibit C on or prior to the Conversion Date.
 
ARTICLE V
 
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
 
SECTION 5.1.          Notices to Trustee.  Subject to Section 5.9 hereof, if the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.7 hereof, the Issuer must furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:
 
(1)          the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;
 
(2)          the Redemption Date;
 
(3)          the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and
 
-101-

(4)          the redemption price.
 
Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuer at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.
 
SECTION 5.2.          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.7 or purchased in an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or a redemption pursuant to Section 5.9, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase (a) if the Notes are in global form, on a pro rata basis, by lot, or by such other method in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC and (b) if the Notes are in definitive form in their entirety, on a pro rata basis (subject to adjustments to maintain the authorized Notes denomination requirements) or by lot, except if otherwise required by law.
 
No Notes in an unauthorized denomination or of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.  In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase; provided that the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with sufficient notice of such partial redemption to enable the Trustee to select the Notes for partial redemption.
 
The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
 
SECTION 5.3.          Notice of Redemption.  Subject to Section 5.9 hereof, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuer will send or cause to be sent, by electronic delivery or by first class mail postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) whose Notes are to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereto.
 
The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:
 
(1)          the Redemption Date;
 
(2)          the redemption price;
 
(3)          if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
 
(4)          the name and address of the Paying Agent;
 
(5)          that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
 
(6)          that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
-102-

(7)          the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
 
(8)          that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes;
 
At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, at least three (3) Business Days (or if any of the Notes to be redeemed are in definitive form, five (5) Business Days) prior to the date on which the Issuer instructs the Trustee to give the notice (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
 
Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including but not limited to an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.  If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the Notice of Redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.  In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.
 
SECTION 5.4.          [Reserved].
 
SECTION 5.5.          Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.  Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return, on or following the applicable redemption or repurchase date, to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
 
If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a record date but on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the Redemption Date or purchase date shall be paid on the Redemption Date or purchase date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof.
 
SECTION 5.6.          Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.  Upon surrender of a Note issued in physical form that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
-103-

In the case of a Note issued as a global note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof; provided, that the unredeemed portion thereof will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
SECTION 5.7.          Optional Redemption.
 
(a)          At any time prior to [•], 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) equal to 100.000% plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
(b)          At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2024, the Issuer may, on one or more occasions, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, redeem up to 40.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date (together with Additional Notes) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) equal to [•]%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer of one or more Equity Offerings of the Issuer; provided that not less than 50.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (including Additional Notes but excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries), unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently; provided further that each such redemption occurs not later than 180 days after the date of closing of the related Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6.
 
(c)          Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.7 or pursuant to Section 5.9, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to [•], 2024.
 
(d)          At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve‑month period beginning on [•] of each of the years indicated in the table below:
 
 
Year
     Percentage  
 
2024          
   
[102.813]%
 
 
2025          
   
[101.406]%
 
 
2026 and thereafter          
   
[100.000]%
 

(e)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer, Collateral Asset Disposition Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party shall have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to but excluding, the date of such redemption.
 
-104-

(f)          Unless the Issuer default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.
 
(g)          Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 through Section 5.6.
 
SECTION 5.8.          Mandatory Redemption.  The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except under the circumstances described in Section 5.9; provided, however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9.  As market conditions warrant, the Issuer and their equityholders, including members of management, may from time to time seek to purchase outstanding debt securities or loans, including the Notes, in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
 
SECTION 5.9.          Special Mandatory Redemption.
 
(a)          In In the event that (i) the Conversion Date does not occur prior to the Conversion Outside Date or (ii) the Issuer informs the Trustee in writing that, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Issuer, the Conversion Date will not occur prior to the Conversion Outside Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuer shall redeem the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (defined below), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
(b)          Subject to Section 5.9(c), notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee and Holders of Notes substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”), which will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the third Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.
 
(c)          On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Issuer shall pay to the Paying Agent for payment to each Holder of Notes the applicable Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes.
 
(d)          Any redemption made pursuant to this Section 5.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 through Section 5.6, except to the extent inconsistent with this Section 5.9. The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except pursuant to this Section 5.9.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
 
SECTION 6.1.          Events of Default.
 
(a)          Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
 
(1)          default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;
 
-105-

(2)          default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
 
(3)          failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture; provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 3.10, such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this clause has been given;
 
(4)          following the Conversion Date, the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:
 

(i)
commences a voluntary case, or
 

(ii)
consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, or
 

(iii)
consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or
 

(iv)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
 

(v)
admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts;
 
(5)          following the Conversion Date, a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:
 

(i)
is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
 

(ii)
appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
 

(iii)
orders the liquidation of the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
 
and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days;
 
(6)          other than with respect to pre-petition Indebtedness prior to the Conversion Date, the payment of which is subject to an effective stay in the Bankruptcy Cases, default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary)) other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:
 
-106-

(A)          is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods provided in such Indebtedness); or
 
(B)          results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;
 
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates to $250.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; or
 
(7)          [reserved];
 
(8)          there is entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries a final judgment or order for the payment of money (excluding prior to the Conversion Date (x) any order fixing the amount of any claim in the Chapter 11 Cases and (y) in the case of the any judgment against any Debtor, any judgment that does not arise post-petition) in an aggregate amount exceeding $250 million (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed (including, prior to the Conversion Date, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code) or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (including, prior to the Conversion Date, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code);
 
(9)          any Guarantee of the Notes by a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms, in each case in writing, its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than (A), in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or (B) in connection with the bankruptcy of a Guarantor, so long as the aggregate assets of such Guarantor and any other Guarantor whose Note Guarantee ceased or ceases to be in full force as a result of a bankruptcy are less than $250 million;
 
(10)        (i) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral intended to be covered thereby (unless perfection is not required by this Indenture or the Security Documents) other than (A) in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document and this Indenture, (B) the satisfaction in full of all Obligations under this Indenture or (C) any loss of perfection that results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents and (ii) such default continues for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided, that such default relates to Liens in excess of $50.0 million; and
 
(11)         the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Security Document is invalid or unenforceable.
 
-107-

Prior to the Conversion Date, with respect to enforcement of Liens or other remedies with respect to the Collateral of the Debtors, the Collateral Agent shall provide the Issuer (with a copy to the Trustee) at least five Business Days’ prior written notice to taking of such action and during such period, any party in interest shall be entitled to seek an emergency hearing with the Bankruptcy Court, for the sole purpose of contesting whether an Event of Default has occurred and/or is continuing; provided, that a Default under clause (3), (6) or (8) above will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and, with respect to clauses (3) and (8), the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (3) or (8) after receipt of such notice; provided, further, that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Designated Entities shall not be included in determining whether an Event of Default under clauses (4), (5), (6) and (8) has occurred or is continuing to the extent related to, arising from, or in connection with the Staggered Emergence.
 
(b)          If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default shall also be cured without any further action.
 
(c)          Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 3.10 hereof or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such provision or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture. Any time period in this Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
SECTION 6.2.          Acceleration.  If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (5) of Section 6.1(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.
 
In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (6) of Section 6.1(a), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose:
 
(1)          (x)          the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full; or
 
(y)          the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
 
(z)          the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; and
 
(2)          the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
If an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (5) of Section 6.1(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
 
-108-

Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee or Collateral Agent to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such Holder delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the Issuer with such other information as the Issuer may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Directing Holder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, as applicable.
 
If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Default, Event of Default or acceleration (or notice thereof) that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Default or Event of Default  that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Default or Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.
 
Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee or Collateral Agent during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Position Representation, enforce compliance with any Verification Covenant, verify any statements in any Officer’s Certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to Derivative Instruments, Net Shorts, Long Derivative Instruments, Short Derivative Instruments or otherwise. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any liability to the Issuer, any Holder or any other Person in acting in good faith on a Noteholder Direction.
 
SECTION 6.3.          Other Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
 
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative.
 
-109-

SECTION 6.4.          Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture and the Security Documents except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest, on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (6) of Section 6.1(a), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.
 
SECTION 6.5.          Control by Majority.  Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.  However, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee or Collateral Agent in personal liability (it being understood that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have no duty to determine whether any action is prejudicial to any Holder); provided, however, that the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee or Collateral Agent that is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to the Trustee against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) caused by taking or not taking such action.
 
SECTION 6.6.          Limitation on Suits.  Subject to Section 6.7, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
 
(1)          such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2)          Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3)          such Holders have offered in writing and, if requested, provided to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4)          the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
(5)          Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60‑day period.
 
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
 
-110-

SECTION 6.7.          Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of interest on the Notes held by such Holder or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendment, supplement or modification in accordance with the terms of this Indenture of Articles III and IV and Section 6.1(a)(3), (4), (5) and (6) and the related definitions shall be deemed not to impair the contractual right of any Holder to receive payments of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Note).
 
SECTION 6.8.          Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.1(a) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.
 
SECTION 6.9.          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.
 
No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
 
SECTION 6.10.        Priorities.
 
(a)        Subject to the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI (including upon exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral), it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
 
FIRST:  to the Trustee and to the Collateral Agent, in each case for amounts due to it under Section 7.7 and Section 12.7(z);
 
SECOND:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
 
THIRD:  to the Issuer, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.
 
(b)        The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.  At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
 
-111-

SECTION 6.11.        Undertaking for Costs.  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 20.0% in outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes.
 
ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE
 
SECTION 7.1.          Duties of Trustee.
 
(a)        If an Event of Default actually known or notified in writing to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
 
(b)       Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
 
(1)          the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(2)          in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
 
(c)          The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
 
(1)          this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b);
 
(2)          the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(3)          the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and
 
(4)          No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
(d)          Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.
 
-112-

(e)          The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
 
(f)          Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
(g)          Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and the TIA.
 
SECTION 7.2.          Rights of Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.1:
 
(a)          The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, judgment, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.  The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuer as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuer.
 
(b)          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
 
(c)          The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
 
(d)          The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
 
(e)          The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
 
(f)          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.11, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
 
(g)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder, including the Collateral Agent.
 
(h)          Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Notes at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, as applicable, against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
 
(i)          The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.
 
-113-

(j)          Whenever in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.
 
(k)          The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, judgment, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
 
(l)          The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
 
(m)          The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes.
 
(n)          In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.
 
(o)          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuer.
 
(p)          The permissive rights of the Trustee under this Indenture and the other Note Documents shall not be construed as duties.
 
SECTION 7.3.          Individual Rights of Trustee.  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co‑paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10 and Section 7.11.  In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer and their respective Affiliates and Subsidiaries.
 
SECTION 7.4.          Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, or the Security Documents, shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, shall not be responsible for any action or inaction of the Collateral Agent and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, the Security Documents or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
 
SECTION 7.5.          Notice of Defaults.  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send electronically or by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 60 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest, if any, on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.
 
-114-

SECTION 7.6.          TIA and Listings. Within 60 days after each [          ] beginning with the [          ] following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes of any Series remain outstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar, a brief report dated as of such anniversary date, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, Section 313(a) of the TIA. A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders of any Series shall be filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes of that Series are listed in accordance with Section 313(d) of the TIA. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when Notes of any Series are listed or cease to be listed on any national securities exchange.
 
SECTION 7.7.          Compensation and Indemnity.  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee.  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee, its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a final nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, under the Notes and the other Note Documents, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise).  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense; provided further that, the Issuer shall be required to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel in evaluating such conflict.
 
To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7 and Section 12.7(z), the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  The Trustee’s and Collateral Agent’s respective right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 and Section 12.7(z) shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuer.
 
The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and any resignation or removal of the Trustee under Section 7.8.  Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (4) or clause (5) of Section 6.1(a), the fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.
 
The Trustee will comply with the provisions of Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA to the extent applicable.
 
SECTION 7.8.          Replacement of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.  The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:
 
-115-

(1)          the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
 
(2)          the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
 
(3)          a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
 
(4)          the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
 
If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
 
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7.
 
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, subject to Section 315(e) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.  The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee.
 
SECTION 7.9.          Successor Trustee by Merger.  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
 
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.
 
SECTION 7.10.        Eligibility; Disqualification.  This Indenture shall always have a Trustee.  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the TIA. The Trustee is subject to Section 310(b) of the TIA.
 
SECTION 7.11.        Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.  The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.
 
-116-

SECTION 7.12.        Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer.  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.
 
SECTION 7.13.        Security Documents; Intercreditor Agreements. By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders hereby (i) are deemed to have accepted the terms of, agreed to be bound by and authorized and directed each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Security Documents and (ii) except to the extent provided by Article IX, authorize and instruct the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, without any further consent of any Holder or any other Second Lien Secured Party, to enter into, amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify any intercreditor agreement, the Security Documents or the Junior Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of, and binding with respect to, the Holders of the Notes and their interest in designated assets, in connection with the incurrence of any Additional First Lien Obligations, any Additional Second Lien Obligations and/or any additional Junior Lien Obligations, including to clarify the respective rights of all parties in and to designated assets; provided, however, that any amendment, renewal, extension, supplement, restatement, replacement, waiver or other modification of the Security Documents shall be no less favorable, taken as a whole, to Holders in any material respect (including with respect to priority of Liens) than the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee, subject to Article IX, will enter into, amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify any such intercreditor agreement, the Security Documents and/or Junior Intercreditor Agreement at the request of the Issuer, and any intercreditor agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee shall be binding on the Second Lien Secured Parties, Holders and the Second Lien Secured Parties hereby agree that they will take no actions contrary to the provisions of, if entered into and if applicable, any intercreditor agreement, provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such other intercreditor agreement complies with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. Each Holder hereby agrees that the Collateral Agent may enter into any amendment, (1) to any Second Lien Security Document solely as such Second Lien Security Document relates to a particular series of Second Lien Obligations so long as (x) such amendment is in accordance with the Second Lien Documents pursuant to which such series of Second Lien Obligations was incurred (including, in the case of the Notes, this Indenture) and (y) such amendment does not adversely affect the material rights of the Holders of any other series, (2) to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property (but not including Excluded Assets) to become collateral for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties (including entering into and/or modifying any intercreditor agreement in connection with Indebtedness not prohibited under any Second Lien Document that is or is contemplated to be subject to a Lien permitted by the Second Lien Documents (subject to any restrictions set forth in the Second Lien Documents as to the priority of any such Lien relative to any Lien securing, or required to be granted to secure, the Second Lien Obligations)), (3) as required by local law or to comply with advice from local counsel to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Second Lien Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or any Second Lien Document or (4) to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of the Second Lien Secured Parties under the Security Documents; provided, that the Collateral Agent and the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that such amendment is not expressly prohibited by the terms of each then extant Second Lien Document. It is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that, in doing so, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under, the Security Documents and/or Junior Intercreditor Agreement or any other Security Documents, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, privileges, benefits, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements). The Company shall have the right to determine whether Obligations with respect to any Additional Second Lien Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations will, as between such Additional Second Lien Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations and the Note Obligations, rank pari passu or junior with respect to the Collateral, senior, pari passu or junior in right of payment, and as between or among such Additional Second Lien Obligations, Junior Lien Obligations and any other Second Lien Obligations, rank pari passu or junior with respect to the Collateral or right of payment, in each case to the extent permitted under the applicable Second Lien Security Documents and this Indenture.
-117-

SECTION 7.14.        Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification
 
(a)          Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action or inaction of the Collateral Agent.
 
(b)          The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Issuer or the Guarantors to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral (except with respect to certificates delivered to the Collateral Agent representing securities pledged under the Security Documents). The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, or the Security Documents by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Collateral Agent.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
SECTION 8.1.          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance.  The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.
 
SECTION 8.2.          Legal Defeasance and Discharge.  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) and the Security Documents with respect to such Series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under the Note Documents (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute such instruments reasonably requested by the Issuer acknowledging the same) and the Security Documents, and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
 
-118-

(1)          the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof;
 
(2)          the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.11 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
 
(3)          the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4)          this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.
 
SECTION 8.3.          Covenant Defeasance.  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, each Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.14, 3.15, 3.19, 3.20, 3.21, and 4.1 (except clauses 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder.  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1(a) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(a)(3) (other than with respect to Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)), Section 6.1(a)(4) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(5) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(6), 6.1(a)(8), 6.1(a)(9), 6.1(a)(10) and 6.1(a)(11) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
 
SECTION 8.4.          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.  In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof:
 
(1)          the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided, that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days before the Redemption Date that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
 
-119-

(2)          in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions;
 
(A)          the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
 
(B)          since the issuance of such Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;
 
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes, in their capacity as beneficial owners of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3)          in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4)          no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
 
(5)          such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(6)          [reserved];
 
(7)          the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor; and
 
(8)          the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
 
SECTION 8.5.          Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.  Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
 
-120-

Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
 
SECTION 8.6.          Repayment to the Issuer.  Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.
 
SECTION 8.7.          Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer make any payment of principal of, premium, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
AMENDMENTS
 
SECTION 9.1.          Without Consent of Holders.  Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to its Guarantee, this Indenture or the Security Documents), the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent may amend, supplement or modify this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Security Documents and the Notes without the consent of any Holder:
 
(1)          to reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;
 
(2)          to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or a Guarantor under any Note Document or to comply with Section 4.1, including any assumption of the obligations of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
 
(3)          to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of this Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including related definitions);
 
(4)          to add to or modify the covenants or provide for a Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
-121-

(5)          to make any change (including changing the CUSIP or other identifying number on any Notes) that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;
 
(6)          to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to comply with any requirement of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted;
 
(7)          make such provisions as necessary for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
 
(8)          provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture;
 
(9)          evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee, a successor Collateral Agent or successor Paying Agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee or Collateral Agent to any Note Document;
 
(10)        secure the Notes and/or the related Note Guarantees or to add collateral thereto;
 
(11)        add an obligor or a Guarantor under this Indenture;
 
(12)        make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;
 
(13)        comply with the rules and procedures of any applicable securities depositary;
 
(14)        to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the First Lien Notes Obligations, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
 
(15)        to add Additional Second Lien Secured Parties to any Security Documents;
 
(16)        to enter into the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, or any intercreditor agreement having substantially similar terms with respect to the Holders as set forth in the Security Documents, taken as a whole, or any joinder thereto;
 
(17)        to provide for the succession of any parties to the Security Documents (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the Credit Agreement or any other agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture; and
 
(18)        to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency.
 
-122-

Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuer and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the documents described in Section 9.6 and 14.2 hereof, the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements, unless such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements affects the Trustee’s or Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture and the Security Documents or otherwise, in which case the Trustee or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements.
 
SECTION 9.2.          With Consent of Holders.  Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Security Documents and the Notes issued hereunder with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained before or after a Change of Control or in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained before or after a Change of Control or in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).  Section 2.12 hereof and Section 14.4 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2.
 
Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon delivery to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent of the documents described in Section 9.6 and Section 14.2 hereof, the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements unless such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements affect the Trustee’s or the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements.
 
Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder and held by a nonconsenting Holder:
 
(1)          reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
 
(2)          reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9);
 
(3)          reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9);
 
(4)          reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7 or Section 5.9;
 
(5)          make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;
 
(6)          impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor;
 
-123-

(7)          waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or
 
(8)          make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may (A) make any change in any Security Document or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with Collateral or application of trust proceeds of the Collateral with the effect of releasing the Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral which secure the Obligations in respect of the Notes or (B) change or alter the priority of the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes in any material portion of the Collateral in any way materially adverse, taken as a whole, to the Holders (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), other than, in each case, as provided under the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents.
 
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.  A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.
 
SECTION 9.3.          Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.  Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect if this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.
 
SECTION 9.4.          Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
 
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described in this Section 9.4 or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.
 
SECTION 9.5.          Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
-124-

SECTION 9.6.          Trustee to Sign Amendments.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture, security documents or intercreditor agreements authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.2 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or security documents or intercreditor agreements is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the supplemental indenture to be delivered by New Frontier Issuer and the Initial Guarantors on the Conversion Date in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (ii) no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon (a) execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto and (b) delivery of an Officer’s Certificate complying with Section 9.6, Section 14.3 and Section 14.4 hereof.
 
ARTICLE X
 
GUARANTEE
 
SECTION 10.1.        Guarantee.  Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor that executes this Indenture or a supplemental indenture hereto will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under this Indenture (including without limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post‑filing or post‑petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7 and Section 12.7(z)), (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).  Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except (i) to the extent that the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated to any First Lien Obligations pursuant to the Junior Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness.
 
To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.
 
Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
 
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
 
-125-

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.  Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
 
Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI.  Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.
 
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders, the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or the Collateral Agent an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post‑filing or post‑petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).
 
Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Note Guarantee herein, and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Note Guarantee.
 
Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.
 
SECTION 10.2.          Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.
 
(a)          Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign, state or provincial law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
 
-126-

(b)          Any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
 
(1)          a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dividend distribution or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (or, with respect to a Designated Entity that is a Guarantor, the implementation of the Staggered Emergence) after which such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or the sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor to a Person other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
 
(2)          the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(3)          defeasance or discharge of the Notes pursuant to Article VIII or Article XI;
 
(4)          to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause;
 
(5)          such Guarantor being (or being substantially concurrently) released or discharged from all of (i) its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Issuer of any Indebtedness of the Issuer with respect to each Credit Agreement then in effect or (ii) in the case of a Note Guarantee made by a Guarantor (each, an “Other Guarantee”) as a result of its guarantee of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, such Guarantor being (or being substantially concurrently) released or discharged from all of its obligations under the relevant Indebtedness, except in the case of (i) or (ii), a release as a result of the repayment in full of such Indebtedness (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still considered a release, and if any such Guarantee of such Guarantor under any Credit Agreement or any such Other Guarantee is to be reinstated, such Note Guarantee shall also be reinstated);
 
(6)          upon the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor, in each case, in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
 
(7)          at any time following the Conversion Date, upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing with respect to the Notes; provided that such Note Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date; and
 
(8)          as permitted under Section 9.1 or 9.2 or in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents.
 
SECTION 10.3.        Right of Contribution.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuer or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.  The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.
 
-127-

SECTION 10.4.        No Subrogation.  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
SECTION 11.1.        Satisfaction and Discharge.  This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
 
(a)          either:
 
(1)          all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2)          all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, in the name, and at the expense of the Issuer;
 
(b)          the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption, and any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
 
(c)          no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(d)          the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; and
 
(e)          the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money in Dollars toward the payment of such Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
 
-128-

In addition, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Issuer’s obligations to the Trustee and Collateral Agent in Section 7.7 and Section 12.7(z) hereof and, if money in Dollars has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 hereof will survive.
 
SECTION 11.2.        Application of Trust Money.  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium) and interest for whose payment such money in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
COLLATERAL
 
SECTION 12.1.        Security Documents.
 
(a)          The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium and interest on the Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. The Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent and pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral), each as may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable to enter into the Security Documents and the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, at any time, if applicable, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. Each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, shall be deemed to (i) have authorized and instructed the Collateral Agent to, without any further consent of any Holder, enter into (or acknowledge and consent to) or, subject to Article IX, amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify any Security Document or any other intercreditor agreement, (ii) have irrevocably agreed that (x) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer as to whether any such other Liens are not prohibited and (y) any Security Document or other intercreditor agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall be binding on such Holder and such Holder will take no actions contrary to the provisions of, if entered into and if applicable, any Security Document or intercreditor agreement and (iii) have irrevocably agreed that it will not challenge, question or contest or support any other person in challenging, questioning or contesting, in any proceeding (including any insolvency or liquidation proceeding after the Conversion Date), (x) the perfection, priority, validity, attachment or enforceability of any Lien held by or on behalf of any other holder of Second Lien Obligations in all or any part of the Collateral or (y) the validity or enforceability of any Second Lien Obligations of any series or any Security Document. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent copies of all documents required to be filed pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 12.1, to assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.  On or following the Conversion Date, the Issuer and the Grantor (and if the Staggered Emergence is undertaken, with respect to any Designated Entity that is an Other Obligor before the Conversion Date, on or promptly following the date such Designated Entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer after the Conversion Date, such Designated Entity) shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements (including continuation statements and amendments to financing statements), agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under the Note Documents or applicable law in order to grant, preserve, maintain, protect and perfect (or continue the perfection of) the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents in the Collateral and cause the Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied, provided that for so long as there are outstanding any Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations, no actions shall be required to be taken with respect to the perfection of security interests in the Security Documents in the Collateral to the extent not required to be taken with respect to the Applicable Credit Agreement.
 
-129-

SECTION 12.2.        Release of Collateral.
 
(a)          Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time and from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and this Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Security Documents and this Indenture, the second-priority Liens on the Collateral will be automatically released with respect to the Notes and the Second Lien Notes Obligations under any one or more of the following circumstances:
 
(1)          to enable any Specified Collateral Party to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition (including by the termination of capital leases or the repossession of the leased property in a capital lease by the lessor) of such property or assets (to a Person that is not the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) to the extent permitted by Section 3.5 or in connection with the Staggered Emergence;
 
(2)          in the case of a Specified Collateral Party that is released from its pledge of Collateral with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;
 
(3)          upon the occurrence of an Investment Grade Event;
 
(4)          the release of Collateral Excess Proceeds or Excess Proceeds that remain unexpended after the conclusion of an Asset Disposition Offer or a Collateral Asset Disposition Offer conducted in accordance with this Indenture;
 
(5)          as described under Article IX hereof;
 
(6)          if the property subject to such Lien becomes Excluded Asset;
 
(7)          to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Security Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is a Permitted Lien under clauses (9) or (12) (in the case of clause (12), upon the reasonable request of the Issuer, to the extent required by the terms of the agreements governing such Permitted Lien) of the definition thereof;
 
-130-

(8)          if any Specified Collateral Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes excluded from the Collateral, in each case as a result of a transaction not prohibited hereunder or designation permitted hereunder;
 
(9)          [reserved]; or
 
(10)          as to any asset constituting Collateral if and only to the extent that the Liens on such Collateral in favor of the First Priority Collateral Agent in respect of the Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations have been released in accordance with their terms, except a release as a result of the repayment in full of the Indebtedness then outstanding in respect of the Senior Secured Credit Facility Obligations.
 
(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Security Documents and this Indenture, the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees also will be automatically released:
 
(1)           upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid;
 
(2)          upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under this Indenture as described under Section 8.2 and Section 8.3 hereof, or a discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 11.1 hereof;
 
(3)          pursuant to the Security Documents; or
 
(4)          subject to Section 9.2, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such time.
 
(c)          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Holders shall confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s irrevocable authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and applicable Security Document; provided that the absence of such confirmation shall not affect in any way the validity of the automatic releases of security interest or Guarantee contemplated by this Indenture or the Collateral Agent obligations to comply with the provisions of the immediately following sentence. The Collateral Agent shall, at the Issuer’s expense and upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, execute and deliver to the Issuer or the applicable Grantor such documents and such amendments, modifications or supplements to any Security Documents, in each case as the Issuer or such Guarantor may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to evidence the release of such Grantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and applicable Security Document.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding Section 12.2(a)(3), if, after any Investment Grade Event, both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Status or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Status, the Issuer and the Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions reasonably necessary to provide to the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes valid, perfected, second priority security interests (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral within ninety (90) days after such Reversion Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
 
(e)          With respect to any release of Collateral, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Security Documents to such release have been met, the Trustee (if applicable) and the Collateral Agent shall, execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuer’s expense) any instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents and shall do or cause to be done (at the Issuer’s expense) all acts reasonably requested of them to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Security Document to the contrary, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate, upon which it shall be entitled to conclusively rely.
 
-131-

SECTION 12.3.        Suits to Protect the Collateral.
 
Subject to the provisions of Article VII and the Security Documents, the Trustee may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all actions it determines in order to:
 

(a)
enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and
 

(b)
collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations hereunder.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may determine to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may determine to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral. Nothing in this Section 12.3 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.
 
SECTION 12.4.        Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.
 
SECTION 12.5.        Purchaser Protected.
 
In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the applicable release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article XII to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
 
SECTION 12.6.        Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
 
In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article XII upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any Officer or Officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article XII; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.
 
-132-

SECTION 12.7.        Collateral Agent.
 
(a)          The Issuer and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture and the Security Documents, and the Issuer and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby (i) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents, and consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document, as the same may be in effect or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms and (ii) irrevocably authorizes and directs the Trustee to execute the Additional Pari Passu Joinders and any intercreditor agreement or joinder to any Security Document in connection with Indebtedness or other obligations not prohibited by this Indenture (including obligations with respect to future Pari Passu Indebtedness). In addition, by acceptance of the Notes, each Holder will be deemed to have, (1) irrevocably appointed Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent to act as its collateral agent under the Security Documents and any other relevant documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, and (2) irrevocably authorized the Collateral Agent to (i) perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers, and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Security Documents or other documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, together with any other incidental rights, power and discretions and (ii) execute each document expressed to be executed by Collateral Agent on its behalf. The Collateral Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 12.7. Each Holder agrees that any action taken by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies set forth herein and therein shall be authorized and binding upon all Holders. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture and the Security Documents, the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Security Documents or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
 
(b)          The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties under this Indenture or the Security Documents by or through receivers, agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates (a “Related Person”), and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in taking action in reliance upon any advice or opinion given by legal counsel. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any receiver, agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related Person that it selects as long as such selection was made in good faith and with due care.
 
(c)          The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, certification, telephone message, statement, or other communication, document or conversation (including those by telephone or e-mail) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuer or any other Grantor), independent accountants and other experts and advisors selected by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document. The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Indenture or the Security Documents, unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes as it determines and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Indenture or the Security Documents, in accordance with a request, direction, instruction or consent of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Holders.
 
-133-

(d)          The Company shall furnish to the Trustee, at such time as required by the TIA, such Opinions of Counsel and certificates or opinions of engineers, appraisers or other experts as may be required by Section 314(b) or 314(d) of the TIA and shall take such other action as may be necessary to cause TIA Section 314(d) relating to the release of Collateral from the security interests created by this Indenture and the Security Documents to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Company, except in cases where TIA Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. A Person is “independent” if such Person (a) is in fact independent, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any Affiliate of the Company and (c) is not an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner or director or person performing similar functions to any of the foregoing for the Company. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive and rely upon a certificate provided by any such Person confirming that such Person is independent within the foregoing definition.
 
(e)          The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless a Trust Officer of the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee or the Issuer referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (subject to this Section 12.7).
 
(f)          The Collateral Agent may resign at any time by 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee and the Issuer, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its appointment as Collateral Agent. If the Collateral Agent resigns under this Indenture, the Issuer shall appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the intended effective date of the resignation of the Collateral Agent (as stated in the notice of resignation), the Trustee, at the direction of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may appoint a successor collateral agent, subject to the consent of the Issuer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default). If no successor collateral agent is appointed and consented to by the Issuer pursuant to the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after the intended effective date of resignation (as stated in the notice of resignation) the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent, and the term “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor collateral agent, and the retiring Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 12.7 (and Section 7.7 hereof) shall continue to inure to its benefit and the retiring Collateral Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Collateral Agent under this Indenture.
 
(g)          Wilmington Trust, National Association shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(h)          Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents to which it is party, whether executed on or after the Issue Date, (ii) enter into the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, in connection with the issuance of the Notes, (iii) make the representations of the Holders set forth in the Security Documents, (iv) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents, and (v) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents.
 
-134-

(i)          If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Collateral Agent such proceeds to be applied by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents.
 
(j)          The Collateral Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Issuer, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof and promptly shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.
 
(k)          The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Grantor’s property constituting Collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document, other than pursuant to the instructions of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or as otherwise provided in the Security Documents.
 
(l)          If the Issuer or any Guarantor (i) incurs any obligations in respect of First Lien Obligations, Junior Lien Obligations or Additional Second Lien Obligations at any time when no applicable intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, Junior Lien Obligations or Additional Second Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing intercreditor agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the applicable intercreditor agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the First Lien Obligations, Junior Lien Obligations or Additional Second Lien Obligations so incurred, together with an Opinion of Counsel, the Collateral Agent and Trustee, if applicable, shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Issuer, including legal fees and expenses of the Trustee and Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.
 
(m)          No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) unless it shall have received indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee against potential costs and liabilities incurred by the Collateral Agent relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, or the Security Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or to inspect or conduct any studies of any property under the mortgages or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this clause (m) if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuer or the Holders to be sufficient.
 
-135-

(n)          The Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in connection with this Indenture and the Security Documents or instrument referred to herein or therein, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer (and money held in trust by the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law) and (iii) may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Collateral Agent shall not be construed to impose duties to act.
 
(o)          Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.
 
(p)          The Collateral Agent does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by the Issuer or any other Grantor under this Indenture and the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible to the Holders or any other Person for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in this Indenture, the Security Documents or in any certificate, report, statement, or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Indenture or any Security Document; the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any Security Documents of any other party thereto; the genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, sufficiency, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Obligations; the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any obligor; or for any failure of any obligor to perform its Obligations under this Indenture the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to any Holder or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any Default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by any obligor of any terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents, or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in this Indenture and any Security Documents. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection or other proceeding under this Indenture and the Security Documents unless expressly set forth hereunder or thereunder. The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions from the Holders with respect to the administration of this Indenture and the Security Documents.
 
(q)          The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments, expenses and costs (including but not limited to, any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal) of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture, the Security Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that in the exercise of its rights under this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and that any such actions taken by the Collateral Agent shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Collateral. In the event that the Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, in order to carry out any fiduciary or trust obligation for the benefit of another, which in either of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee’s sole discretion may cause the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, as applicable, to be considered an “owner or operator” under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq., or otherwise cause the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to incur liability under CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law, each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee reserves the right, instead of taking such action, to either resign as the Collateral Agent or the Trustee or arrange for the transfer of the title or control of the asset to a court-appointed receiver. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other Person for any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of either of the Collateral Agent’s or the Trustee’s actions and conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to the discharge, release or threatened release of hazardous materials into the environment. If at any time it is necessary or advisable for property to be possessed, owned, operated or managed by any Person (including the Collateral Agent or the Trustee) other than the Issuer or the Guarantors, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall direct the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to appoint an appropriately qualified Person (excluding the Collateral Agent or the Trustee) who they shall designate to possess, own, operate or manage, as the case may be, the property.
 
-136-

(r)          Upon the receipt by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent of a written request of the Issuer signed by an Officer (a “Security Document Order”), each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, as applicable, any Security Document or amendment or supplement thereto to be executed after the Issue Date; provided that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute or enter into any such Security Document which, in the Trustee or the Collateral Agent’s reasonable opinion is reasonably likely to adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, or that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent determines is reasonably likely to involve the Trustee or Collateral Agent in personal liability. Such Security Document Order shall (i) state that it is being delivered to the Trustee or Collateral Agent pursuant to, and is a Security Document Order referred to in, this Section 12.7(r), and (ii) instruct the Trustee or Collateral Agent to execute and enter into such Security Document. Other than as set forth in this Indenture, any such execution of a Security Document shall be at the direction and expense of the Issuer, upon delivery to the Trustee or Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of the Security Document have been satisfied. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Notes, hereby authorize and direct the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to execute such Security Documents (subject to the first sentence of this Section 12.7(r)).
 
(s)          Subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents, each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, agrees that the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, and the Security Documents to which it is a party and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, if any, or the Security Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Trustee, as applicable. Each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, authorizes and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver the Security Documents, in its capacity as an authorized representative, and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
(t)          After the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee, acting at the direction of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture or the Security Documents.
 
(u)          The Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to the extent not prohibited under the Security Documents, for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.10 and the other provisions of this Indenture.
 
-137-

(v)          In each case that the Collateral Agent may or is required hereunder or under any Security Document, to take any action (an “Action”), including without limitation to make any determination, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, to release or sell Collateral or otherwise to act hereunder or under any Security Document, the Collateral Agent may seek direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any Action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. If the Collateral Agent shall request direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to any Action, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such Action unless and until the Collateral Agent shall have received direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and the Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.
 
(w)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or in any Security Document, in no event shall the Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, or have any duty or obligation with respect to, the recording, filing, registering, perfection, protection or maintenance of the security interests or Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the Security Documents (including without limitation the filing or continuation of any UCC financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments), nor shall the Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, and neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee makes any representation regarding, the validity, effectiveness or priority of any of the Security Documents or the security interests or Liens intended to be created thereby.
 
(x)          Before the Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting in each case at the request or direction of the Issuer or the Guarantors, other than as set forth in this Indenture, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of this Section 12.7 and Section 14.2 hereof. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.
 
(y)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Security Documents and the Collateral.
 
(z)          The rights, privileges, benefits, immunities, indemnities and other protections given to the Trustee are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent as if the Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as this Indenture herein. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to compensation, reimbursement and indemnity as set forth in Section 7.7, as if references therein to Trustee were references to Collateral Agent.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
SUCCESSOR ISSUER
 
SECTION 13.1.     Officer’s Certificate. The Conversion Date shall occur on the date the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer certifying, upon which the Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely without further investigation, that the conditions set forth in the definition of Exit Conditions shall have been satisfied.
 
SECTION 13.2.        Assumption by New Frontier Issuer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, New Frontier Issuer may assume all obligations of Frontier in respect of the Notes and this Indenture on the Conversion Date upon satisfaction of the Exit Conditions, as if New Frontier Issuer had itself issued such Notes, New Frontier Issuer will be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, and Frontier shall be automatically released from all obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, so long as:
 
(1)          New Frontier Issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C hereto pursuant to which New Frontier Issuer will become a party to this Indenture and expressly assume Frontier’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; and
 
(2)          New Frontier Issuer shall have delivered the Officer’s Certificate required under Section 13.1.
 
-138-

SECTION 13.3.        Entry into the Security Documents by the Trustee. Upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the Officer’s Certificate as set forth in Section 13.1, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder, any Security Document or amendment or supplement thereto.
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
SECTION 14.1.        Notices.  Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first‑class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
 
if to the Issuer or to any Guarantor:
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, Connecticut 06851
Facsimile: (203) 614-4651
Attention: Mark D. Nielsen, Executive Vice President & Chief Legal Officer
Email: mark.nielsen@ftr.com

with a copy to:
 
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Ave
New York, New York 10022
Attention:  Christian Nagler, Esq.
    Tim Cruickshank, Esq.
Facsimile:  (212) 446‑4900
Emails: cnagler@kirkland.com and tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com
 
if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at:
 
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee
50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Frontier Communications Notes Administrator
Telecopy:  (612) 217-5651
 
If to the Collateral Agent:
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent
50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Frontier Communications Notes Administrator
Telecopy:  (612) 217-5651

The Issuer, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, by written notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
-139-

Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven (7) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).  Any notice or communication to the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall be deemed delivered upon receipt. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in Section 313(c) of the TIA, to the extent required by the TIA.
 
Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be electronically delivered or mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.
 
Failure to mail or deliver electronically a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee.
 
SECTION 14.2.        Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or, if such action relates to a Security Document or an intercreditor agreement and if requested by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent:
 
(1)          an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.3 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
 
(2)          an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.3 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with.
 
SECTION 14.3.        Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (except Officer’s Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.16 and a certificate provided pursuant to Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) must including the following and comply with the provisions of Section 314(e) of the TIA:
 
(1)          a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
 
(2)          a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(3)          a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(4)          a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
 
-140-

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.
 
SECTION 14.4.        When Notes Disregarded.  In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
 
SECTION 14.5.        Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
 
SECTION 14.6.        Legal Holidays.  A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the jurisdiction of the place of payment.  If a payment date or a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.  If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
 
SECTION 14.7.        Governing Law.  THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
SECTION 14.8.        Jurisdiction.  The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor brought by any Holder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment.
 
SECTION 14.9.        Waivers of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
 
SECTION 14.10.      USA PATRIOT Act.  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.
 
-141-

SECTION 14.11.      No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or equityholder of the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
SECTION 14.12.      Successors.  All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors.
 
SECTION 14.13.      Multiple Originals.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” signed,” “signature” and words of like import in this Indenture or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Indenture shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the UCC; notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent is under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.
 
SECTION 14.14.      Table of Contents; Headings.  The table of contents, cross‑reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
 
SECTION 14.15.      Force Majeure.  In no event shall the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
 
SECTION 14.16.      Severability.  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
SECTION 14.17.      Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with a provision included in this Indenture which is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the TIA, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.  If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA, which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be.
 
-142-

SECTION 14.18.      Waiver of Immunities.  To the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, each Issuer and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.
 
SECTION 14.19.      Judgment Currency.  Each Issuer and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify the recipient against any loss incurred by such recipient as a result of any judgment or order being given or made against the Issuer or any Guarantor for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than Dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the Dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase Dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to purchase Dollars as promptly as practicable upon such party’s receipt thereof.  The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of each Issuer and each Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.  The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.
 
SECTION 14.20.      Intercreditor Agreements. Reference is made to the Security Documents and Junior Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Security Documents and Junior Intercreditor Agreement, and (b) authorizes and instructs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as Trustee and as Collateral Agent, and on behalf of such Holder, including without limitation, making the representations of the Holders contained therein. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreement to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Security Documents and Junior Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Indenture or any other Note Document to the contrary, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Indenture and the other Note Documents are subject to the terms of the Security Documents, including the Junior Intercreditor Agreement. To the extent there is a conflict between (i) this Indenture or the Note Documents and the Security Documents, the terms and conditions of the Security Documents shall control and (ii) the intercreditor provisions in the Security Documents (other than the Junior Intercreditor Agreement) and the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Security Documents (other than the Junior Intercreditor Agreement) shall control.
 
SECTION 14.21.      Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.
 
[Signature on following pages]

-143-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.
 
 
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
   
 
By:

   
Name: Mark D. Nielsen
   
Title:  Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary
 
 
FRONTIER SOUTHWEST INCORPORATED
FRONTIER FLORIDA LLC
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF MINNESOTA, LLC
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF MINNESOTA, INC.
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF IOWA, LLC
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF TENNESSEE, L.L.C.
CITIZENS TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY OF UTAH
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS OF WISCONSIN LLC, as Guarantors
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
FRONTIER VIDEO SERVICES INC., as Grantor
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
[Signature Page to this Indenture]


 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Collateral Agent
   
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:

[Signature Page to this Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]
[Global Notes Legend, if applicable]
 
[OID Legend, if applicable]
 
No. [___]
Principal Amount $[___________] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1
 
CUSIP NO. [•]

[FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION]2
[                                                       ] 3
[•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029
 
[Frontier Communications Corporation, a debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Issuer”)]4[                       ], a [                       ] (the “Issuer”)]5 promise to pay to [Cede & Co.],6 or its registered assigns, the principal sum of _______________ U. S. dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto],7 on [•], 2029.
 
Interest Payment Dates: [•] and [•], commencing on [•], 2021
 
Record Dates: [•] and [•]
 
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
 


1
Insert in Global Notes only.

2
To be used before the Conversion Date, and after the Conversion Date if the Corporate Reorganization is not undertaken.
 
3
To be used after the Conversion Date, if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken.
 
4
To be used before the Conversion Date, and after the Conversion Date if the Corporate Reorganization is not undertaken.
 
5
To be used after the Conversion Date, if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken.
 
6
Insert in Global Notes only.
 
7
Insert in Global Notes only.
 
A-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
 
[FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
   
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:  ]8

 
[
 
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:  ]9



8
To be used before the Conversion Date, and after the Conversion Date if the Corporate Reorganization is not undertaken.

9
To be used after the Conversion Date, if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken.
A-2

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This Note is one of the [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 referred to in the within‑mentioned Indenture.
 
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:

   
Authorized Signatory
Dated:

     

A-3

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
[FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION]10
[                                                       ]11

 
[•]% SECOND LIEN SECURED NOTES DUE 2029
 
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.
 
1.          Interest
 
The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [•]% per annum from [•], 2021 until maturity.  The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every [•] and [•] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•], 2021. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including, after the Conversion Date, post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360‑day year comprised of twelve 30‑day months.
 
2.          Method of Payment
 
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest when due.  Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding [•] and [•] at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture.  The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the third to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made in accordance with the Notes Register, or by wire transfer to a Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).  If an Interest Payment Date or a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.  If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
 


10
To be used before the Conversion Date, and after the Conversion Date if the Corporate Reorganization is not undertaken.
 
11
To be used after the Conversion Date, if the Corporate Reorganization is undertaken.
 
A-4

3.          Paying Agent and Registrar
 
The Issuer initially appoints Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.  The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders.  The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.
 
4.          Indenture
 
The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of [•], 2021, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent[, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of [                       ], 202[ ], among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent] (as it may be [further] amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.
 
The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuer.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited.  This Note is one of the [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 referred to in the Indenture.  The Notes include (i) $750,000,000 principal amount of the Issuer’s [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 issued under the Indenture on [•], 2021 (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, additional Notes that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to [•], 2021 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture; provided that if any Additional Notes are not part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby under the Indenture for United States federal income tax purposes or if the Company otherwise determines that any Additional Notes should be differentiated from any other Notes, such Additional Notes may have a separate CUSIP number, provided further that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Additional Notes will still constitute a single series with all other Notes issued under the Indenture for all other (i.e., non-income tax) purposes.  The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations.  The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes by certain subsidiaries.
 
5.          Guarantees
 
From and after the Issue Date, to guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, interest (including post‑filing or post‑petition interest in any proceeding under Bankruptcy Code) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior secured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
 
6.          Redemption
 
(a)          At any time prior to [•], 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) equal to 100.000% plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
A-5

(b)          At any time and from time to time prior to [•], 2024, the Issuer may on one or more occasions, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, redeem up to 40.0% of the original principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date (together with Additional Notes) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) equal to [•]%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer of one or more Equity Offerings of the Issuer; provided that not less than 50.0% of the original principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes initially issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (including Additional Notes but excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries), unless all such notes are redeemed substantially concurrently; provided further that each such redemption occurs not later than 180 days after the date of closing of the related Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through Section 5.6 of the Indenture.
 
 (c)          Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 6 and paragraph 7 below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to [•], 2024.
 
(d)          At any time and from time to time on or after [•], 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve‑month period beginning on [•] of each of the years indicated in the table below:
 
Year
 
Percentage
2024
 
[102.813]%
2025
 
[101.406]%
2026 and thereafter
 
[100.000]%

(e)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer, Asset Disposition Offer, Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Collateral Advance Offer, if Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party shall have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to but excluding, the date of such redemption.
 
(f)          Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.
 
(g)          Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 through Section 5.6 of the Indenture.
 
Except as set forth in paragraph 7, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
A-6

[7.          Special Mandatory Redemption
 
(a)          In In the event that (i) the Conversion Date does not occur prior to the Conversion Outside Date or (ii) the Issuer informs the Trustee in writing that, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Issuer, the Conversion Date will not occur prior to the Conversion Outside Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuer will redeem the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (defined below), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
(b)          Subject to Section 5.9(c) of the Indenture, notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee and Holders of Notes and will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the third Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuer (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.
 
(c)          On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Issuer shall pay to the Paying Agent for payment to each Holder of Notes the applicable Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes.
 
(d)          Any redemption made pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Indenture shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 through Section 5.6 of the Indenture, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 5.9 of the Indenture. The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Indenture.]12
 
[7.          Reserved]13
 
8.          Repurchase Provisions
 
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, to but excluding the date of purchase; provided that if the repurchase date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then Holders in whose name the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive the interest due on the repurchase date, as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
 
Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase Notes and, at the Issuer’s option, Pari Passu Indebtedness out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture.
 
9.          Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) fifteen (15) calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) fifteen (15) calendar days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
 


12
To be used before the Conversion Date.
 
13
To be used after the Conversion Date.
 
A-7

10.         Persons Deemed Owners
 
The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
11.         Unclaimed Money
 
If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment.
 
12.         Discharge and Defeasance
 
Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
 
13.         Amendment, Supplement, Waiver
 
Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.  Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents as provided in the Indenture.
 
14.         Defaults and Remedies
 
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, interest, and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately.  If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries, that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.  Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.
 
15.         Trustee Dealings with the Issuer
 
Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture and the TIA, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer and their respective Affiliates and Subsidiaries.
 
16.         No Recourse Against Others
 
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or equityholder of the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
A-8

17.         Authentication
 
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
 
18.         Abbreviations
 
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
 
19.         CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
 
The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
 
20.         Governing Law
 
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
21.         Security
 
The Notes and the related Guarantees will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, in each case pursuant to the Security Documents, including the Junior Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral), including the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, each as may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture, and authorizes and directs each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents, including the including the Junior Intercreditor Agreement, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.
 
The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:
 
Frontier Communications Corporation
401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, Connecticut 06851
Facsimile: (203) 614-4651
Attention: Mark D. Nielsen, Executive Vice President & Chief Legal Officer

A-9

ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
 
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint ___________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
Date:
Your Signature:


Signature Guarantee:

(Signature must be guaranteed)


Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad‑15.
 
     
 
Signature
 

Signature Guarantee:
 

     
(Signature must be guaranteed)
 
Signature
 
The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad‑15.
 
 
 
 
Dated:
 

A-10

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]
 
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES
 
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
 
Date of Exchange
 
Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
 
 
Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
 
Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase
 
Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
                 

A-11

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
 
If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:
 
Section 3.5 £          Section 3.9 £
 
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):  $___________________________________ and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):  _________________.
 
Date:
 
Your Signature

 
     
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)
 

Signature Guarantee:

 
 
(Signature must be guaranteed)
 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad‑15.
 
A-12

EXHIBIT B
 
Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors
 
[          ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [      ], by and among the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (the “Guarantors” and each a “Guarantor”), [                           ], as Issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent under the Indenture referred to below.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of [•], 2021, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of [                 ], 202[  ] among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee (as further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $750 million of [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 of the Issuer (the “Notes”);
 
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances each Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are authorized to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to add additional Guarantors, without the consent of any Holder;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Issuer, the other Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
 
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.  Defined Terms.  As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined.  The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.
 
ARTICLE II
 
AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE
 
Section 2.1.  Agreement to be Bound.  Each Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.
 
Section 2.2.  Guarantee.  Each Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors [and the other Guarantors], to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a subordinated secured basis.
 
B-1

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1.  Notices.  All notices and other communications to the Guarantors shall be given as provided in the Indenture to such Guarantors, at their addresses set forth below, with a copy to the Issuer as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuer.
 
[INSERT ADDRESS]
 
Section 3.2.  Merger and Consolidation.  No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(f) of the Indenture.
 
Section 3.3.  Release of Guarantee.  This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture.
 
Section 3.4.  Parties.  Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.
 
Section 3.5.  Governing Law.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
Section 3.6.  Severability.  In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.
 
Section 3.7.  Benefits Acknowledged.  Each Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
Section 3.8.  Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.  This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.
 
Section 3.9.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent make no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.
 
Section 3.10.  Counterparts.  The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” signed,” “signature” and words of like import in this Supplemental Indenture or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Supplemental Indenture shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the UCC; notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent is under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.
 
B-2

Section 3.11.  Execution and Delivery.  Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.
 
Section 3.12.  Headings.  The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
 
B-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
[GUARANTEEING ENTITY],
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
[                                                         ]
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Collateral Agent
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF [FIRST] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY NEW FRONTIER ISSUER ON THE CONVERSION DATE]
 
[First] Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [                ], 202[  ] among
[                             ], a [                             ] (the “Company” or the “Issuer”), the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (each, a “Guarantor,” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, Frontier Communications Corporation (the “Prior Issuer”), the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of [•], 2021 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million of [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”);
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to evidence the assumption by the Issuer of all the payment and other obligations of the Prior Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture on the Conversion Date;
 
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that upon the Conversion Date the Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture and become party to the Indenture and pursuant to which the Issuer shall assume all of the obligations of the Prior Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, as applicable;
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of holders of the Notes;
 
WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has been duly authorized to enter into this Supplemental Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, all acts, conditions, proceedings and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms for the purposes expressed herein, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
Definitions

Section 1.1.  Defined Terms.  As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined.  The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.
 
C-1

ARTICLE II
Assumption and Agreements

Section 2.1.  Assumption of Obligations. The Issuer hereby agrees, as of the date hereof, to assume, to be bound by and to be liable, as a primary obligor and not as a guarantor or surety, with respect to, any and all payment obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and to become the Issuer under the Indenture.
 
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous

Section 4.1.  Notices.  All notices and other communications to the Issuer shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Issuer.
 
Section 4.2.  Parties.  Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.
 
Section 4.3.  Severability.  In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.
 
Section 4.4.  Execution and Delivery. (a) The Issuer agrees that its assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the Notes.
 
(b) Each Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.
 
Section 4.5.  No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or equityholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
 
Section 4.6.  Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Section 4.7.  Counterparts.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” signed,” “signature” and words of like import in this Supplemental Indenture or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Supplemental Indenture shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the UCC; notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent is under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.
 
Section 4.8.  Headings.  The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

C-2

Section 4.9.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent make no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.
 
Section 4.10.  Benefits Acknowledged. (a) The Issuer’s assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that its assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and the waivers made by them pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(b) Each Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
Section 4.11.  Successors.  All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
 
Section 4.12.  Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

C-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
 
 
[                                                  ]
as Issuer
   
By:

 
Name:
 
Title:

 
[GUARANTOR],
 
as a Guarantor
     
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Collateral Agent
   
 
By:

   
Name:
   
Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


EXHIBIT D

Form of Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
NOTICE OF SPECIAL MANDATORY FULL REDEMPTION
TO THE HOLDERS OF
[•]% SECOND LIEN SECURED NOTES DUE 2029
 
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
(CUSIP No. [•])
 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that Frontier Communications Corporation, a debtor and debtor-in-possession in a case pending under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Issuer”), pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of [•], 2021 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent, shall redeem all of its outstanding [•]% Second Lien Secured Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) on [                    ], 202[  ] (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Indenture.  The redemption price for each Note will be $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”).  Capitalized terms used herein (but otherwise not defined) shall have such meanings as set forth in the Indenture.
 
The Indenture provides that upon the deposit of funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price in respect of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date with the Trustee prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on such date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes.
 
In order to receive the redemption payment, the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered for payment at the following location of Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee and Paying Agent. Notes to be redeemed must be surrendered for payment: (a) in book-entry form by transferring the Notes to be redeemed to the Trustee’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in accordance with DTC’s procedures; or (b) by delivering the Notes to be redeemed to the Trustee at:
 
Wilmington Trust, National Association
Global Capital Markets
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890
Attention:  Work Flow Management - 5th Floor
 
The method of delivery of the Notes is at the election and risk of the Holder. If delivered by mail, certified or registered mail, properly insured, is recommended.
 
No representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in this notice. Holders should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.
 
IMPORTANT NOTICE
 
For holders of Notes who have not established an exemption, payments made upon the redemption of the Notes may be subject to U.S. federal withholding of 24% of the payments to be made, as and to the extent required by the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. To establish an exemption from such withholding, holders of Notes should submit a completed and signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable Form W-8) when surrendering their Notes for payment.

Date:
[           ], 20[_ ]
By:
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION



EX-99.T3E2 26 brhc10021819_ex-t3e2.htm EXHIBIT T3E2

Exhibit T3E2

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
 
 
)
 
In re:
)
Chapter 11
 
)
 
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS
)
Case No. 20-22476 (RDD)
CORPORATION, et al.,1
)
 
 
)
 
Debtors.
)
(Jointly Administered)
 
)
 

FIFTH AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
OF FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND ITS
DEBTOR AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

Stephen E. Hessler, P.C.
Chad J. Husnick, P.C.
Mark McKane, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice)
Benjamin M. Rhode (admitted pro hac vice)
Patrick Venter
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
300 North LaSalle Street
601 Lexington Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60654
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:
(312) 862-2000
Telephone:
(212) 446-4800
Facsimile:
(312) 862-2200
Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900  

Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
 
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL CONSTITUTE AN OFFER, ACCEPTANCE, COMMITMENT, OR LEGALLY BINDING OBLIGATION OF THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY IN INTEREST, AND THIS PLAN IS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND OTHER CUSTOMARY CONDITIONS.  THIS PLAN IS NOT AN OFFER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES.



1
The last four digits of Debtor Frontier Communications Corporation’s tax identification number are 9596.  Due to the large number of debtor entities in these chapter 11 cases, for which the Court has ordered joint administration, a complete list of the debtor entities and the last four digits of their federal tax identification numbers are not provided herein.  A complete list of such information may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at https://cases.primeclerk.com/ftr.  The location of the Debtors’ service address for purposes of these chapter 11 cases is:  50 Main Street, Suite 1000, White Plains, New York 10606.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Page
       
Introduction
 
1
       
Article I. Defined Terms, Rules of Interpretation, Computation of Time, Governing Law, and Other References
1
     
 
A.
Defined Terms
1
 
B.
Rules of Interpretation
25
 
C.
Computation of Time
26
 
D.
Governing Law
26
 
E.
Reference to Monetary Figures
26
 
F.
Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
26
 
G.
Nonconsolidated Plan
26
 
H.
Certain Consent Rights
27
       
Article II. Administrative and Priority Claims
27
     
 
A.
Administrative Claims
27
 
B.
Professional Fee Claims
28
 
C.
DIP Claims
29
 
D.
Priority Tax Claims
30
       
Article III. Classification, Treatment, and Voting of Claims and Interests
30
     
 
A.
Classification of Claims and Interests
30
 
B.
Summary of Classification
30
 
C.
Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests
31
 
D.
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims
40
 
E.
Elimination of Vacant Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non‑Voting Classes
40
 
F.
Subordinated Claims
40
 
G.
Intercompany Interests
40
 
H.
Controversy Concerning Impairment
41
 
I.
Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
41
       
Article IV. Provisions for Implementation of the Plan
41
     
 
A.
Plan Settlement Provisions
41
 
B.
Restructuring Transactions
45
 
C.
Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions
46
 
D.
Takeback Debt
46
 
E.
DIP-to-Exit Facility and DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility
48
 
F.
Issuance and Distribution of the New Common Stock
49
 
G.
Corporate Existence
49
 
H.
New Organizational Documents
50
 
I.
Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors
50
 
J.
FCC Applications and PUC Applications
51
 
K.
Corporate Action
51
 
L.
Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors
51
 
M.
Cancellation of Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents
52
 
N.
Effectuation and Effect of Reinstatement
53
 
O.
Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions
54
 
P.
Section 1145 Exemption
54
 
Q.
Section 1146(a) Exemption
55
 
R.
Management Incentive Plan
55
 
S.
Employee Matters
56
 
T.
Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
56
 
U.
Workers’ Compensation Programs
57
 
V.
Preservation of Rights of Action
57
 
W.
Release of Preference Actions
58
 
X.
Consenting Noteholder Fees
58
 
Y.
Payment of Trustee Fees
58
 
Z.
Payment of Board Observer Fees
59

i

Article V. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
59
     
 
A.
Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
59
 
B.
Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors Under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
59
 
C.
Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases
60
 
D.
Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed
60
 
E.
Indemnification Provisions
61
 
F.
Restructuring Support Agreement
62
 
G.
Insurance Policies and Surety Bonds
62
 
H.
Reservation of Rights
64
 
I.
Nonoccurrence of Effective Date
64
 
J.
Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date
64
       
Article VI. Provisions Governing Distributions
65
     
 
A.
Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed
65
 
B.
Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent
65
 
C.
Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions
65
 
D.
Compliance Matters
68
 
E.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate
69
 
F.
Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties
69
 
G.
Setoffs and Recoupment
70
 
H.
Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest
70
       
Article VII. Procedures for Resolving Disputed, Contingent, and Unliquidated Claims and Interests
70
     
 
A.
Disputed Claims Process
70
 
B.
Objections to Claims
71
 
C.
Estimation of Claims
71
 
D.
No Distributions Pending Allowance
72
 
E.
Distributions After Allowance
72
 
F.
No Interest
72
 
G.
Adjustment to Claims and Interests without Objection
72
 
H.
Disallowance of Claims
73
 
I.
Amendments to Proofs of Claim
73

ii

Article VIII. Effect of Confirmation of the Plan
73
     
 
A.
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests
73
 
B.
Releases by the Debtors
74
 
C.
Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests
75
 
D.
Exculpation
76
 
E.
Injunction
76
 
F.
Release of Liens
77
 
G.
SEC
77
 
H.
No Release of Any Claims Held by the United States and the Navajo Nation
77
 
I.
Protection against Discriminatory Treatment
77
 
J.
Document Retention
78
 
K.
Reimbursement or Contribution
78
 
L.
Term of Injunctions or Stays
78
       
Article IX. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date
78
     
 
A.
Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
78
 
B.
Waiver of Conditions Precedent
80
 
C.
Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to Consummation
80
       
Article X. Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of the Plan
81
     
 
A.
Modification of Plan
81
 
B.
Effect of Confirmation on Modifications
81
 
C.
Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan
81
       
Article XI. Retention of Jurisdiction
81
   
Article XII. Miscellaneous Provisions
84
     
 
A.
Immediate Binding Effect
84
 
B.
Additional Documents
84
 
C.
Payment of Statutory Fees
84
 
D.
Dissolution of Statutory Committees
84
 
E.
Reservation of Rights
84
 
F.
Successors and Assigns
85
 
G.
Service of Documents
85
 
H.
Entire Agreement; Controlling Document
86
 
I.
Plan Supplement
86
 
J.
Non-Severability
86
 
K.
Votes Solicited in Good Faith
86
 
L.
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases
87
 
M.
Waiver or Estoppel
87
 
N.
FCC Rights and Powers
87

iii

INTRODUCTION
 
Frontier Communications Corporation and the above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession propose this joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization.  Although proposed jointly for administrative purposes, the Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for each Debtor for the resolution of outstanding Claims against and Interests in each Debtor pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.  Each Debtor is a proponent of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The classifications and treatment of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III of this Plan apply separately with respect to each Plan proposed by each Debtor, as applicable.  The Plan does not contemplate substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors.
 
Pursuant to section 1125(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, votes to accept or reject a chapter 11 plan cannot be solicited from holders of claims or interests entitled to vote on a chapter 11 plan until a disclosure statement has been approved by a bankruptcy court and distributed to such holders.  On June 30, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Disclosure Statement Order, which, among other things, approved the Disclosure Statement, established procedures for voting on the Plan, and scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for August 11, 2020, at 10:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern Time), which was subsequently adjourned to August 21, 2020, at 10:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern Time).  Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors should refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties, operations, historical financial information, projections of future operations, and risk factors, as well as a summary and description of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions that the Debtors seek to consummate on the Effective Date of the Plan, and certain related matters.
 
ARTICLE I.
 
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES
 
A.          Defined Terms
 
Capitalized terms used in this Plan have the meanings ascribed to them below.
 
1.           “1991 Notes Indenture” means that certain Base Indenture, dated as of August 15, 1991, by and among Frontier, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
2.           “2001 Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2001, by and among Frontier, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
3.          “2006 Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2006, by and among Frontier, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
4.          “2009 Notes Indenture” means that certain Base Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2009, by and among Frontier, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
5.           “2010 Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2010, by and among New Communications Holdings Inc., as issuer, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 

6.           “2015 Notes Indenture” means that certain Base Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2015, by and among Frontier, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
7.            “2020 April Notes” means the 8.500% unsecured notes due April 15, 2020, issued pursuant to the 2010 Notes Indenture.
 
8.            “2020 September Notes” means the 8.875% unsecured notes due September 15, 2020, issued pursuant to the 2015 Notes Indenture.
 
9.            “2021 July Notes” means the 9.250% unsecured notes due July 1, 2021, issued pursuant to the 2009 Notes Indenture.
 
10.          “2021 September Notes” means the 6.250% unsecured notes due September 15, 2021, issued pursuant to the 2009 Notes Indenture.
 
11.          “2022 April Notes” means the 8.750% unsecured notes due April 15, 2022, issued pursuant to the 2010 Notes Indenture.
 
12.          “2022 September Notes” means the 10.500% unsecured notes due September 15, 2022, issued pursuant to the 2015 Notes Indenture.
 
13.          “2023 Notes” means the 7.125% unsecured notes due January 15, 2023, issued pursuant to the 2009 Notes Indenture.
 
14.          “2024 Notes” means the 7.625% unsecured notes due April 15, 2024, issued pursuant to the 2009 Notes Indenture.
 
15.          “2025 January Notes” means the 6.875% unsecured notes due January 15, 2025, issued pursuant to the 2009 Notes Indenture.
 
16.          “2025 November Notes” means the 7.000% unsecured debentures due November 1, 2025, issued pursuant to the 1991 Notes Indenture.
 
17.          “2025 September Notes” means the 11.000% unsecured notes due September 15, 2025, issued pursuant to the 2015 Notes Indenture.
 
18.          “2026 Notes” means the 6.800% unsecured debentures due August 15, 2026, issued pursuant to the 1991 Notes Indenture.
 
19.          “2027 Notes” means the 7.875% unsecured notes due January 15, 2027, issued pursuant to the 2006 Notes Indenture.
 
20.          “2031 Notes” means the 9.000% unsecured notes due August 15, 2031, issued pursuant to the 2001 Notes Indenture.
 
21.          “2034 Notes” means the 7.680% unsecured debentures due October 1, 2034, issued pursuant to the 1991 Notes Indenture.
 
22.          “2035 Notes” means the 7.450% unsecured debentures due July 1, 2035, issued pursuant to the 1991 Notes Indenture.
 
2

23.          “2046 Notes” means the 7.050% unsecured debentures due October 1, 2046, issued pursuant to the 1991 Notes Indenture.
 
24.         “Administrative Claim” means a Claim against a Debtor for the costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases arising on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to sections 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including:  (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ business and (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims.
 
25.          “Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims (other than requests for payment of Administrative Claims arising under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code), which:  (a) with respect to Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims, shall be thirty days after the Effective Date; and (b) with respect to Professional Fee Claims, shall be forty-five days after the Effective Date.
 
26.       “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.  With respect to any Person that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Person as if the Person were a Debtor.
 
27.          “AG Group Representatives” means Akin and Ducera.
 
28.          “AG Notes Group” means the ad hoc group or committee of Consenting Noteholders represented by the AG Group Representatives.
 
29.          “Agents means, collectively, the Credit Agreement Agent, the DIP Agents, and any other agent or similar entity under the Credit Agreement.
 
30.          “Akin” means Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, as counsel to the AG Notes Group.
 
31.        “Allowed” means, with respect to any Claim against or Interest in a Debtor, except as otherwise provided in the Plan:  (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim or a request for payment of an Administrative Claim, as applicable, that is Filed on or before the Administrative Claims Bar Date (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to a Final Order, a Proof of Claim or request for payment of an Administrative Claim is not required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Debtors’ Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no contrary or superseding Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a Claim or Interest allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that, with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if, and to the extent that, with respect to such Claim, no objection to the allowance thereof is Filed within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court, or such an objection is so Filed and the Claim has been allowed by a Final Order.  Except as otherwise specified in the Plan, any Final Order, or as otherwise agreed by the Debtors, and except for any Claim that is Secured by property of a value in excess of the principal amount of such Claim (as determined by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court), the amount of an Allowed Claim shall not include interest or fees on such Claim accruing from and after the Petition Date.  For purposes of determining the amount of an Allowed Claim, there shall be deducted therefrom an amount equal to the amount of any Claim that the Debtors may hold against the Holder thereof, to the extent such Claim may be offset, recouped, or otherwise reduced under applicable law.  Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed, is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.  For the avoidance of doubt:  (x) any Proof of Claim or any request for payment of an Administrative Claim, that is Filed after the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-filed Claim and (y) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law.  “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.
 
3

32.          “Altman” means Altman Vilandrie & Company, as advisor to the Noteholder Groups.
 
33.         “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other Causes of Action or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates or other parties in interest under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non‑bankruptcy law, including Causes of Action or remedies under sections 502, 510, 542, 544, 545, 547–553, and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or under other similar or related local, state, federal, or foreign statutes and common law, including fraudulent transfer laws.
 
34.          “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as now in effect or hereafter amended.
 
35.         “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, including to the extent of the withdrawal of reference under section 157 of the Judicial Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.
 
36.         “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
37.         “Board Observer Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid, all outstanding fees and expenses payable to the Board Observers under the Final Order Authorizing the Debtors to (I) Pay Prepetition Employee Wages, Salaries, Other Compensation, and Reimbursable Employee Expenses and (II) Continue Employee Benefits Programs [Docket No. 365].
 
38.          “Board Observers” means, together, the observers to the board of directors of Frontier designated by the Consenting Noteholders pursuant to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
39.          “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
 
40.          “CARES Act” means the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, Pub. L. No. 116-136 (Mar. 27, 2020).
 
41.          “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof, including bank deposits and checks.
 
4

42.         “Causes of Actionany action, Claim, cross‑claim, third‑party claim, damage, judgment, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, action, suit, obligation, liability, debt, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, Lien, indemnity, interest, guaranty, or franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, in contract or in tort, at law or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of law or otherwise.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Causes of Action” include:  (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and any claim arising from any contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) any claim based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, tort, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, violation of local, state, federal, or foreign law, or breach of any duty imposed by law or in equity, including securities laws, negligence, and gross negligence; (c) any right to object to or otherwise contest Claims or Interests; (d) any claim pursuant to section 362 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) any claim or defense, including fraud, mistake, duress, usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (f) any Avoidance Action.
 
43.          “Certificate” means any instrument evidencing a Claim or an Interest.
 
44.         “Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the procedurally consolidated cases filed for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
45.          “Claimhas the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
46.         “Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent” means Prime Clerk LLC, in its capacity as the claims, noticing, and solicitation agent in the Chapter 11 Cases for the Debtors and any successors appointed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
47.         “Claims Objection Deadline” means the deadline for objecting to a Claim asserted against a Debtor, which shall be on the date that is the later of:  (a) (i) with respect to Administrative Claims (other than Professional Fee Claims and Administrative Claims arising under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code), sixty days after the Administrative Claims Bar Date or (ii) with respect to all other Claims (other than Professional Fee Claims), 180 days after the Effective Date and (b) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by an order of the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to such Claims.
 
48.          “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court or the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent.
 
49.          “Class” means a class of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors as set forth in Article III of the Plan in accordance with section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
50.         “Communications Act” means chapter 5 of title 47 of the United States Code, 47 U.S.C. §§ 151–622, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
51.         “Compensation Consultant” means that certain compensation consultant retained jointly by the Noteholder Groups in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
52.        “Confirmation” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
 
53.          “Confirmation Date” means the date on which Confirmation occurs.
 
5

54.         “Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing before the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code at which the Debtors will seek Confirmation of the Plan.
 
55.          “Confirmation Order” means the Bankruptcy Court’s order confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
56.       “Consenting Noteholder Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid, all outstanding, reasonable, and documented fees and expenses of any professional retained on behalf of the Noteholder Groups (whether incurred directly or on their behalf and regardless of whether such fees and expenses are incurred before or after the Petition Date), including the Consenting Noteholder Professionals; provided that payment of such fees and expenses for any additional professionals besides those listed in (a) through (g) of this paragraph shall be subject to the reasonable consent of the Debtors.
 
57.         “Consenting Noteholder Professionals” means, collectively, (a) Akin, (b) Milbank, (c) Ducera, (d) Houlihan, (e) Altman, (f) October Three, and (g) the Compensation Consultant.
 
58.        “Consenting Noteholders” means, collectively, the holders of, or investment advisors, sub-advisors, or managers of discretionary accounts that hold, Senior Notes Claims that executed and delivered counterpart signature pages to the Restructuring Support Agreement on April 14, 2020 or subsequently delivered a joinder or a transfer agreement to counsel to the Debtors in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
59.          “Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 
60.          “Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of February 27, 2017, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time (including pursuant to Article IV.A.2), by and among Frontier, as the borrower, the Credit Agreement Agent, and the lenders party thereto.
 
61.        “Credit Agreement Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, and any successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity.
 
62.          “Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility.
 
63.          “Creditors’ Committee” means the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed by the U.S. Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, as it may be reconstituted from time to time.
 
64.        “Cure” or “Cure Claim” means a Claim (unless waived or modified by the applicable counterparty) based upon a Debtor’s default under an Executory Contract or an Unexpired Lease assumed by such Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a default that is not required to be cured pursuant to section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
65.         “D&O Liability Insurance Policies” means all unexpired insurance policies maintained by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Estates as of the Effective Date that have been issued (or provide coverage) regarding directors’, managers’, officers’, members’, and trustees’ liability (including any “tail policy”) and all agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto.
 
66.          “Debtor Release” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.B of the Plan.
 
6

67.          “Debtors” means, collectively, Frontier and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto.
 
68.       “Definitive Documents” means (a) the Plan (and any and all exhibits, annexes, and schedules thereto); (b) the Confirmation Order; (c) the Disclosure Statement and the other Solicitation Materials; (d) the Disclosure Statement Order; (e) all pleadings filed by the Debtors in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases (or related orders), including the First Day Filings and all orders sought pursuant thereto; (f) the Plan Supplement; (g) the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents; (h) the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents; (i) the Takeback Debt Documents; (j) the New Organizational Documents; (k) any key employee incentive plan or key employee retention plan; (l) all documentation with respect to any post‑emergence management incentive plan, including the Management Incentive Plan; (m) any other disclosure documents related to the issuance of the New Common Stock; (n) any new material employment, consulting, or similar agreements; (o) any and all filings as may be required under the rules of the FCC and/or any PUC in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases (including any FCC Applications and any PUC Applications); and (p) any and all other deeds, agreements, filings, notifications, pleadings, orders, certificates, letters, instruments or other documents reasonably desired or necessary to consummate and document the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Restructuring Transactions (including any exhibits, amendments, modifications, or supplements made from time to time thereto).  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Definitive Documents not executed or in a form attached to the Restructuring Support Agreement shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders; provided, that the New Organizational Documents shall be determined by and acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders in their sole discretion; provided, further, that (i) any and all agreements, filings, notifications, pleadings, orders, instruments, or other documents reasonably desired or necessary to consummate and document the Secured Creditor Settlement, including the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, the Takeback Debt Documents, and the Confirmation Order, shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the First Lien Committee as to any provisions thereof that implicate the Secured Creditor Settlement and (ii) the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the Takeback Debt Documents shall, in each case, be in form and substance reasonably acceptable the First Lien Committee as to any provisions thereof that implicate the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2.
 
69.          “Determining Noteholders” has the meaning set forth in Article IV.D.
 
70.        “DIP Agents” means, collectively, any agent or similar entity under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents.
 
71.       “DIP Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, secured by, based on, or related to the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents solely to the extent such Claim arises prior to the Effective Date.
 
72.          “DIP Facilities” means the debtor-in-possession financing facilities under the DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility.
 
73.         “DIP Lenders” means, collectively, the lenders providing the DIP-to-Exit Facility and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, respectively.
 
74.         “DIP Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the DIP-to-Exit Facilities and/or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility in form and substance consistent with the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, as applicable.
 
7

75.          “DIP Trustee” means any trustee or similar entity under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents.
 
76.         “DIP-to-Exit Facility” means one or more debtor-in-possession financing facilities, as set forth in the DIP Order, with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as lead arranger or manager, which shall be used to repay certain of the Debtors’ prepetition secured indebtedness and shall convert into an exit facility on the Effective Date and which shall not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
77.          “DIP-to-Exit Facility Bond Engagement Letter” means that certain engagement letter by and among Frontier, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as a lead bookrunner and a lead underwriter, dated as of August 14, 2020, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
78.         “DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents” means, collectively, all agreements, indentures, notes, filings, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the DIP-to-Exit Facility, including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, escrow agreements, UCC financing statements or other perfection documents, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee letters, and other security documents, each of which shall not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
79.          “DIP-to-Exit Facility Term Loan Engagement Letter” means that certain engagement letter by and among Frontier, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as a lead arranger and/or bookrunner, dated as of August 14, 2020, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
80.          “DIP-to-Exit Financing Parties” means (i) any Engagement Party, Managers or Additional Managers (in each case, as defined in the DIP-to-Exit Facility Bond Engagement Letter), solely in their capacities as such; (ii) any Commitment Party and the Lead Arrangers (in each case, as defined in the DIP‑to-Exit Revolving Facility Commitment Letter), solely in their capacities as such; and (iii) any Engagement Party, Lead Arrangers or Additional Agent (in each case, as defined in the DIP-to-Exit Facility Term Loan Engagement Letter), solely in their capacities as such.
 
81.        “DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility” means that certain debtor-in-possession financing facility, as set forth in the DIP Order, of no less than $460 million, with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as a lead arranger, which shall, subject to certain conditions, convert into an exit revolving facility on the Effective Date and which shall not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
82.       “DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Commitment Letter” means that certain amended and restated commitment letter, by and between the Commitment Parties (as defined therein) and the Debtors (as defined therein), as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
8

83.       “DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents” means, collectively, all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, including a separate credit agreement under the exit revolving facility, an amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement to evidence the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility as the revolving facility thereunder and the terms of such DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, UCC financing statements or other perfection documents, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee letters, and other security documents, each of which shall not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
84.        “Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Frontier Communications Corporation and Its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 648], as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan.
 
85.       “Disclosure Statement Order” means the Order Approving (I) the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement, (II) the Solicitation and Notice Procedures, (III) the Forms of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, and (IV) Certain Dates with Respect Thereto [Docket No. 650], entered by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement and the solicitations procedures with respect to the Plan.
 
86.         “Disputed” means a Claim or an Interest or any portion thereof:  (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order; and (c) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim, a Proof of Interest, or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment.
 
87.         “Distribution Agent” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any Entity or Entities designated by the Reorganized Debtors to make or to facilitate distributions that are to be made pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that with respect to the First Lien Notes, the Second Lien Notes, and the Senior Notes, the applicable Trustee shall make or facilitate any distributions to holders of First Lien Notes on account of the First Lien Notes Claim, Second Lien Notes on account of the Second Lien Notes Claim, and Senior Notes on account of Senior Notes Claims, respectively, in accordance with the Plan.
 
88.        “Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein, the date or dates determined by the Reorganized Debtors, on or after the Effective Date, upon which the Distribution Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive distributions under the Plan.
 
89.       “Distribution Record Date” means, other than with respect to Securities of the Debtors deposited with DTC and the First Lien Settlement Payments, the record date for purposes of determining which Holders of Allowed Claims against or Allowed Interests in the Debtors are eligible to receive distributions under the Plan, which date shall be the Effective Date, or such other date as is agreed to by the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders or designated by an order of the Bankruptcy Court.  The Distribution Record Date shall not apply to Securities of the Debtors deposited with DTC, the holders of which shall receive a distribution in accordance with Article VI of the Plan and, as applicable, the customary procedures of DTC, or to the First Lien Settlement Payments.
 
90.          “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
 
9

91.          “Ducera” means Ducera Partners LLC, as financial advisor to the AG Notes Group.
 
92.          “Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan, (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, and (c) the Debtors declare the Plan effective.
 
93.          “Emergence Award” has the meaning set forth in Article IV.R.
 
94.        “Engagement Letter Order” means that certain Order Authorizing the Debtors to (A) Enter Into DIP Financing Engagement Letters, (B) Pay Expenses in Connection Therewith, and (C) Furnish Related Indemnities.
 
95.          “Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
96.          “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1301-1461 (2012 & Supp. V 2017), and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
97.          “Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created on the Petition Date for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to sections 301 and 541 of the Bankruptcy Code and all property (as defined in section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code) acquired by the Debtor after the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date.
 
98.          “Excess Cash” means the amount of unrestricted balance sheet cash in excess of $150 million on the Effective Date as projected thirty days prior to the anticipated Effective Date (in each case, estimated and calculated in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders, including in respect of available net after-tax cash proceeds from the PNW Sale and less any deferred pension contribution payments, and any interest associated therewith, of the Debtors under the CARES Act or applicable IRS/PBGC waiver, potential costs related to regulatory settlements, and other restructuring related payments due on the Effective Date, including any required repayments of debt but excluding the Incremental Senior Notes Payments).  For the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental Senior Notes Payments will be made from Excess Cash first prior to the determination of, and distribution of, any Surplus Cash.  Further, for the avoidance of doubt, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility shall remain undrawn as of the Effective Date (excluding any required letters of credit).
 
99.          “Exculpated Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such:  (a) each of the Debtors; (b) each of the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Noteholders; (d) the Creditors’ Committee and each of its members; (e) the First Lien Committee and each of its members; (f) the Second Lien Committee and each of its members, (g) the Agents and each Trustee, solely to the extent that they act as agents for the Debtors with respect to the administration or consummation of this Plan, including effectuating distributions hereunder, (h) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (h); and (i) each Related Party of each Entity in clause (a) through this clause (i).
 
100.       “Executory Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
101.       “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission, including any official bureau or division thereof acting on delegated authority, and any successor Governmental Unit performing functions similar to those performed by the Federal Communications Commission on the Effective Date.
 
10

102.        “FCC Applications” means, collectively, each requisite application, petition, or other request filed or to be filed with the FCC in connection with the Restructuring Transactions or this Plan, including the applications filed with the FCC seeking consent to the Transfer of Control.
 
103.       “FCC Approval” means the FCC’s grant of the FCC Applications; provided that the possibility that an appeal, request for stay, or petition for rehearing or review by a court or administrative agency may be filed with respect to such grant, or that the FCC may reconsider or review such grant on its own authority, shall not prevent such grant from constituting FCC Approval for purposes of the Plan.
 
104.        “FCC Licenses” means any licenses, authorizations, waivers, and permits that are issued from time to time by the FCC.
 
105.       “Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment interest rate in effect as of the Petition Date calculated as set forth in section 1961 of the Judicial Code.
 
106.       “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing, respectively, in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee, or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim or Proof of Interest, file, filed, or filing, respectively, with the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent.
 
107.       “Final Adequate Protection Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the DIP Order) granting adequate protection to the Holders of Revolving Credit Claims (if then outstanding), Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, Second Lien Notes Claims, and Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims, which shall (a) include all terms and conditions included in the Interim Adequate Protection Order, (b) be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the First Lien Committee and the Second Lien Notes Trustee, and (c) not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or be modified in a manner adverse to (i) Holders of Term Loan Claims or First Lien Notes Claims without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee or (ii) Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims without the prior written consent of the Second Lien Notes Trustee, such consents not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
108.        “Final Decree” means the decree contemplated under Bankruptcy Rule 3022.
 
109.       “Final Order” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, reconsideration, or rehearing has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or motion for a new trial, reargument, reconsideration, or rehearing has been timely taken or filed, or as to which any appeal that has been or may be taken or any petition for certiorari or any motion for a new trial, reargument, reconsideration, or rehearing that has been or may be made or filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the motion for a new trial, reargument, reconsideration, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order (if any such motion has been or may be granted), or have otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided that the possibility that a motion under rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or any comparable Bankruptcy Rule may be filed relating to such order or judgment shall not cause such order or judgment to not be a Final Order.
 
110.        “First Day Filings” means the “first-day” filings that the Debtors made upon or shortly following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
111.      “First Lien Committee” means the ad hoc committee of certain unaffiliated Holders of Term Loan Claims and First Lien Notes Claims represented by Paul, Weiss and PJT Partners.
 
11

112.       “First Lien Committee Fees” means, collectively, all outstanding, reasonable, and documented fees and expenses (regardless of whether such fees and expenses are incurred before or after the Petition Date) of (a) Paul, Weiss, (b) PJT Partners, and (c) Friedman Kaplan.
 
113.      “First Lien Documents” means, collectively, the Credit Agreement, the First Lien Notes Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection with the Credit Facilities and the First Lien Notes, including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, UCC financing statements, or other perfection documents, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee letters, and other security documents.
 
114.        “First Lien Notes” means the 8.000% first lien secured notes due April 1, 2027, issued by Frontier pursuant to the First Lien Notes Indenture.
 
115.       “First Lien Notes Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the First Lien Notes or the First Lien Notes Indenture.
 
116.      “First Lien Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of March 15, 2019, by and among Frontier, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as successor trustee to the Bank of New York Mellon, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
117.       “First Lien Notes Settlement Payment” means a Cash payment in the aggregate amount of $9,300,000, which the Debtors shall distribute to the First Lien Notes Trustee no later than five Business Days after the Confirmation Date, and which the First Lien Notes Trustee shall distribute, on a Pro Rata basis, to each Holder of First Lien Notes Claims as of the Confirmation Date, and which payment shall not be subject to disgorgement or recharacterization.
 
118.     “First Lien Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as successor trustee under the First Lien Notes Indenture, and any successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.
 
119.       “First Lien Objection” means the Objection of the Ad Hoc First Lien Committee to the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 857].
 
120.        “First Lien Settlement Payments” means the Term Loan Settlement Payments and the First Lien Notes Settlement Payment.
 
121.        “Friedman Kaplan” means Friedman Kaplan Seiler & Adelman LLP, as special counsel to the First Lien Committee.
 
122.        “Frontier” means Frontier Communications Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware.
 
123.       “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor that is not Secured and is not:  (a) paid in full prior to the Effective Date pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) an Administrative Claim; (c) a Secured Tax Claim; (d) an Other Secured Claim; (e) a Priority Tax Claim; (f) an Other Priority Claim; (g) a DIP Claim; (h) a Professional Fee Claim; (i) a Revolving Credit Claim; (j) a Term Loan Claim; (k) a First Lien Notes Claim; (l) a Second Lien Notes Claim; (m) a Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claim; (n) a Subsidiary Secured Notes Claim; (o) a Senior Notes Claim; (p) a Section 510(b) Claim; or (q) an Intercompany Claim.  For the avoidance of doubt, IDRB Claims shall be General Unsecured Claims.  Further, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim by the United States Government or any of its agencies that is excepted from the automatic stay pursuant to section 362(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be a General Unsecured Claim.
 
12

124.        “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
125.        “Holder” means an Entity holding a Claim against or an Interest in any Debtor.
 
126.        “Houlihan” means Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., as financial advisor to the MB Notes Group.
 
127.       “IDRB” means the 6.200% industrial development revenue bonds due May 1, 2030, issued pursuant to the Indenture and in connection with the IDRB Loan Agreement.
 
128.      “IDRB Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the IDRB Indenture or IDRB Loan Agreement.
 
129.       “IDRB Indenture means the Indenture of Trust, dated as of May 1, 1995, by and between the Industrial Development Authority of the County of Maricopa, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor trustee.
 
130.      “IDRB Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1995, by and among Citizens Utilities Company and The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Maricopa, as issuer, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, entered into in connection with the issuance of the IDRB.
 
131.       “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
132.       “Incremental Senior Notes Payment Amount” means, with respect to each series of Senior Notes, (a) if the amount of Excess Cash is equal to or greater than the sum of all Series Accrued Amounts, the Series Accrued Amount for such series, (b) if the amount of Excess Cash is less than the sum of all Series Accrued Amounts but greater than zero, an amount equal to Excess Cash multiplied by the Series Ratable Share for such series, or (c) if Excess Cash is zero, zero.
 
133.       “Incremental Senior Notes Payments” means, collectively, the Cash payments, on the Effective Date (to the extent of available Excess Cash), to each Holder of Senior Notes, which shall be allocated to the Holders of Senior Notes of each series of Senior Notes based on such series’ Series Ratable Share of the Incremental Senior Notes Payment Amount.  Payment of the Incremental Senior Notes Payments shall be made to every Holder of each series of Senior Notes in respect of the portion of the Series Accrued Amounts related to such Holder’s holdings in such series of Senior Notes.  Distribution of Incremental Senior Notes Payments shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
134.       “Incremental Term Loan Settlement Payment” means a Cash payment in the aggregate amount of $7,500,000, which shall be distributed on the Effective Date, on a Pro Rata basis to each Holder of Allowed Term Loan Claims as of the Effective Date, solely in the event that the Effective Date occurs on or after March 31, 2021, which payment shall not be subject to disgorgement or recharacterization.
 
13

135.      “Indemnification Provisions” means the provisions in place before or as of the Effective Date, whether in a Debtor’s bylaws, certificates of incorporation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement, management agreement, other formation or organizational document, board resolution, indemnification agreement, contract, or otherwise providing the basis for any obligation of a Debtor as of the Effective Date to indemnify, defend, reimburse, or limit the liability of, or to advance fees and expenses to, any of the Debtors’ current and former directors, equity holders, managers, officers, members, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals, and each such Entity’s respective affiliates, as applicable.
 
136.        “Initial Settlement Payments” means, collectively, the Initial Term Loan Settlement Payment and the First Lien Notes Settlement Payment.
 
137.        “Initial Term Loan Settlement Payment means a Cash payment in the aggregate amount of $48,200,000, which shall be distributed no later than five Business Days after the Confirmation Date, on a Pro Rata basis to each Holder of Allowed Term Loan Claims as of the Confirmation Date, which payment shall not be subject to disgorgement or recharacterization.
 
138.        “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor that is held by another Debtor or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a Debtor.
 
139.        “Intercompany Interest” means any Interest in one Debtor held by another Debtor, other than an Interest in Frontier.
 
140.      Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Junior Lien Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2018, by and between Holders of Revolving Credit Claims, Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims.
 
141.      “Interim Compensation Order” means the Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Retained Professionals [Docket No. 88].
 
142.      “Interest” means any equity security as such term is defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock and any other common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profit interests of an Entity, including all options, warrants, rights, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights, restricted stock units, redemption rights, repurchase rights, convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable securities, or other agreements, arrangements, or commitments of any character relating to, or whose value is related to, any such interest or other ownership interest in an Entity whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement and whether or not certificated, transferable, preferred, common, voting, or denominated “stock” or a similar security, and including any Claim against the Debtors subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to the foregoing.
 
143.     “Interim Adequate Protection Order” means the Interim Order (A) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Secured Parties and Prepetition Frontier Southwest Notes Secured Parties, (B) Authorizing the Unsecured Subsidiary Debt Payments, (C) Modifying the Automatic Stay, (D) Scheduling a Final Hearing, and (E) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 89], which order shall not be modified in a manner adverse to (a) Holders of Term Loan Claims or First Lien Notes Claims without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee or (b) Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims without the prior written consent of the Second Lien Notes Trustee, such consents not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
144.      “Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
14

145.        “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
146.      “Make-Whole Claim” means any Claim, whether secured or unsecured, derived from or based upon any make-whole, applicable premium, redemption premium, or other similar payment provisions provided for by the applicable indenture, credit agreement, or other agreement, or any other alleged premiums, fees, or Claims relating to the repayment of the principal balance of any notes, credit facilities, or other debts, including any Claims for damages or other relief arising from the repayment, prior to the respective stated maturity or call date, of the principal balance of any credit facilities, notes, or other debts, or any denial of any right to rescind any acceleration of such credit facilities, notes, or other debts, including, without limitation, those Claims arising under Section 4.09 of the First Lien Notes Indenture, and Section 4.07 of the Second Lien Notes Indenture.
 
147.        “Management Incentive Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
148.       “Management Incentive Plan Pool” means the pool of six percent of the fully diluted New Common Stock, which is reserved for distribution to participants in the Management Incentive Plan, including Emergence Awards, if any.
 
149.        “MB Notes Group” means the ad hoc group or committee of Consenting Noteholders represented by the MB Notes Group Representatives.
 
150.        “MB Notes Group Representatives” means Houlihan and Milbank.
 
151.       “Mediation” means the mediation between, among others, (a) the Debtors, (b) the AG Notes Group, (c) the MB Notes Group, (d) the First Lien Committee, (e) the Second Lien Committee, (f) the Creditors’ Committee, and (g) the Second Lien Notes Trustee, which was held before the Honorable Shelley C. Chapman, pursuant to the Order Appointing a Mediator [Docket No. 803].
 
152.        “Milbank” means Milbank LLP, as counsel to the MB Notes Group.
 
153.        “Navajo Nation” means Navajo Nation and its agencies, departments, and affiliates, including Navajo Tribal Utility Authority.
 
154.      “New Board” means the initial board of directors of Reorganized Frontier immediately following the occurrence of the Effective Date, to be appointed in accordance with the Plan and the New Organizational Documents.
 
155.        “New Common Stock” means the common stock of Reorganized Frontier to be issued on the Effective Date.
 
156.      “New Organizational Documents” means the organizational and governance documents for the Reorganized Debtors and any subsidiaries thereof, including, as applicable, the certificates or articles of incorporation, certificates of formation, certificates of organization, certificates of limited partnership, or certificates of conversion, limited liability company agreements, operating agreements, or limited partnership agreements, stockholder or shareholder agreements, bylaws, the identity of proposed members of the board of Reorganized Frontier, indemnification agreements, and Registration Rights Agreements (or equivalent governing documents of any of the foregoing).  The New Organizational Documents shall be determined by and acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders in their sole discretion.
 
157.        “Noteholder Groups” means, collectively, the MB Notes Group and the AG Notes Group.
 
15

158.      “Original DIP Motion” means the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of (I) An Interim and Final Order (A) Granting Adequate Protection, (B) Authorizing the Unsecured Subsidiary Debt Payments, (C) Modifying the Automatic Stay, and (D) Granting Related Relief, and (II) A Final Order (A) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Senior Secured Superpriority Postpetition Financing, (B) Granting Liens and Superpriority Administrative Expense Claims, (C) Authorizing Repayment of the Prepetition Revolving Credit Facility in Full, (D) Modifying the Automatic Stay, and (E) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 43].
 
159.       “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
160.       “Other Secured Claim” means a Secured Claim against a Debtor that is not:  (a) a Revolving Credit Claim; (b) a Term Loan Claim; (c) a First Lien Notes Claim; (d) a Second Lien Notes Claim; (e) a Subsidiary Secured Notes Claim; (f) a Secured Tax Claim; or (g) a DIP Claim.
 
161.      “Parent Litigation Claims” means litigation-related Claims against Frontier that would be subject to the section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (except for such Claims subject to the exception contained in section 362(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Parent Litigation Claims shall not include any litigation-related Claims against any of Frontier’s direct or indirect subsidiaries.
 
162.        “Paul, Weiss” means Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to the First Lien Committee.
 
163.       “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, a wholly-owned United States government corporation, and an agency of the United States created by ERISA.
 
164.        “Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
165.        “Petition Date” means April 14, 2020.
 
166.        “PJT Partners” means PJT Partners LP, as financial advisor to the First Lien Committee.
 
167.     “Plan” means this joint chapter 11 plan and all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules hereto, as may be altered, amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Article X.A hereof, including the Plan Supplement (as altered, amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), which is incorporated herein by reference and made part of the Plan as if set forth herein.
 
168.       “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan (in each case, as may thereafter be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and applicable law), each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders and the Debtors (provided that the New Organizational Documents shall be determined by and acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders in their sole discretion), to be Filed by the Debtors no later than seven days before the Confirmation Hearing or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court, and additional documents Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement; provided that the Debtors shall consult with the Creditors’ Committee on the Plan Supplement prior to its Filing.  The Plan Supplement may include the following, as applicable:  (a) the New Organizational Documents; (b) to the extent known, the identity and members of the New Board; (c) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (e) the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents, (f) the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, (g) the Takeback Debt Documents, as applicable; (h) the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum; (i) documentation relating to Emergence Awards, as applicable; (j) the Schriesheim Letter Agreement; and (k) any additional documents necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions or that is contemplated by the Plan.
 
16

169.       “PNW Sale” means the sale of all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the subsidiaries of Frontier and Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC that operate Frontier’s business in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and Montana to Northwest Fiber, LLC as reflected in a purchase agreement entered into on May 28, 2019.
 
170.      “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit against a Debtor of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
171.       “Pro Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class or the proportion of the Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interests under the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.
 
172.       “Professional” means an Entity:  (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered and expenses incurred pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) for which compensation and reimbursement has been Allowed by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
173.     “Professional Fee Claim” means any Administrative Claim by a Professional for compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professional through and including the Effective Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.  To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Professional Fee Claim.
 
174.       “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an escrow account funded by the Debtors with Cash no later than the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.
 
175.      “Professional Fee Escrow Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses the Professionals have incurred or will incur in rendering services in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases prior to and as of the Confirmation Date projected to be outstanding as of the anticipated Effective Date, which shall be estimated pursuant to the method set forth in Article II.B of the Plan.
 
176.        “Proof of Claim” means a written proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
177.        Proof of Interest” means a written proof of Interest Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
178.        PUC” means any state-level public utility commission or similar agency with regulatory authority over any of the Debtors or their affiliates.
 
17

179.       PUC Applicationmeans any requisite application, petition, notice, or other request filed or to be filed with a PUC seeking PUC Approval to effectuate any Restructuring Transactions contemplated in the Plan.
 
180.       PUC Approvalmeans any applicable PUC’s grant of a PUC Application; provided that the possibility that an appeal, request for stay, or petition for rehearing or review by a court or administrative agency may be filed with respect to such grant, or that a PUC may reconsider or review such grant on its own authority, shall not prevent such grant from constituting a PUC Approval for purposes of the Plan.
 
181.        “Quinn Emanuel” means Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP, as counsel to the Second Lien Committee.
 
182.       Registration Rights Agreement” means any agreement providing registration rights to the Consenting Noteholders, their affiliates, or any other parties, in each case, with respect to the New Common Stock.
 
183.      “Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means, with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
184.     “Reinstated First Lien Notes” means the First Lien Notes, issued pursuant to the First Lien Notes Indenture, after giving effect to any amendments or modifications made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, upon being rendered Unimpaired pursuant to Section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code pursuant to the Plan to the extent the First Lien Notes have not been repaid prior to or on the Effective Date.
 
185.      “Reinstated Notes” means the Reinstated First Lien Notes and the Reinstated Second Lien Notes, after giving effect to any amendments or modifications made pursuant to Article IV.A.2.
 
186.      “Reinstated Second Lien Notes” means the Second Lien Notes, issued pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture, after giving effect to any amendments or modifications made pursuant to Article IV.A.2, upon being rendered Unimpaired pursuant to Section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code pursuant to the Plan to the extent the Second Lien Notes have not been repaid prior to or on the Effective Date.
 
187.      “Reinstated Secured Debt” means, collectively, the Reinstated Notes and/or the Reinstated Term Loan Claims, each after giving effect to any amendments or modifications made pursuant to Article IV.A.2.
 
188.       “Related Party” means, with respect to any Entity, in each case in its capacity as such with respect to such Entity, such Entity’s current and former directors, managers, officers, investment committee members, special committee members, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, managed accounts or funds, predecessors, participants, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, partners, limited partners, general partners, principals, members, management companies, fund advisors or managers, employees, agents, trustees, advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals and advisors.
 
189.      “Released Parties” means, collectively, in each case in its capacity as such:  (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) the First Lien Committee and each of its members; (d) the Second Lien Committee and each of its members, (e) each Consenting Noteholder; (f) the DIP Agent; (g) each Holder of a DIP Claim; (h) the DIP-to-Exit Financing Parties (i) the Agents and each Trustee; (j) the Creditors’ Committee and each of its members; (k) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (l); and (l) each Related Party of each Entity in clauses (a) through (k); provided that any Holder of a Claim against or Interest in the Debtors that is not a Releasing Party shall not be a “Released Party.”
 
18

190.       “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, in each case in its capacity as such:  (a) each Debtor; (b) each Reorganized Debtor; (c) the First Lien Committee and each of its members; (d) the Second Lien Committee and each of its members, (e) each Consenting Noteholder; (f) the DIP Agent; (g) each Holder of a DIP Claim; (h) the DIP-to-Exit Financing Parties; (i) the Agents and each Trustee; (j) the Creditors’ Committee and each of its members; (k) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (l), (l) each Related Party of each Entity in clauses (a) through (k); (m) all Holders of Claims that vote to accept the Plan; (m) all Holders of Claims that vote to reject the Plan and do not opt out of or otherwise object to the Third-Party Release in the Plan; and (m) all Holders of Claims that abstain from voting on the Plan and do not opt out of or otherwise object to the Third-Party Release in the Plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, all holders of Claims and Interests that are not entitled to vote on the Plan shall not be Releasing Parties.
 
191.        “Reorganized Debtor” means a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, on and after the Effective Date, including Reorganized Frontier and any intermediary holding company formed in the Restructuring Transactions through which Reorganized Frontier holds any other Reorganized Debtor.
 
192.       “Reorganized Frontier” means either (a) Frontier, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, on and after the Effective Date, or (b) a new corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that may be formed to, among other things, directly or indirectly acquire substantially all of the assets and/or stock of the Debtors and issue the New Common Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Plan.
 
193.      “Required Consenting Noteholders” means, as of the relevant date, the Consenting Noteholders then holding greater than fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes Claims that are held by all Consenting Noteholders subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement as of such date.
 
194.       “Restructuring Support Agreement” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, made and entered into as of April 14, 2020, including all exhibits thereto, by and among the Debtors and the Consenting Noteholders party thereto from time to time, as such may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
 
195.        “Restructuring Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached as Exhibit B to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
196.    “Restructuring Transactions” means those mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate transactions that the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders (not to be unreasonably withheld), reasonably determine to be necessary to implement the transactions described in this Plan, as described in more detail in Article IV.B herein and the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum and consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement.
  
19

197.      “Restructuring Transactions Memorandum” means that certain memorandum as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, describing the steps to be carried out to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, the form of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement and, for the avoidance of doubt, be reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders; provided, that the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum as set forth in Docket No. 895 may not be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified to include additional steps or transactions that would constitute a default under the First Lien Documents without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, unless such additional step or transaction implements a Restructuring Transaction that was previously consented to as part of the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 
198.       “Revolving Credit Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Revolving Credit Facility provided for in the Credit Agreement.
 
199.        “Revolving Credit Facility” means that certain prepetition senior secured revolving credit facility provided for under the Credit Agreement.
 
200.        “Revolving Credit Lenders” means, collectively, Holders of Revolving Credit Claims.
 
201.        “Rural Utilities Service Loan Claim” means a Claim arising under a Rural Utilities Service Loan Contract.
 
202.       “Rural Utilities Service Loan Contracts” means those Rural Utilities Service loan contracts due January 3, 2028 to which certain Debtors are counterparties.
 
203.       “Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means a schedule that may be Filed as part of the Plan Supplement at the Debtors’ option of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in accordance with the Plan.
 
204.     “Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of certain Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time by the Debtors, which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.
 
205.      “Schedules” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by each of the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such schedules and statements may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
 
206.      “Schriesheim Letter Agreement” means that certain agreement by and between Robert A. Schriesheim and Frontier, that remains subject to finalization.
 
207.       “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
208.     “Second Lien Committee” means an ad hoc committee of certain unaffiliated Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims represented by Quinn Emanuel.
 
209.       “Second Lien Committee Fees” means, collectively, up to $1.0 million of outstanding, reasonable, and documented fees and expenses (regardless of whether such fees and expenses are incurred before or after the Petition Date) of (a) Quinn Emanuel and (b) TRS Advisors.
 
20

210.      “Second Lien Notes” means the 8.500% second lien secured notes due April 1, 2026, issued by Frontier pursuant to the Second Lien Notes Indenture.
 
211.       “Second Lien Notes Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Second Lien Notes or the Second Lien Notes Indenture.
 
212.      “Second Lien Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2018, by and among Frontier, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Savings Fund Society FSB, as successor trustee and successor collateral agent, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.
 
213.      “Second Lien Notes Trustee” means Wilmington Savings Fund Society FSB, in its capacity as successor trustee under the Second Lien Notes Indenture, and any successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.
 
214.       “Second Lien Objections” means the Objection of the Second Lien Notes Trustee to the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 858] and the Second Lien Committee’s Joinder to the Second Lien Notes Trustee’s Objection [Docket No. 860].
 
215.        “Section 510(b) Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
216.       “Secured” means, when referring to a Claim:  (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the applicable Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in such Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) Allowed pursuant to the Plan as a secured Claim.
 
217.      “Secured Creditor Settlement” means the settlement, release, compromise, discharge, or other resolution of all outstanding Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, including the First Lien Objection and Second Lien Objections as between the Debtors, the First Lien Committee, the Second Lien Notes Trustee, and the Second Lien Committee, as described in Article IV.A.2.
 
218.       “Secured Tax Claim” means any Secured Claim against a Debtor that, absent its Secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations), including any related Secured Claim for penalties.
 
219.     “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, as now in effect or hereafter amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
220.        “Security” has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.
 
221.       “Senior Noteholders” means, collectively, the Holders of Senior Notes Claims.
 
222.       “Senior Notes” means, collectively, the 2020 April Notes, the 2020 September Notes, the 2021 July Notes, the 2021 September Notes, the 2022 April Notes, the 2022 September Notes, the 2023 Notes, the 2024 Notes, the 2025 January Notes, the 2025 September Notes, the 2025 November Notes, the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2031 Notes, the 2034 Notes, the 2035 Notes, and the 2046 Notes.
 
21

223.       “Senior Notes Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Senior Notes or the Senior Notes Indentures.
 
224.      “Senior Notes Indentures” means, collectively, the 1991 Notes Indenture, the 2001 Notes Indenture, 2006 Notes Indenture, the 2009 Notes Indenture, the 2010 Notes Indenture, and the 2015 Notes Indenture.
 
225.       “Series Accrued Amount” means, with respect to any series of Senior Notes, the “Series Accrued Amount,” subject to an aggregate cap of $375 million, and otherwise on terms as specified on Annex 2 of the Restructuring Term Sheet with respect to such series of Senior Notes.
 
226.       “Series Ratable Share” means, with respect to any series of Senior Notes, the “Series Ratable Share” specified on Annex 2 of the Restructuring Term Sheet with respect to such series of Senior Notes.
 
227.       “Solicitation Materials” means all solicitation materials with respect to the Plan.
 
228.        “Subsidiary Debt” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Unsecured Notes, Rural Utilities Service Loan Contracts, and Verizon Secured Notes.
 
229.        “Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims” means, collectively, the Verizon Secured Claims and the Rural Utilities Service Loan Claims.
 
230.      “Subsidiary Unsecured Notes” means, collectively, the Unsecured Frontier California Notes, the Unsecured Frontier Florida Notes, the Unsecured Frontier North Notes, and the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes.
 
231.      “Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Subsidiary Unsecured Notes, Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures, or Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents.
 
232.       “Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures” means, collectively, the Unsecured Frontier California Notes Indenture, the Unsecured Frontier Florida Notes Indenture, and the Unsecured Frontier North Notes Indenture.
 
233.       “Surety Assumption Order” means the Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Assume Agreements Concerning the Surety Bond Program and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 373].
 
234.      “Surplus Cash” means the amount of unrestricted balance sheet cash in excess of $150 million on the Effective Date as projected thirty days prior to the anticipated Effective Date (in each case, estimated and calculated in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders, including in respect of available net after-tax cash proceeds from the PNW Sale and less any deferred pension contribution payments, and any interest associated therewith, of the Debtors under the CARES Act or applicable IRS/PBGC waiver, potential costs related to regulatory settlements, and other restructuring related payments due on the Effective Date, including any required repayments of debt and the Incremental Senior Notes Payments); provided, the Debtors shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to raise an $850 million exit facility (including seeking proposals from Consenting Noteholders), to be comprised of a revolving credit facility and/or other funded instrument, with any such proceeds expressly excluded from Surplus Cash; provided, further, that to the extent the exit facility commitments, including those with respect to the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, are below $850 million, the amount of Surplus Cash shall be reduced in an amount equal to the difference between $850 million and the actual exit facility commitments.  Further, for the avoidance of doubt, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility shall remain undrawn as of the Effective Date (excluding any required letters of credit).
 
22

235.      “Takeback Debt” means the new debt to be issued by one or more of the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan and the Takeback Debt Documents.
 
236.       “Takeback Debt Documents” means, collectively, the indenture or loan agreement by and among one or more of the Reorganized Debtors and the lender parties thereto, and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee statements, pledge and collateral agreements, UCC financing statements or other perfection documents, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee letters, and other security documents, which will set forth the terms of the Takeback Debt, if any, and which shall not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt without the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
237.        “Takeback Debt Principal Amount” means, subject to Article IV.D, $750 million in aggregate principal amount of Takeback Debt.
 
238.       “Term Loan Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Term Loan Facility provided for in the Credit Agreement.
 
239.        “Term Loan Facility” means that certain prepetition senior secured term loan facility provided for under the Credit Agreement.
 
240.     “Term Loan Settlement Payments” means, together, the Initial Term Loan Settlement Payment and the Incremental Term Loan Settlement Payment.
 
241.        “Third-Party Release” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.C of the Plan.
 
242.       “Transfer of Control” means the transfer of control of the FCC Licenses held by Frontier or any of its subsidiaries as a result of the transfer of the New Common Stock to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims.
 
243.        “TRS Advisors” means TRS Advisors LLC, as financial advisor to the Second Lien Committee.
 
244.      “Trustee” means, collectively, any indenture trustee, collateral trustee, or other trustee or similar entity under the First Lien Notes Indenture, Second Lien Notes Indenture, Senior Notes Indentures, IDRB Indenture, or the DIP Trustee.
 
245.       “Trustee Fees” means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, all outstanding, reasonable, and documented compensation, fees, and expenses, whether incurred prior to or after the Effective Date, of (a) the Trustees, (b) counsel to the Trustees, and (c) any other advisors to the Trustees to the extent provided under the First Lien Notes Indenture, Second Lien Notes Indenture, Senior Notes Indentures, or IDRB Indenture.
 
246.       “Unclaimed Distribution” means any distribution under the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest to a Holder that has not:  (a) accepted a particular distribution or, in the case of distributions made by check, negotiated such check, (b) given notice to the Reorganized Debtors of an intent to accept a particular distribution, (c) responded to the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ requests for information necessary to facilitate a particular distribution, or (d) taken any other action necessary to facilitate such distribution.
 
23

247.       “Unexpired Lease” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
248.      “Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that, pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement, the Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code for purposes of Reinstatement notwithstanding any amounts, obligations, or defaults compromised or waived, or deemed compromised or waived, pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 
249.      “Unsecured Frontier California Notes” means the 6.750% unsecured notes due May 15, 2027, issued by Frontier California Inc. (formerly known as GTE California Inc.) pursuant to the Unsecured Frontier California Notes Indenture.
 
250.       “Unsecured Frontier California Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated December 1, 1993, by and among Frontier California Inc. (formerly known as GTE California Inc.), as issuer, and U.S. Bank, National Association, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
251.       “Unsecured Frontier Florida Notes” means the 6.860% unsecured notes due February 1, 2028, issued by Frontier Florida LLC (formerly known as GTE Florida Inc.) pursuant to the Unsecured Frontier Florida Notes Indenture.
 
252.      “Unsecured Frontier Florida Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated November 1, 1993, by and among Frontier Florida LLC (formerly known as GTE Florida Inc.), as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
253.       “Unsecured Frontier North Notes” means the 6.730% unsecured notes due February 15, 2028, issued by Frontier North Inc. (formerly known as GTE North Inc.) pursuant to the Unsecured Frontier North Notes Indenture.
 
254.          “Unsecured Frontier North Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated January 1, 1994, by and among Frontier North Inc. (formerly known as GTE North Inc.), as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
255.      “Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes” means the 8.400% unsecured notes due October 15, 2029, issued by Frontier West Virginia Inc. (formerly known as Verizon West Virginia Inc., and prior thereto, The Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company of West Virginia) pursuant to the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents.
 
256.       “Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents” means, collectively, those certain debentures and purchase agreements, executed pursuant to the private placement funded on October 25, 1989, with Merrill Lynch Capital Markets as exclusive placement agent, by and among Frontier West Virginia Inc. (formerly known as Verizon West Virginia Inc., and prior thereto, The Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company of West Virginia), and Holders of the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
24

257.      “Unsecured Subsidiary Notes Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association in its respective capacities as the indenture trustee under the Unsecured Frontier California Notes Indenture, the Unsecured Florida Notes Indenture, and the Unsecured Frontier North Notes Indenture, and any successor indenture trustees that may be appointed from time to time under said indentures
 
258.        “U.S. Trustee” means the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New York.
 
259.        “Verizon Secured Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising under, derived from, based on, or related to the Verizon Secured Notes or the Verizon Secured Notes Indenture.
 
260.     “Verizon Secured Notes” means the 8.500% secured subsidiary notes due November 15, 2031, issued by Frontier Southwest Incorporated (formerly known as GTE Southwest Incorporated, and prior thereto, Southwestern Associated Telephone Company) pursuant to the Verizon Secured Notes Indenture.
 
261.       “Verizon Secured Notes Indenture” means that certain Restated Indenture, dated June 1, 1940, by and among Frontier Southwest Incorporated (formerly known as GTE Southwest Incorporated, and prior thereto, Southwestern Associated Telephone Company), as issuer, and BOKF, NA, as successor trustee, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
262.      “Zurich Assumption Order” means the Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Enter into the Extension and the New Insurance Program, (II) Authorizing Assumption of the Existing Insurance Program, and (III) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 376].
 
B.           Rules of Interpretation
 
For purposes of this Plan:  (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) capitalized terms defined only in the plural or singular form shall nonetheless have their defined meanings when used in the opposite form; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (4) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed, or to be Filed, shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter have been or may thereafter be validly amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified; (5) unless otherwise specified, any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim (including a Consenting Noteholder) or Interest, includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof or hereto; (7) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (8) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to any particular portion of the Plan; (9) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable; (12) references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) unless otherwise specified, all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases; (14) any effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; (15) any references herein to the Effective Date shall mean the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (16) all references herein to consent, acceptance, or approval shall be deemed to include the requirement that such consent, acceptance, or approval be evidenced by a writing, which may be conveyed by counsel for the respective parties that have such consent, acceptance, or approval rights, including by electronic mail; (17) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws; and (18) the use of “include” or “including” is without limitation unless otherwise stated.
 
25

C.          Computation of Time
 
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein.  If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.
 
D.          Governing Law
 
Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan and any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided that corporate, limited liability company, or partnership governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of the relevant Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.
 
E.          Reference to Monetary Figures
 
All references in the Plan to monetary figures refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.
 
F.           Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.
 
G.           Nonconsolidated Plan
 
Although for purposes of administrative convenience and efficiency the Plan has been filed as a joint plan for each of the Debtors and presents together Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors, the Plan does not provide for the substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors.
 
26

H.          Certain Consent Rights
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any and all consent rights of the parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement with respect to the form and substance of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and any Definitive Document, including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such documents, and any consents, waivers, or other deviations under or from such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including the applicable definitions of Article I hereof) and fully enforceable as if stated in full herein until such time as the Restructuring Support Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.
 
To the extent the Plan provides for consent rights for the First Lien Committee, such rights shall be suspended and convert to consultation rights solely for the duration of any period in which the aggregate amount of Term Loan Claims and First Lien Notes Claims held by the First Lien Committee (regardless of the membership of the First Lien Committee) is less than fifty percent of the aggregate amount of such Claims set forth in the Third Amended Verified Statement of the Ad Hoc First Lien Committee Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 [Docket No. 981]; provided that, in the event the First Lien Notes Claims are repaid, the repaid amount of such Claims shall not be included (neither in the numerator nor the denominator) in computing the applicable percentage for the First Lien Committee.
 
ARTICLE II.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS
 
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan.
 
A.          Administrative Claims
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment with respect to such Holder, to the extent an Allowed Administrative Claim has not already been paid in full or otherwise satisfied during the Chapter 11 Cases, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims and Holders of DIP Claims) will receive in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Administrative Claim, an amount of Cash equal to the amount of the unpaid or unsatisfied portion of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following:  (1) if such Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, no later than thirty days after the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than thirty days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction or course of business giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim, without any further action by the Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by the Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A, and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are DIP Claims or Professional Fee Claims unless previously Filed, requests for payment of Administrative Claims (other than Administrative Claims arising under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code) must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date.  Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their property, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection from the Reorganized Debtors or any notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
27

Objections to requests for payment of such Administrative Claims, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting Holder no later than the Claims Objection Deadline for Administrative Claims.  After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and prior Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts, if any, of Administrative Claims shall be determined by, and satisfied in accordance with, an order that becomes a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
B.           Professional Fee Claims
 
1.            Final Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Fee Claims
 
All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Confirmation Date must be Filed no later than forty-five days after the Effective Date.  The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.  The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals in Cash to such Professionals in the amount the Bankruptcy Court Allows, including from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed by entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to pay Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall not be limited or deemed limited to funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account.
 
2.            Professional Fee Escrow Account
 
No later than the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.  The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals and for no other Entities until all Professional Fee Claims Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court have been irrevocably paid in full to the Professionals pursuant to one or more Final Orders of the Bankruptcy Court.  No Liens, claims, or interests shall encumber the Professional Fee Escrow Account or Cash held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account in any way.  No funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.  When all Professional Fee Claims Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court have been irrevocably paid in full to the Professionals pursuant to one or more Final Orders of the Bankruptcy Court, any remaining funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be turned over to the Reorganized Debtors without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.
 
28

3.            Professional Fee Escrow Amount
 
The Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors a reasonable and good‑faith estimate of their unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors before and as of the Confirmation Date projected to be outstanding as of the anticipated Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate no later than five Business Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, no such estimate shall be considered or deemed an admission or limitation with respect to the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of a Professional’s final request for payment of Professional Fee Claims Filed with the Bankruptcy Court, and such Professionals are not bound to any extent by the estimates.  If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.  The total aggregate amount so estimated to be outstanding as of the anticipated Effective Date shall be utilized by the Debtors to determine the amount to be funded to the Professional Fee Escrow Account; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall use Cash on hand to increase the amount of the Professional Fee Escrow Account to the extent fee applications are Filed after the Effective Date in excess of the amount held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account based on such estimates.
 
4.            Post‑Confirmation Fees and Expenses
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, following entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business pay in Cash the reasonable and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Creditors’ Committee; provided, however, that the Debtors shall not pay any monthly, transaction, restructuring, financing, completion, success, or other similar fee unless the Court has approved the retention of such Professional and the terms of such fees are approved by the Bankruptcy Court or pursuant to the Plan.  For any fees and expenses incurred from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay, within ten Business Days after submission of a detailed invoice to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Professionals of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Creditors’ Committee, as applicable; provided that the Professionals of the Debtors shall also (i) serve Akin, Milbank, the Creditors’ Committee, and the U.S. Trustee (collectively, the “Statement Parties”) the monthly statements of such Professionals’ claims for compensation or reimbursement of expenses with reasonable detail and (ii) file a notice with the Bankruptcy Court reflecting the amount of the fees and expenses requested by such Professional.  If the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or the Statement Parties, as applicable, dispute the reasonableness of any such invoice, the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or the Statement Parties, as applicable, or the affected Professional may file an objection with the Bankruptcy Court, and the disputed portion of such invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.  From and after the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
C.          DIP Claims
 
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Claim, on the Effective Date, each such Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim shall receive (a) payment in full in Cash of such Holder’s Allowed DIP Claim or (b) at the Debtors’ election, and solely to the extent permitted under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, as applicable, or otherwise agreed to by such Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim, such Holder’s Pro Rata share of the respective exit facility, as applicable, by way of having their commitments under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, as applicable, be converted into commitments of the respective exit facility in accordance with the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, as applicable.  With respect to the treatment of the DIP Claims, the DIP-to-Exit Facility, or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, in the event that any provision of this Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, any other order of the Bankruptcy Court, or, in each case, any related documents, conflicts with or is in any way inconsistent with any provision of the DIP Order, the DIP Order shall govern and control.  For the avoidance of doubt, the absence of any provision in this Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, any other order of the Bankruptcy Court, or, in each case, any related documents, shall not preclude the inclusion of such provision in the DIP Order.
 
29

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, requests for payment and expenses of professionals compensated pursuant to the DIP Order or the Engagement Letter Order are not required to be filed and served other than in compliance with the procedures set forth in the DIP Order or the Engagement Letter Order.
 
D.          Priority Tax Claims
 
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT,
AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
 
A.          Classification of Claims and Interests
 
Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims against and Interests in the Debtors are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III for all purposes, including voting, Confirmation, and distributions pursuant to the Plan and in accordance with section 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.  A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes.  A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.
 
B.           Summary of Classification
 
A summary of the classification of Claims against and Interests in each Debtor pursuant to the Plan is summarized in the following chart.  The Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for each of the Debtors, and accordingly, the classification of Claims and Interests set forth below applies separately to each of the Debtors.  All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein.  Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Claims or Interests shall be treated as set forth in Article III.E hereof.  Voting tabulations for recording acceptances or rejections of the Plan will be conducted on a Debtor-by-Debtor basis as set forth above.1
 


1
The Debtors reserve the right to separately classify Claims or Interests to the extent necessary to comply with any requirements under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable law.
 
30

 
Class
 
Claim or Interest
 
Status
 
Voting Rights
 
1
 
Secured Tax Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
2
 
Other Secured Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
3
 
Other Priority Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
4
 
Revolving Credit Claims
 
Impaired
 
Entitled to Vote
 
5
 
Term Loan Claims
 
Impaired
 
Entitled to Vote
 
6
 
First Lien Notes Claims
 
Impaired
 
Entitled to Vote
 
7
 
Second Lien Notes Claims
 
Impaired
 
Entitled to Vote
 
8
 
Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
9
 
Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
10
 
Senior Notes Claims
 
Impaired
 
Entitled to Vote
 
11
 
General Unsecured Claims
 
Unimpaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Accept)
 
12
 
Section 510(b) Claims
 
Impaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
 
13
 
Intercompany Claims
 
Unimpaired/Impaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
 
14
 
Intercompany Interests
 
Unimpaired/Impaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
 
15
 
Interests in Frontier
 
Impaired
 
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)

C.          Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests
 
Subject to Article VI hereof, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable.
 
1.            Class 1 —Secured Tax Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 1 consists of all Secured Tax Claims.
 
31


(b)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Reorganized Debtor:
 

(i)
payment in full in Cash of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Tax Claim; or
 

(ii)
equal semi-annual Cash payments commencing as of the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter and continuing for five years, in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim, together with interest at the applicable non-default contract rate under non‑bankruptcy law, subject to the option of the applicable Reorganized Debtor to prepay the entire amount of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim during such time period.
 

(c)
Voting:  Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Allowed Secured Tax Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
2.            Class 2 — Other Secured Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims.
 

(b)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor:
 

(i)
payment in full in Cash of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim;
 

(ii)
Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim;
 

(iii)
delivery of the collateral securing such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim; or
 

(iv)
such other treatment rendering such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired.
 

(c)
Voting:  Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
3.            Class 3 — Other Priority Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 3 consists of all Other Priority Claims.
 

(b)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor, payment in full in Cash of such Holder’s Other Priority Claim or such other treatment rendering such Holder’s Other Priority Claim Unimpaired.
 

(c)
Voting:  Class 3 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
32

4.            Class 4 — Revolving Credit Claims
 

(a)
ClassificationClass 4 consists of all Revolving Credit Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The Revolving Credit Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and expenses due and owing under the Credit Agreement.
 

(c)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed Revolving Credit Claim shall receive interest payments as required under the Interim Adequate Protection Order or Final Adequate Protection Order, as applicable, through the earlier of the Effective Date or repayment of the Revolving Credit Facility in full in Cash (which shall provide for the payment of accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate).  To the extent not already satisfied in full in Cash during the Chapter 11 Cases, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Revolving Credit Claim shall receive, pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement, payment in full in Cash, including accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate; provided that any outstanding letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be cash collateralized or otherwise backstopped as required by the prepetition Credit Agreement or in a manner reasonably satisfactory to each applicable issuing bank.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan.  Therefore, Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
5.            Class 5 — Term Loan Claims
 

(a)
ClassificationClass 5 consists of all Term Loan Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The Term Loan Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and expenses due and owing under the Credit Agreement.
 

(c)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan Claim shall receive interest payments as required under the Interim Adequate Protection Order or Final Adequate Protection Order, as applicable, through the earlier of the Effective Date or repayment of the Term Loan Facility in full in Cash (which shall provide for the payment of accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate).  To the extent not already satisfied in full in Cash during the Chapter 11 Cases, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan Claim shall receive pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement:
 

(i)
on the Effective Date, either (a) payment in full in Cash, including accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate; or (b) solely in the event that the Debtors cannot procure financing on terms acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders to repay the Term Loan Facility in full, Reinstatement of any such Allowed Term Loan Claim; and
 
33


(ii)
its Pro Rata share of and interest in the Term Loan Settlement Payments, as applicable and when due and payable under the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan.  Therefore, Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
6.            Class 6 — First Lien Notes Claims
 

(a)
ClassificationClass 6 consists of all First Lien Notes Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The First Lien Notes Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Notes Indenture; and (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and expenses due and owing under the First Lien Notes Indenture, provided that no Make-Whole Claim shall be Allowed under the Plan.
 

(c)
Treatment:  Each Holder of an Allowed First Lien Notes Claim shall receive interest payments as required under the Interim Adequate Protection Order or Final Adequate Protection Order, as applicable, through the earlier of the Effective Date or repayment of the First Lien Notes in full in Cash (which shall provide for the payment of accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate).  To the extent not already satisfied in full in Cash during the Chapter 11 Cases, each Holder of an Allowed First Lien Notes Claim shall receive pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement:
 

(i)
either (a) payment in full in Cash on or prior to the Effective Date, including accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate; or (b) solely in the event that the Debtors cannot procure financing on terms acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders to repay the First Lien Notes in full, Reinstatement of any such Allowed First Lien Notes Claim on the Effective Date; and
 

(ii)
its Pro Rata share of and interest in the First Lien Notes Settlement Payment, subject to the conditions in Article IV.A.2.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan.  Therefore, Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
7.            Class 7 — Second Lien Notes Claims
 

(a)
ClassificationClass 7 consists of all Second Lien Notes Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The Second Lien Notes Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding under the Second Lien Notes Indenture; and (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, and expenses due and owing under the Second Lien Notes Indenture, provided that no Make-Whole Claim shall be Allowed under the Plan.

34


(c)
Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Second Lien Notes Claim shall receive interest payments as required under the Interim Adequate Protection Order or Final Adequate Protection Order, as applicable, through the earlier of the Effective Date or repayment of the Second Lien Notes in full in Cash (which shall provide for the payment of accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate).  To the extent not already satisfied in full in Cash during the Chapter 11 Cases, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Second Lien Notes Claim shall receive either:
 

(i)
payment in full in Cash, including accrued but unpaid postpetition interest calculated at the non-default contract rate; or
 

(ii)
solely in the event that the Debtors cannot procure financing on terms acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders to repay the Second Lien Notes in full, Reinstatement of such Allowed Second Lien Notes Claim.
 
Pursuant to the Secured Creditor Settlement, Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims shall also receive a release from the Holders of Revolving Credit Claims, Term Loan Claims and First Lien Notes Claims of any turnover or payments over rights under the Intercreditor Agreement for any pre-Effective Date amounts or obligations compromised as part of the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan.  Therefore, Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 7 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
8.            Class 8 — Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 8 consists of all Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid prepetition interest at the non-default contract rate under the Verizon Secured Notes Indenture and Rural Utilities Service Loan Contracts, as applicable; (ii) accrued but unpaid postpetition interest at the non-default contract rate; and (iii) any obligations due and owing under the Verizon Secured Notes Indenture and Rural Utilities Service Loan Contracts to the extent unpaid as of the Effective Date.
 

(c)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, each Allowed Subsidiary Secured Notes Claim shall be Reinstated.  Each Holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Secured Notes Claim shall receive ordinary course Cash interest payments on its Allowed Subsidiary Secured Notes Claim at the applicable non‑default contract rate through the Effective Date.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 8 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
35

9.            Class 9 —Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 9 consists of all Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  The Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims are deemed Allowed in an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) the principal amount outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid prepetition interest at the non-default contract rate under the Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures and the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents, as applicable; (ii) accrued but unpaid postpetition interest at the non‑default contract rate; and (iii) any obligations due and owing under the respective Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures and the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents to the extent unpaid as of the Effective Date.
 

(c)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, each Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claim shall be Reinstated.  Each Holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claim shall receive ordinary course Cash interest payments on its Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claim at the applicable non‑default contract rate through the Effective Date.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 9 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
10.          Class 10 — Senior Notes Claims
 

(a)
ClassificationClass 10 consists of all Senior Notes Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  On the Effective Date, the Senior Notes Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $10,948,307,000, plus accrued and unpaid Allowed interest on such principal amount, plus any other unpaid premiums, fees, costs, or other amounts due and owing pursuant to the Senior Notes Indentures, in each case, up to and including the Petition Date, consisting of:
 

(i)
$172,087,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2020 April Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(ii)
$54,643,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2020 September Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(iii)
$89,269,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2021 July Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(iv)
$219,721,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2021 September Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(v)
$500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2022 April Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 
36


(vi)
$2,187,537,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2022 September Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(vii)
$850,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2023 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(viii)
$750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2024 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(ix)
$775,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2025 January Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(x)
$3,600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2025 September Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(xi)
$138,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2025 November Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Dates;
 

(xii)
$1,739,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2026 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(xiii)
$345,858,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2027 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(xiv)
$945,325,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2031 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(xv)
$628,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2034 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date;
 

(xvi)
$125,000,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2035 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date; and
 

(xvii)
$193,500,000 in aggregate principal amount on account of the 2046 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date.
 

(c)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim shall receive
 

(i)
its Pro Rata share of and interest in the Incremental Senior Notes Payment Amount that is to be made on account of such Holders’ series of Senior Notes; and
 

(ii)
its Pro Rata share of and interest in (after first reducing, for distribution purposes only, the amount of such Holder’s Allowed Senior Notes Claim on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of Incremental Senior Notes Payments, and solely to the extent actually paid):
 

A.
100% of Reorganized Frontier’s New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan;
 
 
B.
the Takeback Debt, if any; and
 
37

 
C.
the Surplus Cash, if any.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 10 is Impaired under the Plan.  Therefore, Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 10 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
11.          Class 11 — General Unsecured Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 11 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.
 

(b)
Treatment:  To the extent not already satisfied during the Chapter 11 Cases, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable Debtor as reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders:
 

(i)
payment in full in Cash of such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim;
 

(ii)
Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or
 

(iii)
such other treatment rendering such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim Unimpaired, in each case set forth above as reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders.
 
Allowed General Unsecured Claims that are not paid in the ordinary course of business on the Effective Date shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in the Plan or related documents, no provision of the Plan (including without limitation Article VIII herein) or Confirmation Order shall diminish, enhance, or modify any applicable nonbankruptcy legal, equitable, and/or contractual rights of any Holder of a General Unsecured Claim to receive payment on account of such Claim or have such Claim Allowed, liquidated, or determined by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction (which may include the Bankruptcy Court), subject, however, to any applicable limitations on the allowance of such Claims under the Bankruptcy Code and to the rights of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or any party in interest to dispute or defend such Claim in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain exclusive jurisdiction over such disputes.
 

(c)
Voting:  Class 11 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of General Unsecured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
38

12.         Class 12 — Section 510(b) Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 12 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.
 

(b)
Allowance:  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Section 510(b) Claim, if any such Section 510(b) Claim exists, may only become Allowed by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
 

(c)
Treatment:  Allowed Section 510(b) Claims, if any, shall be cancelled, released, discharged, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and will be of no further force or effect, and Holders of Allowed Section 510(b) Claims will not receive any distribution on account of such Allowed Section 510(b) Claims.
 

(d)
Voting:  Class 12 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders (if any) of Section 510(b) Claims are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan under section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders (if any) of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
13.         Class 13 — Intercompany Claims
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 13 consists of all Intercompany Claims.
 

(b)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims shall be, at the option of Reorganized Frontier, either (a) Reinstated or (b) cancelled without any distribution on account of such interests.2
 

(c)
Voting:  Holders of Intercompany Claims are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Intercompany Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Intercompany Claims are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
14.         Class 14 — Intercompany Interests
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 14 consists of all Intercompany Interests.
 

(b)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be, at the option of Reorganized Frontier, either (a) Reinstated in accordance with Article III.G of the Plan or (b) cancelled without any distribution on account of such Intercompany Interests.
 

(c)
Voting:  Holders of Intercompany Interests are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 


2
On July 15, 2020, the Debtors provided notice that the Intercompany Claims owed to Frontier Southwest, Frontier Florida, Frontier California, Frontier North and Frontier West Virginia will be Reinstated [Docket No. 729].
 
39

15.          Class 15 — Interests in Frontier
 

(a)
Classification:  Class 15 consists of all Interests in Frontier.
 

(b)
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, all Interests in Frontier will be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and will be of no further force or effect.
 

(c)
Voting:  Class 15 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Interests in Frontier are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders of Interest in Frontier are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
D.           Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupments against any such Unimpaired Claim.  No Make-Whole Claims shall be Allowed Claims under the Plan.
 
E.           Elimination of Vacant Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non‑Voting Classes
 
Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in an amount greater than zero as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be considered vacant and deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.  If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be presumed to have accepted the Plan.
 
F.           Subordinated Claims
 
Except as expressly provided herein, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims against and Allowed Interests in the Debtors and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise.  Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to reclassify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
 
G.          Intercompany Interests
 
To the extent Reinstated under the Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by Holders of such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience and due to the importance of maintaining the corporate structure given the existing intercompany systems connecting the Debtors and their Affiliates, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims.
 
40

H.          Controversy Concerning Impairment
 
If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.
 
I.            Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
 
Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by at least one Impaired Class of Claims or Interests.  The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests.  The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X of the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.
 
ARTICLE IV.
 
PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
 
A.          Plan Settlement Provisions
 
1.            General Settlement of Claims and Interests
 
As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, on the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good‑faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan.  The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good‑faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such compromise and settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019 of all such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise and settlement is fair, equitable, reasonable, and in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests.  Subject to Article VI of the Plan, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.
 
2.            Secured Creditor Settlement
 
In addition to the general settlement described in Article IV.A.1, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the mutual compromises described in this Article IV.A.2, the Plan shall effectuate the Secured Creditor Settlement, which includes the following key terms:
 
41

Secured Creditor Consideration
 

Plan Support.  Each member of the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee shall be deemed to vote to accept the Plan, and shall take all reasonable efforts to (a) register votes in favor of the Plan with the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent in advance of the Confirmation Hearing and (b) affirmatively support the Plan, including (i) taking all actions reasonably requested by the Debtors and (ii) directing the Agents, the First Lien Notes Trustee, and the Second Lien Notes Trustee, as applicable, to cease discovery and any efforts to object to, delay, impede, or otherwise interfere with Confirmation or, provided that there is no breach of this Secured Creditor Settlement, Consummation of the Plan.  The First Lien Objection and Second Lien Objections shall be deemed withdrawn.
 

Waiver of Default Objections.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims, and the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee, shall be deemed to have consented to and shall not allege any defaults arising from the transactions set forth in the Plan, the Restructuring Term Sheet, or the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions as described in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum, including the structuring of certain of such transactions as an asset acquisition, and Holders of Revolving Credit Claims, Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed to have waived and forgone any such objections upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments; provided, however, that such Holders shall not consent to, nor waive any default arising from, any transactions or events arising after the Confirmation Date, if such transaction or event was not expressly contemplated by the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions as described in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum, or asserted in the First Lien Objection or the Second Lien Objection and is materially adverse to such Holders.
 

Consent to Reinstatement.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, the First Lien Committee, the Second Lien Notes Trustee, and the Second Lien Committee shall be deemed to have consented to Reinstatement of the Term Loan Facility, the First Lien Notes, and/or the Second Lien Notes, notwithstanding the impaired status of each Claim under the Plan, and Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims, and their controlled affiliates, successors, and assigns, shall be deemed to consent to Reinstatement upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, in each case solely on the basis of the transactions expressly contemplated under the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, implementation of the Restructuring Transactions as described in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum), notwithstanding the following:
 

any provisions in the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Indenture implicated by the transactions expressly contemplated under the Plan, including for the avoidance of doubt, any change in control provisions, compliance with the negative covenants, prohibitions on assignments, successors, or dispositions, any failure to apply the proceeds of any disposition in accordance with the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Indenture, and any failure to use the proceeds of the PNW Sale to make a mandatory prepayment or reinvestment in accordance with the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Indenture, including the use of such proceeds to pay Claims that are not Secured in accordance with the Plan;
 

any non-Pro Rata payment of the Revolving Credit Facility or First Lien Notes pursuant to the Plan or the DIP Order; and
 
42


the Debtors’ entry into the DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility that does not contravene the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement, notwithstanding any failure of such DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility to constitute permitted debt under the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Indenture, including the use of proceeds thereof, and it being understood and agreed that notwithstanding any provision in the First Lien Documents or Second Lien Indenture to the contrary, such facilities shall be deemed to be “Refinancing Indebtedness” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
 

Consent to DIP-to-Exit Financings.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims, and the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee, shall be deemed to consent to, and shall not object to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with, the Debtors’ pursuit of or entry into the DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, and the granting of liens in connection with the DIP Facilities that prime, until the Effective Date, the prepetition liens securing the Term Loan Facility, First Lien Notes, and Second Lien Notes; provided, that, (a) the proceeds of any DIP-to-Exit Facility shall be used to pay (i) the Term Loan Claims or First Lien Notes Claims in full, or in part, in Cash and (ii) only if the Term Loan Claims and First Lien Notes Claims have been first paid in full in Cash, then the Second Lien Notes Claims (b) upon the Debtors’ entry into any DIP-to-Exit Facility or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, the Bankruptcy Court shall also enter a Final Adequate Protection Order that does not contravene the terms of this Secured Creditor Settlement, and (c) upon the Effective Date, any DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP‑to‑Exit Revolving Facility, shall share the same collateral and guarantee package as the Reinstated Term Loan Claims, and if applicable, the Reinstated First Lien Notes Claims, and such DIP‑to‑Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility shall be pari passu with the Reinstated Term Loan Claims and/or, if applicable, Reinstated First Lien Notes Claims, and shall otherwise be consistent with the First Lien Documents in all respects except as otherwise set forth under the Secured Creditor Settlement.  The  First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee shall provide conforming instructions to the First Lien Notes Trustee and the Second Lien Notes Trustee, as applicable.
 

Make-Whole Claim and Default Interest Waiver.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, the Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims, and the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee, shall waive and forgo any and all Make-Whole Claims and Claims to default interest under the Credit Agreement, the First Lien Notes Indenture, and/or the Second Lien Notes Indenture, as applicable, other than to the extent such entitlements are compromised and reflected in the First Lien Settlement Payments; provided, that, any waiver of entitlement to default interest or a Make-Whole Claim is limited solely to amounts that may become due and payable on or before the Effective Date.
 

Intercreditor Matters.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, the Holders of Revolving Credit Claims, Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims (including the First Lien Committee), the Agents, and the First Lien Notes Trustee shall be deemed to have waived the enforcement of any turnover or payment over rights under the Intercreditor Agreement against the Debtors, the Second Lien Notes Trustee, and the Holders of Second Lien Notes solely with respect to any pre-Effective Date obligations and amounts compromised as part of the Secured Creditor Settlement (such pre-Effective Date obligations and amounts, the “Waived Turnover Amounts”).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Holders of Revolving Credit Claims, Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims (including the First Lien Committee), the Agents, and the First Lien Notes Trustee shall not assert any claim to recover the Waived Turnover Amounts from the Second Lien Notes Trustee or the Holders of Second Lien Notes at any time after the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments.  In the event that the First Lien Committee, Second Lien Committee, or Second Lien Notes Trustee commences litigation with respect to any Waived Turnover Amounts, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the right to determine which parties are responsible for related legal fees; provided that the Debtors shall in no event be responsible for the legal fees of the First Lien Committee or Second Lien Committee with respect to such litigation commenced by either the First Lien Committee or Second Lien Committee.  Upon the Effective Date, the Intercreditor Agreement and all rights and remedies thereunder shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.
 
43


Consent to Settlement.  Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed to consent to the Secured Creditor Settlement upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments.
 

Modification of Documents.  Upon the Debtors’ disbursement of the Initial Settlement Payments, Holders of Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, and Second Lien Notes Claims, and the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Committee, shall be deemed to have consented to, and agree to take, such actions as are reasonably necessary to amend, supplement, or otherwise modify the Credit Agreement and/or any documentation related to the forgoing and/or enter into any additional documentation reasonably necessary to implement the Secured Creditor Settlement, the DIP-to-Exit Facility, and/or the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility in accordance with the terms thereof (including, without limitation, providing for separate voting rights of the lenders under the DIP‑to-Exit Revolving Facility and the term lenders under the reinstated Term Loan Facility and instructing the relevant agents or trustees to execute and deliver relevant intercreditor agreements) (each, a “Modification”).  Each Modification shall be consistent with the Secured Creditor Settlement.  The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall consult with the First Lien Committee as soon as reasonably practicable in advance of making any Modification.
 
Debtor Consideration
 

First Lien Settlement Payments.  The Debtors shall make the Initial Term Loan Settlement Payment, the First Lien Notes Settlement Payment, and the Incremental Term Loan Settlement Payment, if any, as applicable, in accordance with Article III.C.5(c) and Article III.C.6(c).
 

Professional Fees.  On and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay in full in Cash all First Lien Committee Fees and Second Lien Committee Fees that are due and owing under the applicable engagement letters, in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph 9 of the Interim Adequate Protection Order or, if applicable, the analogous paragraph of the Final Adequate Protection Order.
 

Financing Participation.  The Debtors shall promptly engage the DIP-to-Exit Financing Parties to arrange the DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility and, with respect to the DIP-to-Exit Facility, use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate participation of the members of the First Lien Committee in such financing.
 
44


Adequate Protection.  All adequate protection currently in effect under the Interim Adequate Protection Order shall remain in effect until entry of the Final Adequate Protection Order.  Upon the Debtors’ entry into any DIP Facilities, and on or before the entry of any order by the Bankruptcy Court approving such DIP Facilities, the Bankruptcy Court shall enter a Final Adequate Protection Order granting, among other things, (a) the Credit Agreement Agent, for itself and for the benefit of the Holders of Term Loan Claims, and First Lien Notes Trustee, for itself and for the benefit the Holders of First Lien Notes Claims, (i) adequate protection liens on all collateral securing the DIP Facilities that are subordinate only to the liens securing the DIP Facilities, and (ii) Allowed superpriority administrative expense claims pursuant to section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code against any Debtor that is an obligor on the DIP Facilities, subordinate only to the superpriority administrative expense claim granted to secure the DIP Facilities; and (b) the Second Lien Notes Trustee, for itself and for the benefit of the Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims, (i) adequate protection liens on all collateral securing the DIP Facilities that are subordinate only to the liens securing the DIP Facilities and granted to the Credit Agreement Agent and First Lien Notes Trustee, and (ii) Allowed superpriority administrative expense claims pursuant to section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code against any Debtor that is an obligor on the DIP Facilities, subordinate only to the superpriority administrative expense claims granted to secured the DIP Facilities and granted to the Credit Agreement Agent and the First Lien Notes Trustee; provided that any entity that did not provide a guaranty under the Credit Agreement will not provide a guarantee under the DIP Facilities; provided further that any collateral under the DIP-to-Exit Facility shall be limited to assets and property contemplated to secure the proposed DIP-to-exit revolving facility under the Original DIP Motion.  All adequate protection liens and superpriority administrative expense claims granted under the Final Adequate Protection Order shall be granted solely as adequate protection for any adequate protection claim.  Any payments made to or for the benefit of the Holders of Term Loan Claims or First Lien Notes Claims under the Interim Adequate Protection Order or the Final Adequate Protection Order, as applicable, shall not be subject to disgorgement or recharacterization.
 
In the event of a Reinstatement of Class 5 (Term Loan Claims), Class 6 (First Lien Notes Claims), and/or Class 7 (Second Lien Notes Claims), all relevant documents, including the First Lien Documents and/or the Second Lien Notes Indenture, as applicable, shall remain operative and in effect.
 
The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the Secured Creditor Settlement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Secured Creditor Settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that the Secured Creditor Settlement is fair, equitable, reasonable, and in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests.  Subject to Article VI of the Plan, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims on account of the Secured Creditor Settlement are intended to be and shall be final.
 
B.           Restructuring Transactions
 
On or before the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders (not to be unreasonably withheld), or Reorganized Debtors will take any action as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions described in the Plan and Restructuring Transactions Memorandum, including:  (1) the execution and delivery of any New Organizational Documents, including any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, formation, organization, dissolution, or liquidation, in each case, containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree, including the documents comprising the Plan Supplement; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan; (3) the filing of any New Organizational Documents, including any appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (4) such other transactions that are required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, including any sales, mergers, consolidations, restructurings, conversions, dispositions, transfers, formations, organizations, dissolutions, or liquidations; (5) any and all actions necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Secured Creditor Settlement; (6) the execution, delivery, and filing of the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents; (7) the execution, delivery, and filing of the Takeback Debt Documents, if any; and (8) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.
 
45

The Confirmation Order shall, and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 1123 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.
 
C.          Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions
 
The Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with:  (a) Cash held on the Effective Date by or for the benefit of the Debtors, (b) the New Common Stock, and (c) the DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP‑to‑Exit Revolving Facility, the Takeback Debt, and/or third-party market financing, as applicable.  The Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan.  Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.
 
From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, shall have the right and authority without further order of the Bankruptcy Court to raise additional capital and obtain additional financing as the boards of directors of the applicable Reorganized Debtors deem appropriate.
 
D.          Takeback Debt
 
On the Effective Date, one or more of the Reorganized Debtors shall issue the Takeback Debt in the Takeback Debt Principal Amount to the Holders of Senior Notes Claims.  The Takeback Debt Documents shall provide for, among other things:
 

i.
an interest rate that is either (a) no more than 2.50% higher than the interest rate of the next most junior secured debt facility to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date if the Takeback Debt is secured on a third lien basis or (b) no more than 3.50% higher than the interest rate of the most junior secured debt facility to be entered into on the Effective Date if the Takeback Debt is unsecured;
 

ii.
a maturity of no less than one year outside of the longest-dated debt facility to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date; provided, however, that in no event shall the maturity of the Takeback Debt be longer than eight years from the Effective Date; and
 

iii.
to the extent that the Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims are Reinstated under the Plan, the Takeback Debt will be third lien debt; provided, however, that, to the extent the Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims are paid in full in Cash during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases or under the Plan, the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders will agree on whether the Takeback Debt will be secured or unsecured within three Business Days of the Debtors’ delivery to the Consenting Noteholders of a term sheet for the financing to repay the Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims in full in Cash that contains terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, all other terms of the Takeback Debt, including, without limitation, covenants and governance, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders and otherwise consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall the terms of the Takeback Debt be more restrictive than those terms contained in the Second Lien Notes Indenture.  Any terms of the Takeback Debt other than the Takeback Debt Principal Amount may be modified subject to the consent of the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders.
 
46

The Takeback Debt Principal Amount is subject to downward adjustment by Consenting Noteholders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes that are held by all Consenting Noteholders (the “Determining Noteholders”).  Any such downward adjustment to the Takeback Debt Principal Amount must be determined by the Debtors and the Determining Noteholders no later than thirty days prior to the Effective Date.
 
On the Effective Date, one or more of the Reorganized Debtors shall execute and deliver the Takeback Debt Documents and such documents shall become effective in accordance with their terms, all in accordance with the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum.  On and after the Effective Date, the Takeback Debt Documents shall constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of such applicable Reorganized Debtors and shall be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.  The terms and conditions of the Takeback Debt Documents shall bind each such Reorganized Debtor and each other Entity that enters into such Takeback Debt Documents, whether as a guarantor, if any, or otherwise.  Any Entity’s acceptance of Takeback Debt shall be deemed as its agreement to the terms of the Takeback Debt Documents, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time following the Effective Date in accordance with their terms.
 
Confirmation shall be deemed approval of the Takeback Debt Documents (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations and guarantees to be incurred and fees and expenses paid in connection therewith) and, to the extent not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously, the Reorganized Debtors will be authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Takeback Debt, including the Takeback Debt Documents, without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as the Reorganized Debtors may deem to be necessary to enter into the Takeback Debt Documents.
 
In the event the Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims are Reinstated, on the Effective Date, all of the claims, liens, and security interests to be granted in accordance with the terms of the Takeback Debt Documents, (1) shall be deemed to be granted, (2) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Takeback Debt Documents, (3) shall be deemed automatically attached and perfected on the Effective Date (without any further action being required by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, the applicable Agents, or any of the applicable lenders), subject only to such other liens and security interests as may be permitted under the Takeback Debt Documents, and (4) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non‑bankruptcy law.  The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
 
47

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Takeback Debt may be replaced with cash proceeds of third‑party market financing that becomes available prior to the Effective Date; provided, that the third‑party market financing shall contain terms no less favorable to the Reorganized Debtors than those contemplated for the Takeback Debt.
 
E.           DIP-to-Exit Facility and DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility
 
On the Effective Date, one or more of either the Reorganized Debtors or the Debtors will execute and deliver, file, record, and/or issue, as applicable, each of the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents. The DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of one or more of either the Reorganized Debtors or the Debtors, as applicable, and following the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, including any such documents executed prior to the Effective Date, shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the applicable Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms.  The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents are being extended and shall be deemed to have been extended in good faith and for legitimate business purposes and are reasonable and shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non‑bankruptcy law.  On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents (1) shall be deemed to be granted, (2) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on and security interests in the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, (3) shall be deemed automatically attached and perfected on the Effective Date (without any further action being required by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, the applicable Agents, or any of the applicable lenders), having the priority set forth in the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents and subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, and (4) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non‑bankruptcy law.  The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
 
The DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, and any other third-party debt facilities to be entered into on the Effective Date shall be on terms and conditions (including as to amount) reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the DIP Agents, the First Lien Committee, and the Required Consenting Noteholders and shall otherwise be consistent with the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement or the Reinstated Secured Debt after giving effect to any amendments or modifications to such Reinstated Secured Debt, made pursuant to Article IV.A.2.
 
48

F.           Issuance and Distribution of the New Common Stock
 
On the Effective Date, Reorganized Frontier shall issue the New Common Stock and cause it to be transferred to Frontier pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, the Interests in Frontier shall be cancelled, and Frontier shall transfer the New Common Stock (along with the other consideration described in this Plan) to the Holders of Senior Notes Claims in exchange for such Holders’ respective Claims against or Interests in the Debtors (including their respective Senior Notes Claims) as set forth in Article III.C hereof.  The issuance of the New Common Stock by Reorganized Frontier and the transfer of the New Common Stock by Frontier to the Holders of Senior Notes Claims is authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without the need for any further action by Holders of any Claims or Interests.
 
All of the New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.  Each distribution and issuance of the New Common Stock under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.  For the avoidance of doubt, the acceptance of New Common Stock by any Holder of any Claim or Interest shall be deemed as such Holder’s agreement to the New Organizational Documents, as may be amended or modified from time to time following the Effective Date in accordance with their terms.
 
It is intended that the New Common Stock will be publicly traded and Reorganized Frontier will seek to obtain a listing for the New Common Stock on a recognized U.S. stock exchange as promptly as reasonably practicable on or after the date on which such New Common Stock is issued.  However, Reorganized Frontier shall have no liability if it does not or is unable to do so.  In the event the New Common Stock is listed on a recognized U.S. stock exchange, recipients accepting distributions of New Common Stock, including the Required Consenting Noteholders, shall be deemed to have agreed to cooperate with Reorganized Frontier’s reasonable requests to assist in its efforts to list the New Common Stock on a recognized U.S. stock exchange.  Subject to meeting the applicable requirements for pink sheet trading and cooperation from a market maker, in the event that listing on a recognized U.S. stock exchange has not occurred by or on the date on which such New Common Stock is issued, Reorganized Frontier will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the New Common Stock for trading in the pink sheets or otherwise qualify the New Common Stock as “regularly traded” as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.897‑9T(d) until such time as the New Common Stock is listed on a recognized U.S. stock exchange.
 
G.          Corporate Existence
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificates or articles of incorporation, certificates of formation, certificates of organization, or certificates of limited partnership and bylaws, operating agreements, limited liability company agreements, or limited partnership agreements (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificates or articles of incorporation, certificates of formation, certificates of organization, or certificates of limited partnership and bylaws, operating agreements, limited liability company agreements, or limited partnership agreements (or other formation documents) are amended pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings under applicable state or federal law).  After the cancellation of the Interests in Frontier, the former equityholders of Frontier shall not, on account of their former ownership of Interests in Frontier, own or be deemed to own any interest, directly or indirectly, in Frontier, any Reorganized Debtor, or any of their assets.
 
49

H.          New Organizational Documents
 
To the extent advisable or required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy law, on or prior to the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum, the Reorganized Debtors will file their respective New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretary of State and/or other applicable authorities in the state, province, or country of incorporation or formation in accordance with the applicable corporate or formational laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation.  The New Organizational Documents of Reorganized Frontier shall, among other things: (1) authorize the issuance of the New Common Stock; and (2) pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, prohibit the issuance of non‑voting equity securities.  After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend, amend and restate, supplement, or modify the New Organizational Documents, and the Reorganized Debtors may file their respective certificates or articles of incorporation, certificates of formation, certificates of organization, certificates of limited partnership, or certificates of conversion, limited liability company agreements, operating agreements, or limited partnership agreements, or such other applicable formation documents, and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation or formation and the New Organizational Documents.
 
I.            Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors
 
1.            The New Board
 
As of the Effective Date, the terms of the current members of the board of directors of Frontier shall expire, and, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, the New Board shall be appointed.  The New Board will initially consist of directors who shall be determined by the Required Consenting Noteholders.  For the avoidance of doubt, the existing board of directors of Frontier will approve the appointment of the New Board.
 
Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent known, the identity of the members of the New Board will be disclosed in the Plan Supplement or prior to the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing.  The directors of each of the subsidiary Debtors shall consist of either existing directors of such Debtor or such persons as designated in the Plan Supplement or prior to the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, and remain in such capacities as directors of the applicable Reorganized Debtor until replaced or removed on or after the Effective Date in accordance with the New Organizational Documents of the applicable Reorganized Debtor; provided that, in the event a director of a subsidiary Debtor also holds a management position and is replaced or removed from such management position prior to the Effective Date in accordance with the management selection process set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, then any such director may be replaced or removed from his or her subsidiary director role prior to the Effective Date.
 
From and after the Effective Date, each director (or director equivalent) of the Reorganized Debtors shall serve pursuant to the terms of the respective Reorganized Debtor’s charters and bylaws or other formation and constituent documents, and applicable laws of the respective Reorganized Debtor’s jurisdiction of formation.
 
50

J.           FCC Applications and PUC Applications
 
The FCC Applications and PUC Applications will be filed as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing of the Plan, with respect to the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan.  The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall diligently prosecute the FCC Applications and the PUC Applications, and shall promptly provide such additional documents or information requested by the FCC or any PUC in connection with the review of the foregoing.
 
Any agreements with or commitments to the FCC or any PUCs by the Debtors, including any decision to accept and/or not to oppose any proposed material conditions or limitations on any such required approvals shall require the prior approval of the Required Consenting Noteholders, not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
K.          Corporate Action
 
Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified without any requirement for further action by Holders of Claims or Interests, directors, managers, managing-members, limited or general partners, or officers of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any other Entity, including:  (1) selection of the directors, managers, members, and officers for the Reorganized Debtors, including the appointment of the New Board or any directors of a subsidiary Debtor; (2) the issuances, transfer, and distribution of the New Common Stock; (3) the formation of any entities pursuant to and the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions and performance of all actions and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; (4) adoption and filing of the New Organizational Documents; (5) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (6) the entry into the DIP-to-Exit Facility and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility and the execution, entry into, delivery and filing of the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents; (7) payment of the First Lien Settlement Payments; (8) the execution, delivery, and filing of the Takeback Debt Documents, if any; (9) reservation of the Management Incentive Plan Pool; and (10) all other acts or actions contemplated by the Plan or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date).  All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred on, and shall be in effect as of, the Effective Date, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, managers, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.  On or, as applicable, prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and, as applicable, directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, certificates of incorporation, certificates of formation, bylaws, operating agreements, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Common Stock, the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, the Takeback Debt Documents, and the New Organizational Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing.  The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.Kshall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.
 
51

L.          Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Restructuring Transactions), or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, notwithstanding any prohibition of assignability under applicable non‑bankruptcy law and in accordance with section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, on the Effective Date, all property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Causes of Action of the Debtors (unless otherwise released or discharged pursuant to the Plan), and any property acquired by any of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances (except for Liens securing obligations on account of any Term Loan Claims, First Lien Notes Claims, Second Lien Notes Claims, Subsidiary Secured Notes Claims, or Other Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan and Liens securing obligations under the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents, DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents (including, in each case, any contingent obligations thereunder), and the Takeback Debt).  On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, and subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of the Communications Act, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
 
M.         Cancellation of Notes, Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents
 
On the later of the Effective Date and the date on which distributions are made pursuant to the Plan (if not made on the Effective Date), except for the purpose of evidencing a right to and allowing Holders of Claims and Interests to receive a distribution under the Plan or to the extent otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any agreement, instrument, or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions, (a) all notes, bonds, indentures, certificates, Securities, shares, purchase rights, options, warrants, collateral agreements, subordination agreements, intercreditor agreements, or other instruments or documents directly or indirectly evidencing, creating, or relating to any indebtedness or obligations of, or ownership interest in, the Debtors, giving rise to any Claims against or Interests in the Debtors or to any rights or obligations relating to any Claims against or Interests in the Debtors (except with respect to such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors or any Claim or Interest that is specifically Reinstated, amended and Reinstated, or entered into pursuant to the Plan, including, if applicable, the Reinstated Notes), including, without limitation, the Senior Notes Indentures, shall be deemed cancelled without any need for a Holder to take further action with respect thereto, and the duties and obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, any non-Debtor Affiliates, and the Trustees thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, released, discharged, and of no force or effect, and the applicable Trustees shall not have any continuing duties or obligations thereunder and shall be discharged; and (b) the obligations of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any the Senior Notes Indentures, any agreements, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or Interests in the Debtors (except such agreements, certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or Interests in the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated, amended and Reinstated, or entered into pursuant to the Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided that, notwithstanding such cancellation, satisfaction, release, and discharge, anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or Confirmation Order, Confirmation, or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any such document or instrument that governs the rights, claims, or remedies of the Holder of a Claim or Interest, including, without limitation, the Senior Notes Indenture, shall continue in effect solely for purposes of:  (i) allowing the applicable Trustee to receive distributions from the Debtors and to make further distributions to the applicable Holders of the Claims, and allowing such Holders to accept distributions, on account of such Claims; (ii)  allowing the maintenance, exercise, and enforcement of any applicable charging lien and priority of payment rights for the payment of fees and expenses against any money or property distributed to Holders and for indemnification, pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Notes Indenture, Second Lien Notes Indenture and Senior Notes Indenture; (iii) allowing the Trustee to seek compensation and reimbursement for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Trustees in connection with the implementation of the Plan; (iv) preserving the right, including the rights of enforcement, of Trustees to exculpation, indemnification, or contribution from the Debtors pursuant and subject to the terms of the First Lien Notes Indenture, Second Lien Notes Indentures, and Senior Notes Indenture(s), as applicable, in respect of any Claim or Cause of Action asserted against the Trustees; and (iv) preserving each of the Trustees’ right to appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any other proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court, including, but not limited to, enforcing any obligations owed to such parties under the Plan or Confirmation Order; and (v) permitting the Trustees to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the foregoing; provided, further, that nothing in this Plan shall affect the discharge of Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan.
 
52

Except with respect to Reinstated Notes, each of the Trustees shall be discharged and shall have no further obligation or liability except as provided in the Plan, Confirmation Order, or any agreement, instrument, or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions, and after the performance by the Trustees and their respective representatives and professionals of any obligations and duties required under or related to the Plan, Confirmation Order, or any agreement, instrument, or other document entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions, each of the Trustees shall be relieved of and released from any obligations and duties arising thereunder. The fees, expenses, and costs of the Trustees, including costs of their respective professionals incurred after the Effective Date in connection with any obligation that survive under the Plan will be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiary Debt shall be Reinstated on the Effective Date.  On the Effective Date, each Holder of a certificate or instrument evidencing a Claim that is discharged by the Plan shall be deemed to have surrendered such certificate or instrument in accordance with the applicable Senior Notes Indenture(s) or agreement that governs the rights of such Holder of such Claim.  Such surrendered certificate or instrument shall be deemed cancelled as set forth in, and subject to the exceptions set forth in, this Article IV.M.
 
On and after the Effective Date, the duties and responsibilities of the Trustees under their respective Senior Notes Indenture(s) shall be discharged and released, except (a) to the extent required to effectuate the Plan including, but not limited to, making distributions under the Plan to the Holders of Allowed Claims under the respective Senior Notes Indenture(s) and (b) with respect to any rights of the Trustees to payment of fees, expenses, and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to Holders of Senior Notes Claims under the applicable Senior Notes Indenture(s), including any rights to priority of payment and/or to exercise charging liens.  After the performance by the Trustees and their respective representatives and professionals of any obligations and duties required under or related to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Trustees shall be deemed to be relieved of and released from any obligations and duties arising thereunder.
 
N.          Effectuation and Effect of Reinstatement
 
On or before the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, in communication with the applicable Trustees or applicable Agents, and in consultation with the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Notes Trustee, shall take any action as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate any Reinstatement of the Reinstated Notes or Term Loan Facility, as applicable, including without limitation, the execution and delivery of any documents, including any appropriate agreements or other documents effectuating the Reinstatement, and shall take all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.  The Confirmation Order shall, and shall be deemed to, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including any Reinstatement of the Reinstated Notes or Term Loan Facility, as applicable.
 
53

Notwithstanding any language to the contrary herein, no provision of this Plan, including no provision of Article VIII, shall release, preclude, enjoin, limit, or impair any Holder of an Allowed Claim that is Reinstated on the Effective Date from enforcing any rights, or commencing any claims, Causes of Action, or proceedings, against the Reorganized Debtors, pursuant to the agreements and terms governing such Reinstated Claims with respect to any act, omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place after the Effective Date if such act, omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence was not expressly contemplated by the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, or asserted in the First Lien Objection or the Second Lien Objection.
 
O.          Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions
 
On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the directors, managers, partners, officers, authorized persons, and members thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, the New Common Stock, the New Organizational Documents, the DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, the Takeback Debt, and any other Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.
 
P.           Section 1145 Exemption
 
 The shares of New Common Stock and the Takeback Debt (if applicable) being issued under the Plan will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon (a) section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (except with respect to an entity that is an “underwriter” as defined in subsection (b) of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code) or (b) only to the extent that such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code is not available (including with respect to an entity that is an “underwriter”) pursuant to section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and/or Regulation D thereunder.
 
Securities issued in reliance upon section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or local law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of securities and (a) are not “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act and (b) are freely tradable and transferable by any holder thereof that, at the time of transfer, (1) is not an “affiliate” of the Reorganized Debtors as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act, (2) has not been such an “affiliate” within ninety (90) days of such transfer, (3) has not acquired such securities from an “affiliate” within one year of such transfer and (4) is not an entity that is an “underwriter.”
 
To the extent any shares of New Common Stock, Takeback Debt (if applicable), and the DIP‑to‑Exit Facility (if applicable) are issued in reliance on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder, such shares or Takeback Debt (as applicable), will be “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law.
 
New Common Stock constituting or issued with respect to any Emergence Awards will be issued pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state and local securities laws.
 
54

Should the Reorganized Debtors elect on or after the Effective Date to reflect any ownership of the New Common Stock and/or the Takeback Debt (if applicable) to be issued under the Plan through the facilities of DTC, the Reorganized Debtors need not provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of the New Common Stock and the Takeback Debt (if applicable), as applicable, to be issued under the Plan under applicable securities laws.  DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Common Stock and/or the Takeback Debt (if applicable) to be issued under the Plan are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Common Stock and the Takeback Debt (if applicable) to be issued under the Plan are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.
 
Q.          Section 1146(a) Exemption
 
To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Entity) of property under the Plan or pursuant to:  (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the Restructuring Transactions; (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; or (5) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, sales or use tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.  All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.
 
R.          Management Incentive Plan
 
The Management Incentive Plan Pool shall be established and reserved for grants to be made from time to time from such pool to management employees of the Reorganized Debtors at the discretion of the New Board effective as of the Effective Date.  The terms and conditions (including, without limitation, with respect to participants, form, allocation, structure, duration and timing, and extent of issuance and vesting) shall be determined at the discretion of the New Board after the Effective Date; provided, that up to fifty percent of the Management Incentive Plan Pool may be allocated prior to the Effective Date as emergence grants (the “Emergence Awards”) to individuals selected to serve in key senior management positions after the Effective Date (as and when such individuals are selected as contemplated by and subject to the consent rights specified in the Restructuring Support Agreement); provided, further, that the Emergence Awards will have terms and conditions (including, without limitation, with respect to form, allocation, structure, duration, timing, and extent of issuance and vesting) that are acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders.
 
55

S.           Employee Matters
 
Except as provided herein or in the Plan Supplement, or pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, or any applicable law, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document, all employee wages, compensation, and benefit programs, including, without limitation, any severance agreements, and collective bargaining agreements, including, without limitation, under any expired collective bargaining agreements, in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date.  All Proofs of Claim filed for amounts due under any collective bargaining agreement and any cure obligation shall be considered satisfied by the agreement and obligation to assume and cure in the ordinary course.
 
In accordance with that certain prepetition success bonus agreement, the Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, and Chief Transaction Officer of the Debtors3 shall be eligible for a success fee (the “Restructuring Success Fee”) consisting of two separate payments each in the amount of $500,000, for a total of $1 million, payable upon:  (a) Confirmation;4 and (b) the Effective Date.  Each payment under the Restructuring Success Fee is subject to continued employment of the Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, and Chief Transaction Officer through Confirmation and the Effective Date, respectively; provided that if employment with the Debtors is terminated for any reason prior to either payment, the right to unvested payments shall be forfeited.
 
Robert A. Schriesheim, Chair of the Finance Committee, shall receive incremental compensation in accordance with the terms of the Schriesheim Letter Agreement.
 
T.           Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
 
Frontier sponsors a defined benefit pension plan covered by Title IV of ERISA.  Reorganized Frontier will assume the Frontier Communications Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) in accordance with its terms on the Effective Date.
 
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors (to the extent they are controlled group members of the Pension Plan sponsor under ERISA) shall be responsible for (a) satisfying the minimum funding requirements under 26 U.S.C. §§ 412 and 430 and 29 U.S.C. §§ 1082 and 1083 for the Pension Plan and (b) paying all required PBGC premiums in accordance with 29 U.S.C. §§ 1306 and 1307 for the Pension Plan.  After the Effective Date, the sponsor of the Pension Plan shall be responsible for administering the Pension Plan in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, and the Reorganized Debtors reserve all of their rights thereunder.
 
With respect to the Pension Plan, no provision of the Plan, Confirmation Order, or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be construed to discharge, release, or relieve the Reorganized Debtors, or their successors, from liabilities or requirements imposed under any law or regulatory provision arising after the Effective Date with respect to the Pension Plan or PBGC.  PBGC and the Pension Plan will not be enjoined or precluded from enforcing such liability with respect to the Pension Plan as a result of any provision of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.  PBGC and the Reorganized Debtors agree that all proofs of claim filed by PBGC shall be deemed to be withdrawn, with prejudice, as of the Effective Date.
 


3
For the avoidance of doubt, these titles and roles are held by the same employee.
 
4
For the avoidance of doubt, multiple Restructuring Success Fees will not be awarded in the event that the Debtors are required to confirm multiple chapter 11 plans of reorganization.
 
56

U.          Workers’ Compensation Programs
 
As of the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor their obligations under (1) all applicable workers’ compensation laws and (2) the Debtors’ applicable written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self‑insured workers’ compensation bonds, insurance policies, programs, and plans, in each case, for workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation insurance, without the need for any party to file any Proofs of Claims, applications for payment, Cure Claim (or any objection to Cure amounts or notices), or Administrative Claim, and based on the foregoing, any such Proofs of Claims shall be deemed withdrawn automatically and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable non‑bankruptcy law with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans; provided, further, that nothing herein shall be deemed to impose any obligations on the Debtors in addition to what is provided for under applicable state law and the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, bonds, insurance policies, programs, and plans related to workers’ compensation.
 
V.           Preservation of Rights of Action
 
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.
 
The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtors against it.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan.  Unless any Cause of Action of the Debtors against an Entity is expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or pursuant to a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all such Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of Confirmation or Consummation.
 
The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain such Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan.  In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Cause of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan.  The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action.  The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
57

W.         Release of Preference Actions
 
On the Effective Date, the Debtors, on behalf of themselves and their Estates, shall release any and all Avoidance Actions arising under section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable “preference” action arising under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
 
X.          Consenting Noteholder Fees
 
On the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall pay in full in cash all Consenting Noteholder Fees that are due and owing to the extent not already paid by the Debtors, subject to receipt by the Debtors of an invoice from any Entity entitled to a Consenting Noteholder Fee in accordance with the applicable engagement letter; provided that the Creditors’ Committee shall receive copies of such invoices.  On and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay all Consenting Noteholder Fees in Cash, to the extent not already paid by the Debtors, in each case, within ten Business Days of receipt by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of an invoice from any Entity entitled to a Consenting Noteholder Fee for any unpaid Consenting Noteholder Fees in accordance with the applicable engagement letter; provided that the Consenting Noteholder Professionals shall (i) serve the Creditors’ Committee and the U.S. Trustee the monthly statements of such Consenting Noteholder Professionals’ claims for compensation or reimbursement of expenses with reasonable detail and (ii) file a notice with the Bankruptcy Court reflecting the amount of the fees and expenses requested of such Consenting Noteholder Professional.  If the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Creditors’ Committee, or the U.S. Trustee, as applicable, dispute the reasonableness of any such invoice, the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Creditors’ Committee, or the U.S. Trustee, as applicable, or the affected Consenting Noteholder Professional may file an objection with the Bankruptcy Court and the disputed portion of such invoice shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved.
 
Y.           Payment of Trustee Fees
 
In consideration of each Trustee’s continued performance under the applicable Indentures during these Chapter 11 Cases and as further required under the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay all Trustee Fees in Cash to the extent unpaid and subject to receipt by the Debtors of a summary invoice from any Entity entitled to a Trustee Fee.  On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay all Trustee Fees in Cash, to the extent not already paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, in each case, within ten Business Days of receipt by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of an invoice from any Entity entitled to a Trustee Fee for any unpaid Trustee Fees.
 
To the extent that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any successor in interest require further performance by the Trustees after the Effective Date, including with respect to any documentation requested to be prepared or executed to evidence the release of any liens, any further activities required for distributions, or any action required to be taken in furtherance of the Plan, the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustees and their professionals in taking such action shall be paid by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or such successor in interest in the ordinary course.
 
58

Z.          Payment of Board Observer Fees
 
On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay all Board Observer Fees in Cash to the extent not already paid by the Debtors.
 
ARTICLE V.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
 
A.           Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
 
Except as otherwise provided herein, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be deemed assumed, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, as of the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (a) was previously assumed, assumed and assigned, or rejected by the Debtors; (b)  previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; (c) is the subject of a motion to assume, assume and assign, or reject Filed on or before the Confirmation Date that is pending on the Effective Date; or (d) is designated specifically, or by category, as an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any.  The assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases hereunder may include the assignment of certain of such contracts to Affiliates.  The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the above-described assumptions and assignments, all pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and effective on the occurrence of the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases at any time through and including 45 days after the Effective Date.
 
Except as otherwise provided herein or agreed to by the Debtors and the applicable counterparty, each assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements related thereto.  To the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.  Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.
 
B.          Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors Under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
 
Rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall not constitute a termination of preexisting obligations owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, under such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.  Without limiting the general nature of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any non-bankruptcy law to the contrary, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve and do not waive any right to receive, or any continuing obligation of a counterparty to provide, warranties or continued maintenance obligations on goods previously purchased by the Debtors contracting from non-Debtor counterparties to any rejected Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
 
59

C.          Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases
 
Counterparties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Leases, if any, shall be served with a notice of rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Plan Supplement.  Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be Filed with the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent and served on the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, no later than thirty days after the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection.  Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, and be subject to the permanent injunction set forth in Article VIII.E of the Plan, including any Claims against any Debtor listed on the Debtors’ schedules as unliquidated, contingent, or disputed.  All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection by any Debtor of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be treated as a General Unsecured Claim in accordance with Article III.C of the Plan.
 
D.          Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed
 
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay Cures, if any, on the Effective Date, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business.  The Debtors shall provide notice of the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure to the parties to the applicable assumed Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases no later than the Effective Date.  Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall be dealt with in the ordinary course of business and, if needed, shall be Filed with the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent on or before thirty days after the Effective Date.  If any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease does not receive a notice of assumption and applicable cure amount, such counterparty shall have until on or before thirty days after the Effective Date to bring forth and File a request for payment of Cure. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors’ ordinary course of business or upon and in accordance with any resolution of a Cure dispute (whether by order of the Bankruptcy Court or through settlement with the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty); provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Claim despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure.  The Reorganized Debtors may also settle any Cure Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before thirty days after the Effective Date.  Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Debtors’ first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed.  Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.
 
60

In the event of a dispute regarding:  (1) the amount of any Cure Claim, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed (or assumed and assigned, as applicable), or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption or assignment, then any disputed Cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable following, and in accordance with, the entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving such dispute or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and any such unresolved dispute shall not prevent or delay implementation of the Plan or the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 
Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to this Article V.D, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, or upon and in accordance with any resolution of a Cure dispute (whether by order of the Bankruptcy Court or through settlement with the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty), shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption.  Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to this Article V.D, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business or upon and in accordance with any resolution of a Cure dispute (whether by order of the Bankruptcy Court or through settlement with the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease counterparty), shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease receives a notice of assumption and applicable proposed Cure amount, and disputes the Debtors’ proposed Cure amount, such party shall not be required to File a Proof of Claim with respect to such dispute.  Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that does not receive a notice or applicable proposed Cure amount, and believes a Cure amount is owed, shall have thirty days after the Effective Date to File a Proof of Claim with respect to such alleged Cure amount, which Claim shall not be expunged until such Cure dispute is resolved.
 
E.           Indemnification Provisions
 
On and as of the Effective Date, the Indemnification Provisions will be assumed by the Debtors, and shall be reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable, and shall survive the Effective Date.  The Reorganized Debtors’ governance documents shall provide for indemnification, defense, reimbursement, and limitation of liability of, and advancement of fees and expenses to, the Reorganized Debtors’ current and former directors, managers, officers, members, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors to the fullest extent permitted by law and at least to the same extent as provided under the Indemnification Provisions against any Cause of Action whether direct or derivative, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, disputed or undisputed, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall not indemnify any Person for any Cause of Action arising out of or related to any act or omission that is a criminal act or constitutes actual fraud, gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct.  None of the Reorganized Debtors will amend or restate their respective governance documents before, on, or after the Effective Date to terminate or materially adversely affect any of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such rights to indemnification, defense, reimbursement, limitation of liability, or advancement of fees and expenses.  Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Debtors’ foregoing assumption of each of the Indemnification Provisions.
 
61

F.           Restructuring Support Agreement
 
The Restructuring Support Agreement shall be deemed assumed in its entirety pursuant to sections 105, 363, and 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, upon entry of the Confirmation Order.  Upon the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be effective and binding upon all parties in interest, including, without limitation, all creditors of any of the Debtors, and the Debtors, and their respective successors and assigns, whether in these chapter 11 cases, in any successor chapter 11 or chapter 7 cases, or upon any dismissal of any of these chapter 11 cases or any successor chapter 11 or chapter 7 cases, and shall inure to the benefit of the Consenting Noteholders and the Debtors and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
 
G.           Insurance Policies and Surety Bonds
 
Each D&O Liability Insurance Policy (including, without limitation, any “tail policy” and all agreements, documents, or instruments related thereto) shall be assumed, in their entirety, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, as of the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 105 and 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any D&O Liability Insurance Policy (including, without limitation, any “tail policy” and all agreements, documents, or instruments related thereto) in effect prior to the Effective Date, and any current and former directors, officers, managers, and employees of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time before or after the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such policy subject to the terms thereof regardless of whether such directors, officers, managers, and employees remain in such positions after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall retain the ability to supplement such D&O Liability Insurance Policy as the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may deem necessary.
 
The Debtors shall continue to satisfy their obligations under their surety bonds and insurance policies in full and continue such programs in the ordinary course of business.  Each of the Debtors’ surety bonds and insurance policies, and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall be treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan.  On the Effective Date:  (a) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all such surety bonds and insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating thereto in their entirety; provided that the Debtors have assumed all indemnity agreements and cash collateral agreements related to the surety bonds pursuant to the Surety Assumption Order and (b) such surety bonds and insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor(s) unaltered.
 
62

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order, any agreement or order related to the DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, any bar date notice or claim objection, any document related to the foregoing, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including, without limitation, any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening, confers Bankruptcy Court jurisdiction, grants an injunction, discharge or release, or requires a party to opt out of any releases):  (a) nothing alters, modifies or otherwise amends the terms and conditions of either of (i) the Zurich Insurance Program (including any agreement to arbitrate disputes and any provisions regarding the provision, maintenance, use, nature and priority of the collateral), (ii) any insurance policies issued by ACE American Insurance Company, Westchester Surplus Lines Insurance Company, Federal Insurance Company, or any of their U.S.-based affiliates and successors (collectively, “Chubb”), including any D&O Liability Insurance Policies issued by Chubb, and any agreements, documents, or instruments related thereto (collectively, the “Chubb Insurance Program”), except that on and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors jointly and severally shall assume the Zurich Insurance Program and the Chubb Insurance Program in their entireties pursuant to sections 105 and 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the obligations arising under the Assumption Agreement between National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. and its affiliates (collectively, “AIG”), Debtor Frontier Communications Corporation and Verizon Communications, Inc. (the “AIG Program”) effective April 1, 2016 (including any agreement to arbitrate disputes and any provisions regarding the provision, maintenance, use, nature and priority of collateral); (b) nothing therein releases or discharges Zurich’s security interests and liens on the collateral; (c) nothing therein releases or discharges the Zurich Claims or the claims of Chubb (including any Cure Claim) arising under the Chubb Insurance Program (regardless of whether all or any part of such claims are liquidated before or after the Petition Date, Confirmation of the Plan, or conversion of one or more of these Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code) (the “Chubb Claims”) and further, the Zurich Claims and the Chubb Claims are actual and necessary expenses of the Debtors’ estates (or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) and shall be paid in full in the ordinary course of business, whether as an Allowed Administrative Claim under section 503(b)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, regardless of when such amounts are or shall become liquidated, due or paid, without the need or requirement for either Zurich, Chubb, or AIG to file or serve a request, motion, or application for payment of or proof of any proof of claim, Cure Claim (or any objection to cure amounts/notices), or Administrative Claim (and further and for the avoidance of doubt, any claim bar date (including the Administrative Claims Bar Date) shall not be applicable to either Zurich or Chubb); (d) the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable shall not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer the Zurich Insurance Program or the Chubb Insurance Program except with the express written permission of Zurich or Chubb, respectively, which in either case shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (e) the automatic stay of Bankruptcy Code section 362(a) and the injunctions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan, if and to the extent applicable, shall be deemed lifted without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, solely to permit:  (i) claimants with valid workers’ compensation claims or direct action claims against Zurich, Chubb, and/or AIG under applicable non-bankruptcy law to proceed with their claims; (ii) Zurich, Chubb, and AIG to administer, handle, defend, settle, and/or pay, in the ordinary course of business and without further order of this Bankruptcy Court, (A) all workers’ compensation or direct action claims covered by the Zurich Insurance Program, the Chubb Insurance Program, or the AIG Program, (B) all claims where an order has been entered by the Bankruptcy Court granting a claimant relief from the automatic stay or the injunction set forth in Article VIII of the Plan to proceed with its claim, and (C) all costs in relation to each of the foregoing; (iii) Zurich to draw against any or all of the collateral provided by or on behalf of the Debtors (or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) to Zurich at any time and to hold the proceeds thereof as security for the obligations of the Debtors (and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) to Zurich and/or apply such proceeds to the obligations of the Debtors (and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable) under the applicable Zurich Insurance Program, in such order as Zurich may determine; and (iv) subject to the terms of the Zurich Insurance Program, the Chubb Insurance Program, the AIG Program, and/or applicable non-bankruptcy law, Zurich, Chubb, and AIG to (A) cancel any policies under the Zurich Insurance Program or the Chubb Insurance Program, respectively, and (B) take other actions relating to the Zurich Insurance Program, the Chubb Insurance Program, or the AIG Program respectively (including setoff), to the extent permissible under applicable non-bankruptcy law, each in accordance with the terms of the Zurich Insurance Program, the Chubb Insurance Program, or the AIG Program, respectively.  Terms used in this paragraph but not defined in the Plan shall have the meaning attributed to them in the Zurich Assumption Order.  Additionally, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) the Zurich Insurance Program shall have the same meaning as the term Insurance Program as used in the Zurich Assumption Order and shall include D&O Liability Insurance Policies issued by Zurich, and (b) this Article V.G shall not be limited in any way by Article IV.U of the Plan.
 
63

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order, any agreement or order related to the DIP‑to‑Exit Facility or the DIP‑to‑Exit Revolving Facility, the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify:  (a) any indemnity or collateral obligations relating to bonds or related instruments that Westchester Fire Insurance Company, Federal Insurance Company, and/or their affiliated sureties (which individually and collectively are referred to hereafter as “Chubb Surety”) issued and/or executed on behalf of or at the request of any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor(s), and/or non-Debtor affiliates (each such bond or related instrument, including but not limited to any and all bonds that were assumed in these proceedings, a “Bond”, and, collectively, the “Bonds”); or (b) the assumption of any indemnity agreements and cash collateral agreements related to any of the Bonds (such assumed agreements, the “Chubb Surety Agreements”) by way of court order [Docket No. 373].  Each such indemnity, collateral or other obligation under or in connection with the Bonds or the Chubb Surety Agreements will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan or by prior order as to which no Proof of Claim, Administrative Claim, or request for payment need be filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order, any agreement or order related to the DIP Facility or the Exit Facility, including, but not limited to, Article VIII.K of the Plan, to the extent the Bankruptcy Court disallows a claim for reimbursement or contribution, all rights of Chubb Surety under section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code shall remain, subject to any applicable rights or defenses of the Debtors.
 
H.          Reservation of Rights
 
Nothing contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement (unless otherwise explicitly provided) shall constitute an admission by the Debtors or any other party that any contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder.  If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease, including by rejecting such contract or lease nunc pro tunc to the Confirmation Date.
 
I.            Nonoccurrence of Effective Date
 
In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
J.           Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date
 
Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business.  Such contracts and leases that are not rejected under the Plan shall survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.
 
64

ARTICLE VI.
 
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
 
A.          Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed
 
Except (1) as otherwise provided herein, (2) upon a Final Order, or (3) as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the Holder of the applicable Claim, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the next Distribution Date after such Claim becomes, as applicable, an Allowed Claim, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive the full amount of distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in the applicable Class from the Distribution Agent.  In the event that any payment or distribution under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or distribution may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.  Except as specifically provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.
 
B.           Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent
 
1.            Powers of the Distribution Agent
 
The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to:  (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties and exercise its rights under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated under the Plan; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities and powers; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.
 
2.            Expenses Incurred on or after the Effective Date
 
Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney and/or other professional fees and expenses) made by such Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.
 
C.          Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions
 
1.            Distributions Generally
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including in the next paragraph), the Distribution Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims at the address for each such Holder as indicated on the applicable register or in the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such distribution (as applicable), including the address set forth in any Proof of Claim filed by that Holder; provided that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtors.
 
65

Distributions of New Common Stock to be made to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims shall be made to, or at the direction of, the applicable Trustee under the Senior Notes Indentures, which, subject to their rights to assert such Trustee’s charging liens and priority of payment rights against distributions, shall transmit or direct the transmission of such distributions to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims, which will be made through the facilities of DTC in accordance with DTC’s customary practices.  For the avoidance of doubt, DTC shall be considered a single Holder for purposes of distributions.  Each Trustee shall be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with Holders of the Senior Notes Claims to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC, and all distributions to be made to Holders of Senior Notes Claims shall be delivered to each Trustee in a form that is eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC.  To the extent Trustee Fees are incurred in connection with making distributions to Holders of Senior Notes Claims under the Plan, such Trustee Fees shall be entitled to receive from the Reorganized Debtors, without further Bankruptcy Court approval, payment, in Cash, as reasonable compensation for such services and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such services, to the extent provided for under the applicable indentures.  Upon presentation of a summary invoice, payment of such compensation and expenses will be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any case within the earlier of (a) the date upon which the Trustees release any Liens under the Plan or (b) ten Business Days following the applicable Trustee’s presentation of such summary invoice.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any distributions to Holders of the First Lien Notes Claims or Second Lien Notes Claims shall be made to or at the direction of each of the Trustees, as applicable, each of which shall act as Distribution Agent (or direct the Distribution Agent) for distributions to the respective Holders of First Lien Notes Claims and Second Lien Notes Claims, under the First Lien Notes Indenture and Second Lien Notes Indenture, as applicable, in accordance with the Plan and the applicable indentures.  The Trustees applicable to this paragraph shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such distributions shall be subject in all respects to any rights of the Trustees applicable to this paragraph to assert a charging lien against such distributions.  The Trustees applicable to this paragraph may transfer or direct the transfer of such distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with the respective Holders of the First Lien Notes Claims and the Second Lien Notes claims to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any charging lien asserted by any of the Trustees applicable to this paragraph shall attach to the property to be distributed in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the applicable Trustee.  All distributions to be made to Holders of the First Lien Notes Claims and the Second Lien Notes Claims shall be eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC and as provided for under the First Lien Notes Indenture or the Second Lien Notes Indenture, as applicable.
 
Distributions to be made to the Holders of Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims shall be made in accordance with the respective Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures and the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents, as applicable, and all rights and protections of the Unsecured Subsidiary Notes Trustee under each of the Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures are preserved for all purposes.  The terms of the Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Indentures and the Unsecured Frontier West Virginia Notes Documents, including terms with respect to distributions and record dates, shall govern the rights of the Holders of Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Notes Claims before and after the Effective Date.
 
66

2.            Distributions on Account of Obligations of Multiple Debtors
 
For all purposes associated with distributions under the Plan, all guarantees by any Debtor of the obligations of any other Debtor, as well as any joint and several liability of any Debtor with respect to any other Debtor, shall be deemed eliminated so that any obligation that could otherwise be asserted against more than one Debtor shall result in a single distribution under the Plan.  Any such Claims shall be released and discharged pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan and shall be subject to all potential objections, defenses, and counterclaims, and to estimation pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
3.            Record Date of Distributions
 
On the Distribution Record Date, the various transfer registers for each Class of Claims as maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of any Claims.  The Distribution Agent shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of Claims occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date.  In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure amounts or disputes over any Cure amounts, neither the Debtors nor the Distribution Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease as of the Effective Date, even if such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to distributions to Holders of public Securities or to payments under the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 
4.            Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims
 
Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan and except as otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors, on the one hand, and the Holder of a Disputed Claim, on the other hand, or as set forth in a Final Order, no partial payments and no partial distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim until all of the Disputed Claim has become an Allowed Claim or has otherwise been resolved by settlement or Final Order; provided that, if the Reorganized Debtors do not dispute a portion of an amount asserted pursuant to an otherwise Disputed Claim, the Distribution Agent may make a partial distribution on account of that portion of such Claim that is not Disputed at the time and in the manner that the Distribution Agent makes distributions to similarly situated Holders of Allowed Claims pursuant to the Plan.  Any dividends or other distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims, as applicable, in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim, as applicable, in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim after the date or dates that such dividends or other distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims in such Class.
 
5.            De Minimis Distributions; Minimum Distributions
 
No fractional shares of New Common Stock shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts and such fractional amount shall be deemed to be zero.  When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Common Stock shall be rounded as follows:  (a) fractions of greater than one‑half shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of one‑half or less shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment thereto.  The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock to be distributed to Holders of Allowed Senior Notes Claims may (at the Debtors’ discretion) be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding; provided that DTC will be considered a single holder for purposes of distributions.
 
67

The Distribution Agent shall not make any distributions to a Holder of an Allowed Senior Notes Claim on account of such Allowed Senior Notes Claim of New Common Stock or Cash where such distribution is valued, in the reasonable discretion of the Distribution Agent, at less than $100.00, and each Senior Notes Claim to which this limitation applies shall be discharged pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan and its Holder shall be forever barred pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan from asserting that Senior Notes Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.
 
6.            Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property
 
In the event that either (a) a distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable (other than a distribution to or through DTC) or (b) the Holder of an Allowed Claim (other than the Senior Notes Trustee) does not respond to a request by the Debtors or the Distribution Agent for information necessary to facilitate a particular distribution, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Distribution Agent has determined the then-current address of such Holder or received the necessary information to facilitate a particular distribution, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code on the date that is six months after the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable local, state, federal, or foreign escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.
 
7.            Manner of Payment Pursuant to the Plan
 
At the option of the Distribution Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check, wire transfer, automated clearing house, or credit card, or as otherwise provided in applicable agreements.
 
D.          Compliance Matters
 
In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, any Distribution Agent, and any other applicable withholding and reporting agents shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Distribution Agent, and any other applicable withholding and reporting agents shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms that are reasonable and appropriate; provided that the Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, shall request appropriate documentation from the applicable distributees and allow such distributees a reasonable amount of time to respond.  The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Distribution Agent, and any other applicable withholding and reporting agents reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
 
68

E.           Foreign Currency Exchange Rate
 
Except as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.
 
F.           Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties
 
1.            Claims Paid by Third Parties
 
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce a Claim, and such Claim (or portion thereof) shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives a payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor (or other Distribution Agent), as applicable; provided that, to the extent any claim of any obligee or beneficiary of a surety bond is paid by the issuer of such bond on behalf of any of the Debtors and/or its Affiliates, and such issuer subrogates to the rights of such obligee or beneficiary, such issuer’s subrogation claim shall not be disallowed or affected notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein.  To the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor (or other Distribution Agent), as applicable, on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within ten Business Days of receipt thereof, repay, return, or deliver any distribution held by or transferred to the Holder to the applicable Reorganized Debtor to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan.  The failure of such Holder to timely repay, return, or deliver such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the ten-Business Day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.
 
2.            Claims Payable by Third Parties
 
No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy.  To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise settled), then immediately upon such satisfaction, such Claim may be expunged on the Claims Register by the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent to the extent of any such satisfaction without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
3.            Applicability of Insurance Policies
 
Except as otherwise provided herein, payments to Holders of Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a release, settlement, satisfaction, compromise, or waiver of any rights, defenses, or Cause of Action that the Debtors or any other Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers, under any policies of insurance, agreements related thereto, or applicable indemnity, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any rights or defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers under the applicable insurance policies, agreements related thereto, and applicable non-bankruptcy law.
 
69

G.          Setoffs and Recoupment
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or such Entity’s designee as instructed by such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, set off against or recoup from an Allowed Claim and any distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim, any Claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may have against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such Claims, rights, or Causes of Action have not been otherwise compromised, settled, or released on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly stated in Article VIII of this Plan, neither the failure to effect such a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claims, rights, or Causes of Action the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may possess against such Holder.
 
H.           Allocation between Principal and Accrued Interest
 
Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate consideration paid to Holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claims (to the extent thereof and as determined for federal income tax purposes) and second, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Allowed Claims, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.
 
ARTICLE VII.
 
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED,
CONTINGENT, AND UNLIQUIDATED CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
 
A.          Disputed Claims Process
 
Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and in light of the Unimpaired status of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims under the Plan, except as required by the Plan, Holders of Claims need not File Proofs of Claim, and the Reorganized Debtors and the Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims in the ordinary course of business as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, except that (unless expressly waived pursuant to the Plan) the Allowed amount of such Claims shall be subject to the limitations or maximum amounts permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable.  If a Holder of a Claim in Class disputes the amount of their Claim as listed in the Schedules, the Holder should notify of the Debtors of such dispute.  If the Debtors and the Holder agree to an amended Claim amount prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall file amended Schedules prior to the Effective Date.  If between the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date, the dispute cannot be consensually resolved, the Holder may seek (by letter to the Court) to have the claim dispute resolved before the Bankruptcy Court (and, with the consent of the Debtors, before any other court or tribunal with jurisdiction over the parties).  After the Effective Date, the creditor may seek to have the claim dispute resolved before the Bankruptcy Court or any other court or tribunal with jurisdiction over the parties.
 
70

Unless relating to a Claim expressly Allowed pursuant to the Plan, all Proofs of Claim filed in these Chapter 11 Cases shall be considered objected to and Disputed without further action by the Debtors.  Upon the Effective Date, all Proofs of Claim filed against the Debtors, regardless of the time of filing, and including Proofs of Claim filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn and expunged, other than as provided below.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary:  (1) all Claims against the Debtors that result from the Debtors’ rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease; (2) Claims filed to dispute the amount of any proposed Cure pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (3) Claims that the Debtors seek to have determined by the Bankruptcy Court, shall in all cases be determined by the Bankruptcy Court, if not otherwise resolved through settlement with the applicable claimant.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, there is no requirement to File a Proof of Claim (or move the Bankruptcy Court for allowance) to be an Allowed Claim, as applicable, under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Entities must File (a) Proofs of Claim for payment of an Administrative Claim as set forth in Article II.A of the Plan and (b) Cure objections as set forth in Article V.C of the Plan to the extent such Entity disputes the amount of the Cure paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty. For the avoidance of doubt, timely filed Proofs of Claim for Administrative Claims and timely filed Proofs of Claim related to Cure objections are not subject to automatic expungement.  All Proofs of Claim required to be Filed by the Plan that are Filed after the date that they are required to be Filed pursuant to the Plan shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
B.           Objections to Claims
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, shall have the sole authority to:  (1) File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment, any objections to Claims; and (2) settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.  For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had immediately prior to the Effective Date with respect to any Disputed Claim, including the Causes of Action retained pursuant to Article IV.V of the Plan.
 
Any objections to Claims shall be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Bankruptcy Court may extend the time period to object to Claims set forth in this paragraph at any time, including before or after the expiration of one hundred eighty days after the Effective Date, in its discretion or upon request by the Debtors or any party in interest.
 
C.          Estimation of Claims
 
Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to), at any time, request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Disputed Claim that is contingent or unliquidated pursuant to applicable law, including pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Disputed Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction under sections 157 and 1334 of the Judicial Code to estimate any such Disputed Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Disputed Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to such objection.  Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Disputed Claim that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.  In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions and discharge) and may be used as evidence in any supplemental proceedings, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim.  Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Disputed Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before fourteen days after the date on which such Disputed Claim is estimated.
 
71

D.          No Distributions Pending Allowance
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if any portion of a Claim is a Disputed Claim, no payment or distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim; provided that if only a portion of a Claim is Disputed, such Claim shall be deemed Allowed in the amount not Disputed and payment or distribution shall be made on account of such undisputed amount; provided, further that the foregoing shall not apply to any Make-Whole Claim, which Claims shall not be Allowed Claims under the Plan.
 
E.           Distributions After Allowance
 
To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  As soon as reasonably practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court Allowing any Disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the Distribution Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Allowed Claim the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Allowed Claim unless required under applicable bankruptcy law.
 
F.           No Interest
 
Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein or by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on Claims against the Debtors, and no Holder of a Claim against the Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim.  Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.
 
G.          Adjustment to Claims and Interests without Objection
 
Any Claim or Interest that has been paid, satisfied, amended, superseded, cancelled, or otherwise expunged (including pursuant to the Plan) may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register at the direction of the Reorganized Debtors without the Reorganized Debtors having to File an application, motion, complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim or Interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  Additionally, any Claim or Interest that is duplicative or redundant with another Claim or Interest against the same Debtor may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register at the direction of the Reorganized Debtors without the Reorganized Debtors having to File an application, motion, complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim or Interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
72

H.          Disallowance of Claims
 
All Claims of any Entity from which property is sought by the Debtors under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer that is avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 548, or 549 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Final Order with respect thereto has been entered by the Bankruptcy Court and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.  All Claims filed on account of an indemnification obligation to a director, officer, or employee shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent such indemnification obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  All Claims filed on account of an employee benefit shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent the Reorganized Debtors elect to honor such employee benefit, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
Except as otherwise provided herein or as agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors, all Proofs of Claim for payment of an Administrative Claim Filed after Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged as of the Effective Date, forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Claim has been deemed timely filed by a Final Order.
 
I.            Amendments to Proofs of Claim
 
On or after the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Proof of Claim or Proof of Interest may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Proof of Claim or Proof of Interest Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
ARTICLE VIII.
 
EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN
 
A.          Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests
 
As provided by section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by current or former employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non‑contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not:  (1) a Proof of Claim or Proof of Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan.  Any default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately prior to or on account of filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) on the Effective Date.  The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 
73

B.           Releases by the Debtors
 
Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, effective on the Effective Date, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, each Released Party is hereby conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by each and all of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other Entities who may purport to assert any Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of, the foregoing Entities, from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of any of the Debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, that the Debtors would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the management, ownership, or operation thereof), their capital structure, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the Chapter 11 Cases and related adversary proceedings, the Credit Facilities, the First Lien Notes, the Second Lien Notes, the IDRB, the Senior Notes, the Subsidiary Debt, the DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, the Takeback Debt, the assertion or enforcement of rights and remedies against the Debtors’ out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among a Debtor and another Debtor, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Definitive Documents, the pursuit of consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Restructuring Transaction, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence related to the Debtors taking place on or before the Effective Date, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Mediation and the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to section 1123(b) and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.B by the Debtors, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that each release described in this Article VIII.B is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good-faith settlement and compromise of such Causes of Action; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; (6) a sound exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; and (7) a bar to any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or their respective Estates asserting any Cause of Action related thereto, of any kind, against any of the Released Parties or their property.
 
74

C.          Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests
 
Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, effective on the Effective Date, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, each Released Party is hereby conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by each and all of the Releasing Parties, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other Entities who may purport to assert any Cause of Action, from any and all Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, matured or unmatured, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative claims asserted or assertable on behalf of any of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert in its own right (whether individually or collectively or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the management, ownership, or operation thereof), their capital structure, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any security of the Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the Credit Facilities, the First Lien Notes, the Second Lien Notes, the IDRB, the Senior Notes, the Subsidiary Debt, the DIP-to-Exit Facility, the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, the Takeback Debt, the assertion or enforcement of rights and remedies against the Debtors’ out‑of‑court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among a Debtor and another Debtor, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Definitive Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Definitive Documents, the pursuit of consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Restructuring Transaction, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence related to the Debtors taking place on or before the Effective Date, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Mediation and the Secured Creditor Settlement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Third-Party Release does not release any individual from any claim or causes of action related to an act or omission that is determined in a final order by a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence.
 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases described in this Article VIII.C, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that each release described in this Article VIII.C is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good-faith settlement and compromise of such Causes of Action; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; (6) a sound exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties or the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or their respective Estates asserting any Cause of Action related thereto, of any kind, against any of the Released Parties or their property.
 
75

D.          Exculpation
 
Effective as of the Effective Date, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law and without affecting or limiting either the Debtor Release or the third‑party release, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, filing, or consummation of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, any Definitive Documents, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Mediation, the Secured Creditor Settlement, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Exculpated Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion), except for Causes of Action related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan.
 
The Exculpated Parties have, and upon Consummation of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.
 
E.           Injunction
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, or liabilities that:  (a) are subject to compromise and settlement pursuant to the terms of the Plan; (b) have been released pursuant to Article VIII.B of this Plan; (c) have been released pursuant to Article VIII.C of this Plan, (d) are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.D of this Plan, or (e) are otherwise discharged, satisfied, stayed, or terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan, are permanently enjoined and precluded, from and after the Effective Date, from commencing or continuing in any manner, any action or other proceeding, including on account of any Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, or liabilities that have been compromised or settled against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any Entity so released or exculpated (or the property or estate of any Entity, directly or indirectly, so released or exculpated) on account of, or in connection with or with respect to, any discharged, released, settled, compromised, or exculpated Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, or liabilities.
 
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all Holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former directors, managers, officers, principals, predecessors, successors, employees, agents, and direct and indirect Affiliates shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of the Plan.  Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, by accepting, or being eligible to accept, distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in this Article VIII.E.
 
76

F.           Release of Liens
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, including, if applicable, the Reinstated Notes, on the Effective Date, and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates (other than any liens securing the DIP-to-Exit Facility or DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility) shall be fully released, settled, compromised, and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Debtors shall automatically revert to the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors.  Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder) shall be authorized and directed to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as requested by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such documents evidencing such releases.  The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any local, state, federal, or foreign agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.
 
G.          SEC
 
Notwithstanding any language to the contrary herein, no provision shall (a) preclude the SEC from enforcing its police or regulatory powers; or (b) enjoin, limit, impair or delay the SEC from commencing or continuing any claims, causes of action, proceeding, or investigations against any non-Debtor person or non-Debtor entity in any forum.
 
H.          No Release of Any Claims Held by the United States and the Navajo Nation
 
Nothing in the Confirmation Order or the Plan shall effect a release of any Claim by the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority or the Navajo Nation, including, without limitation, any Claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the Released Parties, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan enjoin the United States or any state or local authority or the Navajo Nation from bringing any Claim, suit, action, or other proceedings against the Released Parties for any liability whatever, including, without limitation, any Claim, suit, or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state or local authority, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan exculpate any party from any liability to the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority or the Navajo Nation whatsoever, including any liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against the Released Parties.
 
I.            Protection against Discriminatory Treatment
 
As provided by section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with paragraph 2 of Article VI of the United States Constitution, no Entity, including Governmental Units, shall discriminate against any Reorganized Debtor or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, or discriminate with respect to such a grant against, any Reorganized Debtor, or any Entity with which a Reorganized Debtor has been or is associated, solely because such Reorganized Debtor was a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, may have been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before such Debtor was granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
77

J.           Document Retention
 
On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their standard document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors.
 
K.          Reimbursement or Contribution
 
If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date:  (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non‑contingent; or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.
 
L.           Term of Injunctions or Stays
 
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order), shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.  All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
 
ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE
 
A.          Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
 
It shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article IX.B of the Plan:
 

1.
The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, and such order shall be a Final Order and in full force and effect.
 

2.
Reorganized Frontier’s New Common Stock shall have been issued.
 

3.
In the event the Debtors elect to consummate the DIP-to-Exit Facility and/or the DIP‑to‑Exit Revolving Facility, the applicable DIP-to-Exit Documents and DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto, and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the consummation set forth in the DIP Order, the DIP-to-Exit Facility Documents, and the DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility Documents, as applicable, shall have been validly waived or satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, and the closing of the DIP-to-Exit Facility and DIP‑to‑Exit Revolving Facility in accordance with the DIP Order, as applicable, shall be deemed to occur concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 
78


4.
As applicable, the Takeback Debt Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto, and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the consummation of the Takeback Debt shall have been waived or satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, and the closing of the Takeback Debt shall be deemed to occur concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 

5.
In the event the Debtors elect to Reinstate any Reinstated Notes, the Debtors shall, at a reasonable time prior to the Effective Date, and following consultation with the First Lien Committee and Second Lien Notes Trustee, notify the applicable Trustees of any Reinstatement of such Reinstated Notes and documents, if any, necessary or appropriate for such Reinstatement of such Reinstated Notes shall have been executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto, and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the consummation of the Reinstatement of such Reinstated Notes shall have been satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, and such Reinstated Notes shall be deemed to be Reinstated upon the Effective Date.
 

6.
The Plan Supplement, including any amendments, modifications, or supplements to the documents, schedules, or exhibits included therein shall have been Filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 

7.
Any and all requisite FCC Approvals, PUC Approvals, and any other authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents required to implement and effectuate the Plan shall have been obtained, without any conditions required to implement and effectuate the Plan that are materially adverse to the Debtors and that have not previously been approved by the Required Consenting Noteholders in accordance with Article IV.J, and shall be in full force and effect.
 

8.
The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been established and funded with Cash in accordance with Article II.B.2 of the Plan.
 

9.
The Reorganized Debtors shall have paid, to the extent unpaid and invoiced at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all Consenting Noteholder Fees and Trustee Fees.
 

10.
The Debtors shall have used commercially reasonable best efforts to analyze and develop a detailed report regarding a virtual separation under the same ownership structure of select state operations where the Reorganized Debtors will conduct fiber deployments from those states’ operations where the Reorganized Debtors will perform broadband upgrades and operational improvements.
 

11.
The Restructuring Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, all conditions shall have been satisfied thereunder, and there shall be no breach that, after the lapse of time or expiration of any applicable notice or any cure period, would give rise to right to terminate the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
79


12.
The Secured Creditor Settlement shall remain in full force and effect, all terms and conditions shall have been satisfied thereunder, including the payment of the First Lien Settlement Payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and there shall be no breach of the Secured Creditor Settlement.
 

13.
The Final Adequate Protection Order shall remain in full force and effect and there shall not be any outstanding defaults thereunder, after giving effect to any applicable cure period.
 

14.
By the Confirmation Date, the Required Consenting Noteholders shall have determined in their reasonable judgment, with the assistance of their financial and legal advisors, that the aggregate amount of Parent Litigation Claims is reasonably expected to be equal to or less than existing insurance coverage plus $25 million; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, deductibles and other expenses owed under the applicable insurance policies shall not count towards the $25 million.  For the avoidance of doubt, this condition precedent shall be considered satisfied absent a contrary assertion by the Required Consenting Noteholders on or before the Confirmation Date.
 
B.           Waiver of Conditions Precedent
 
The Debtors may, with the prior written consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), waive any of the conditions to the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan at any time, without any notice to any other parties in interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and without any formal action other than proceeding to confirm and consummate the Plan; provided, however, that any waiver in respect of Article IX.A.4 that affects the Takeback Debt Principal Amount shall require the prior written consent of the Determining Noteholders in accordance with Article IV.D of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement; and provided, further, that any waiver in respect of Article IX.A.3, Article IX.A.4, Article IX.A.12, or Article IX.A.13 shall require the prior written consent of the First Lien Committee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  For the avoidance of doubt, the First Lien Committee’s consent right in respect of Article IX.A.3 and Article IX.A.4 shall not prevent the Noteholder Groups from waiving conditions with respect to the DIP-to-Exit Facility, DIP-to-Exit Revolving Facility, and/or the Takeback Debt.
 
C.          Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to Consummation
 
If the Effective Date does not occur, then the Plan will be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall:  (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action held by any Debtor or any other Entity; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity in any respect.
 
80

ARTICLE X.
 
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
 
A.          Modification of Plan
 
Subject to the limitations and terms contained in the Plan, and subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Secured Creditor Settlement, the Debtors reserve the right to (1) amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Confirmation Order, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules (2) after the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein; provided that the Debtors shall consult with the Creditors’ Committee on any amendments or modifications pursuant to this Article X.A solely with respect to those terms and provisions that impact the Creditors’ Committee, the treatment of General Unsecured Claims, the distribution of Cash to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims, and the releases and exculpation to be granted to the Creditors’ Committee and its members.
 
B.          Effect of Confirmation on Modifications
 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute approval of all modifications or amendments to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.
 
C.          Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan
 
The Debtors, subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then:  (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise not previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of the Claims or Classes of Claims), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity.
 
ARTICLE XI.
 
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
 
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:
 
1.           Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests, except as provided in Article III.C.11 herein;
 
2.         decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, of any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;
 
81

3.           resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including:  (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure Claims or other Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed or assumed and assigned; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory, expired, or terminated;
 
4.            resolve any matters related to the Secured Creditor Settlement;
 
5.         ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
 
6.          adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor or the Estates that may be pending on the Effective Date;
 
7.         enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases and (b) the Plan, the Confirmation Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan; provided that the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction over disputes concerning documents contained in the Plan Supplement that have a jurisdictional, forum selection, or dispute resolution clause that refers disputes to a different court;
 
8.            enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
9.           grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
10.         issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;
 
11.          hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including:  (a) with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or an Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) anything that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan and the Confirmation Order; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
12.         enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;
 
13.          adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan or any transactions contemplated therein;
 
14.        consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
 
82

15.         enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications, and rulings entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases with respect to any Entity, and resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with any Entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;
 
16.         hear and determine matters concerning local, state, federal, and foreign taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
17.         enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
 
18.         enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and
 
19.         hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or the Judicial Code.
 
Nothing herein limits the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court to interpret and enforce the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, or the Disclosure Statement, without regard to whether the controversy with respect to which such interpretation or enforcement relates may be pending in any state or other federal court of competent jurisdiction.
 
If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising in, arising under, or related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including the matters set forth in this Article XI, the provisions of this Article XI shall have no effect on and shall not control, limit, or prohibit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in the Plan or related documents, no provision of the Plan (including without limitation Article VIII herein) or Confirmation Order shall diminish, enhance, or modify any applicable nonbankruptcy legal, equitable, and/or contractual rights of any Holder of a General Unsecured Claim to receive payment on account of such Claim or have such Claim Allowed, liquidated, or determined by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction (which may include the Bankruptcy Court), subject, however, to any applicable limitations on the allowance of such Claims under the Bankruptcy Code and to the rights of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or any party in interest to dispute or defend such Claim in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain exclusive jurisdiction over such disputes.
 
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein or in a prior order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine disputes concerning Claims against or Interests in the Debtors that arose prior to the Effective Date.
 
83

ARTICLE XII.
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
A.          Immediate Binding Effect
 
Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, exculpations, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.  All Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or Interest has voted on the Plan.
 
B.           Additional Documents
 
On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan; provided that such agreements and other documents shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the First Lien Committee and the Required Consenting Noteholders.  The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims and Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.
 
C.          Payment of Statutory Fees
 
All fees and applicable interest payable pursuant to section 1930 of the Judicial Code and 31 U.S.C. § 3717, as applicable, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Distribution Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or a Final Decree is issued, whichever occurs first.
 
D.          Dissolution of Statutory Committees
 
On the Effective Date, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Creditors’ Committee, shall dissolve, and the members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties arising from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases; provided that following the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard for the following limited purposes:  (a) applications, and any relief related thereto, for compensation by Professionals and requests for allowance of Administrative Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any appeals of the Confirmation Order or other appeal to which the Creditors’ Committee is a party; (c) answering creditor inquiries for a period of up to thirty days after the Effective Date; and (d) to respond to contested matters to which the Creditors’ Committee is a party.  The Reorganized Debtors shall not be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by members of the Creditors’ Committee or advisors to the Creditors’ Committee after the Effective Date, except for the limited purposes identified above.
 
E.           Reservation of Rights
 
Except as expressly set forth herein, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur.  None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests, unless and until the Effective Date has occurred.
 
84

F.           Successors and Assigns
 
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiary, or guardian, if any, of each such Entity.
 
G.          Service of Documents
 
After the Effective Date, any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:
 
Reorganized Debtors
Frontier Communications Corporation
50 Main Street, Suite 1000
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention:  Mark Nielsen,
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer,
and Chief Transaction Officer
E-mail address:  mark.nielsen@ftr.com
 
with copies for information only (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   
Counsel to the Debtors
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Kirkland & Ellis International LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention:  Stephen E. Hessler, P.C. and Patrick Venter

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Kirkland & Ellis International LLP
300 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attention:  Chad J. Husnick, P.C. and Benjamin M. Rhode
   
Counsel to the
Noteholder Groups
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention:  Ira S. Dizengoff, Philip C. Dublin, and Naomi  Moss
 
-and-
 
Milbank LLP
55 Hudson Yards,
New York, New York 10001
Attention: Dennis F. Dunne, Samuel A. Khalil, and Michael W. Price

85

H.          Entire Agreement; Controlling Document
 
Except as otherwise indicated, on the Effective Date, the Plan supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations with respect to the subject matter of the Plan, all of which will have become merged and integrated into the Plan.  Except as set forth in the Plan, in the event that any provision of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall control.
 
I.            Plan Supplement
 
All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan.  After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be made available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the website of the Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent at https://cases.primeclerk.com/ftr or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://www.nysb.uscourts.gov.  Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent any exhibit or document in the Plan Supplement is inconsistent with the terms of any part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the terms of the Secured Creditor Settlement, such part of the Plan that does not constitute the Plan Supplement shall control.
 
J.           Non-Severability
 
If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders (not to be unreasonably withheld), shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted.  Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation.  The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is:  (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ consent, consistent with the terms set forth herein; and (3) non‑severable and mutually dependent.
 
K.          Votes Solicited in Good Faith
 
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors, and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties nor individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan or any previous plan.
 
86

L.          Closing of Chapter 11 Cases
 
The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
M.         Waiver or Estoppel
 
Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, Secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed prior to the Confirmation Date.
 
N.          FCC Rights and Powers
 
No provision in the Plan or the Confirmation Order relieves the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors from their obligations to comply with the Communications Act.  No transfer of any FCC License held by Debtors or transfer of control of any Debtor, or transfer of control of an FCC licensee controlled by Debtors shall take place prior to the issuance of FCC regulatory approval for such transfer pursuant to applicable FCC regulations.  The FCC’s rights and powers to take any action pursuant to its regulatory authority including, but not limited to, imposing any regulatory conditions on any of the above described transfers, are fully preserved, and nothing herein shall proscribe or constrain the FCC’s exercise of such power or authority.

Dated:  August 21, 2020
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
on behalf of itself and all other Debtors
   
 
/s/ Mark Nielsen
 
Mark Nielsen,
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer,
and Chief Transaction Officer
Frontier Communications Corporation

87

EXHIBIT A
 
Frontier Communications Corporation Affiliate Entities
 
Citizens Capital Ventures Corp.
Citizens Directory Services Company L.L.C.
Citizens Louisiana Accounting Company
Citizens Newcom Company
Citizens Newtel, LLC
Citizens Pennsylvania Company LLC
Citizens SERP Administration Company
Citizens Telecom Services Company L.L.C.
Citizens Telecommunications Company of California Inc.
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Illinois
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nebraska LLC
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Nevada
Citizens Telecommunications Company of New York, Inc.
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
Citizens Telecommunications Company of the White Mountains, Inc.
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
Citizens Telecommunications Company of West Virginia
Citizens Utilities Capital L.P.
Citizens Utilities Rural Company, Inc.
Commonwealth Communication, LLC
Commonwealth Telephone Company LLC
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises LLC
Commonwealth Telephone Management Services, Inc.
CTE Holdings, Inc.
CTE Services, Inc.
CTE Telecom, LLC
CTSI, LLC
CU Capital LLC
CU Wireless Company LLC
Electric Lightwave NY, LLC
Evans Telephone Holdings, Inc.
Fairmount Cellular LLC
Frontier ABC LLC
Frontier California Inc.
Frontier Communications - Midland, Inc.
Frontier Communications - Prairie, Inc.
Frontier Communications - Schuyler, Inc.
Frontier Communications Corporate Services Inc.
Frontier Communications ILEC Holdings LLC
Frontier Communications of America, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Ausable Valley, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Breezewood, LLC
Frontier Communications of Canton, LLC
Frontier Communications of Delaware, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Depue, Inc.


Frontier Communications of Georgia LLC
Frontier Communications of Illinois, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Indiana, LLC
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
Frontier Communications of Lakeside, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Lakewood, LLC
Frontier Communications of Michigan, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Mississippi LLC
Frontier Communications of Mt. Pulaski, Inc.
Frontier Communications of New York, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Orion, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Oswayo River LLC
Frontier Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC
Frontier Communications of Rochester, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Seneca-Gorham, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Sylvan Lake, Inc.
Frontier Communications of the Carolinas LLC
Frontier Communications of the South, LLC
Frontier Communications of the Southwest Inc.
Frontier Communications of Thorntown, LLC
Frontier Communications of Virginia, Inc.
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
Frontier Communications Online and Long Distance Inc.
Frontier Communications Services Inc.
Frontier Directory Services Company, LLC
Frontier Florida LLC
Frontier Infoservices Inc.
Frontier Midstates Inc.
Frontier Mobile LLC
Frontier North Inc.
Frontier Security Company
Frontier Services Corp.
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
Frontier Subsidiary Telco LLC
Frontier Techserv, Inc.
Frontier Telephone of Rochester, Inc.
Frontier Video Services Inc.
Frontier West Virginia Inc.
GVN Services
Navajo Communications Co., Inc.
N C C Systems, Inc.
Newco West Holdings LLC
Ogden Telephone Company
Phone Trends, Inc.
Rhinelander Telecommunications, LLC
Rib Lake Cellular for Wisconsin RSA #3, Inc.
Rib Lake Telecom, Inc.
SNET America, Inc.
TCI Technology & Equipment LLC
The Southern New England Telephone Company
Total Communications, Inc.



EX-99.T3G 27 brhc10021819_ex-t3g.htm EXHIBIT T3G

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

16-1486454
(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-0001
(Address of principal executive offices)

Shaune Sullivan
Vice President
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
(302) 636-6522
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
06-0619596
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

401 Merritt 7
Norwalk, Connecticut 06851
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Senior Secured Notes
(Title of the indenture securities)


1 SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS



TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

Obligor
Form
Jurisdiction
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Minnesota, LLC
Limited liability company
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Tennessee L.L.C.
Limited liability company
Delaware
Citizens Telecommunications Company of Utah
Corporation
Delaware
Frontier Communications of Iowa, LLC
Limited liability company
Iowa
Frontier Communications of Minnesota, Inc.
Corporation
Minnesota
Frontier Communications of Wisconsin LLC
Limited liability company
Wisconsin
Frontier Florida LLC
Limited liability company
Florida
Frontier Southwest Incorporated
Corporation
Delaware


ITEM 1.
GENERAL INFORMATION.
Furnish the following information as to the trustee:


(a)
Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.


(b)
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

ITEM 2.
AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and information available to the trustee, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

ITEM 3 – 15. Not Applicable.

ITEM 16.
LIST OF EXHIBITS.

Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.


1.
A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association.

2.
The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

3.
The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 above.

4.
A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, attached hereto as Exhibit 4 of this Form T-1.

5.
Not applicable.

6.
The consent of Wilmington Trust, National Association as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached hereto as Exhibit 6 of this Form T-1.

7.
Current Report of the Condition of Wilmington Trust, National Association, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached hereto as Exhibit 7 of this Form T-1.

8.
Not applicable.

9.
Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 6th day of April, 2021.

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 

 
By:
/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger
 
Name:
Jane Y. Schweiger
 
Title:
Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST.         The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND.    The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.  The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD.        The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.  The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof.  Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater.  Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders.  The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:


1)
exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or
 

2)
exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.
 
Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office.  Despite the expiration of a director's term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.
 
Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting.  Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.


FOURTH.    There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting.  It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day.  If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists.  The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder.  If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate.  On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors.  Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.  Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:


1)
The name and address of each proposed nominee.

2)
The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

3)
The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

4)
The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

5)
The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.
 
Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.  No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director's removal.


FIFTH.         The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix.  Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval.  If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration.  Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association's stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares.  The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.


The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders.  Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH.        The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors' and shareholders' meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:


1)
Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

2)
Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

3)
Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

4)
Dismiss officers and employees.

5)
Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

6)
Ratify written policies authorized by the association's management or committees of the board.

7)
Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

8)
Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

9)
Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

10)
Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

11)
Make contracts.

12)
Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.
 
SEVENTH.  The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits.  The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH.     The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH.        The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists.  If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH.       For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders.  To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met.  If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met.  If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.


If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency.  Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount.  The association's board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Effective as of April 17, 2018)

ARTICLE I
Meetings of Shareholders
 
Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o'clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.
 
Section 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.
 
The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.
 
A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.
 
If an annual or special shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.
 

Section 3. Nominations of Directors. Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors.  Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days' notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.  Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:
 

(1)
The name and address of each proposed nominee;

(2)
The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

(3)
The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

(4)
The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

(5)
The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.
 
Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.
 
Section 4.  Proxies.  Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.
 
Section 5.  Quorum.  A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.
 
ARTICLE II
Directors
 
Section 1. Board of Directors. The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.
 
Section 2. Number. The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.
 

Section 3. Organization Meeting. The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof.  If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.
 
Section 4.  Regular Meetings.  The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.
 
Section 5.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.
 
Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice.  If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.
 
Section 7. Meetings by Conference Telephone.  Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
Section 8. Procedures. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.
 
Section 9. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders.  Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote.  Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
 

Section 10. Vacancies. When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.
 
ARTICLE III
Committees of the Board
 
The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.
 
The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective.  Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.
 
Section 1. Loan Committee.  There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.
 
Section 2.  Investment Committee.  There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.
 

Section 3.  Examining Committee.  There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 3, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association's parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.
 
Section 4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.
 
Section 5. Other Committees. The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.
 
However, a committee may not:
 

(1)
Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

(2)
Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

(3)
Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

(5)
Amend articles of association;

(6)
Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

(6)
Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.
 
Section 6. Committee Members' Fees. Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member.  The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the board of directors.
 

ARTICLE IV
Officers and Employees
 
Section 1. Officers. The board of directors shall annually, at the Annual Reorganization Meeting of the board of directors following the annual meeting of the shareholders, appoint or elect a Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer and a President, and one or more Vice Presidents, a Corporate Secretary, a Treasurer, a General Auditor, and such other officers as it may determine.  At the Annual Reorganization Meeting, the board of directors shall also elect or reelect all of the officers of the association to hold office until the next Annual Reorganization Meeting. In the interim between Annual Reorganization Meetings, the board of directors may also elect or appoint a Chief Executive Officer, a President or such additional officers to the rank of Vice President, including (without limitation as to title or number) one or more Administrative Vice Presidents, Group Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Executive Vice Presidents, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate. The Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank, the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, and any one executive Vice Chairman of M&T Bank, acting jointly, may appoint one or more officers to the rank of Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President. The head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank or his or her designee or designees, may appoint other officers up to the rank of Group Vice President, including (without limitation as to title or number) one or more Administrative Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Auditors, and any other officer positions as they deem necessary and appropriate. Each such person elected or appointed by the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank, the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank, and an executive Vice Chairman of M&T Bank, acting jointly, or the head of the Human Resources Department of M&T Bank or his or her designee or designees, in between Annual Reorganization Meetings shall hold office until the next Annual Reorganization Meeting unless otherwise determined by the board of directors or such authorized officers.
 
Section 2. Chairperson of the Board. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.
 
Section 3. President. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.
 
Section 4. Vice President. The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.
 
Section 5. Secretary. The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.
 
Section 6. Other Officers. The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.
 

Section 7. Tenure of Office. The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.
 
Section 8. Resignation. An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.
 
ARTICLE V
Fiduciary Activities
 
 
Section 1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 1, the responsibility and authority of the Trust Audit Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.
 
Section 2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.
 
Section 3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made, but does vest in the association investment discretion, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.
 
ARTICLE VI
Stock and Stock Certificates
 
Section 1. Transfers. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder's shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares.  The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.
 

Section 2. Stock Certificates. Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.
 
The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.
 
The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder.  The procedure may set forth:
 

(1)
The types of nominees to which it applies;

(2)
The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

(3)
How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

(4)
The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

(5)
The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

(6)
Other aspects of the rights and duties created.
 
ARTICLE VII
Corporate Seal
 
Section 1. Seal. The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.
 
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
 
Section 1.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.
 
 
Section 2. Execution of Instruments. All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct.  The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.
 

Section 3. Records. The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.
 
Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.
 
Section 5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).
 
Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.
 
Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association.  In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution- affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.
 

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.
 
In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.
 
To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.
 
The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.
 

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.
 
The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution- affiliated parties.
 
ARTICLE IX
Inspection and Amendments
 
Section 1. Inspection. A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.
 
Section 2. Amendments. The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.
 
I,________________________, certify that:  (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of__________________________________and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.
 
I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this_______________________day of____________________.

 
 
 
 
 
(Secretary or Treasurer)
 
 
The association's shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.
 

EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
Dated: April 6, 2021
By:
/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger  
   
Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
 
   
Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

R E P O R T   O F   C O N D I T I O N

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on December 31, 2020

ASSETS
 
Thousands of Dollars
 
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
   
6,024,491
 
Securities:
   
5,706
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:
   
0
 
Loans and leases held for sale:
   
0
 
Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:
   
112,516
 
Premises and fixed asset
   
25,764
 
         
Other real estate owned:
   
360
 
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:
   
0
 
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:
   
0
 
Intangible assets:
   
567
 
Other assets:
   
60,988
 
Total Assets:
   
6,230,392
 
         
LIABILITIES
 
Thousands of Dollars
 
Deposits
   
5,525,170
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
   
0
 
Other borrowed money:
   
0
 
Other Liabilities:
   
74,904
 
Total Liabilities
   
5,600,074
 
         
EQUITY CAPITAL
 
Thousands of Dollars
 
Common Stock
   
1,000
 
Surplus
   
407,887
 
Retained Earnings
   
221,713
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
(282
)
Total Equity Capital
   
630,318
 
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
   
6,230,392
 



GRAPHIC 28 image8.jpg begin 644 image8.jpg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end GRAPHIC 29 image00009.jpg begin 644 image00009.jpg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end